P/EPA
             United States
             Environmental Protection
             Agency
              Center for Environmental
              Research Information
              Cincinnati OH 45268
EPA/625/4-89/021
September 1989
             Technology Transfer
Seminar Publication
             Solvent Waste Reduction
             Alternatives

-------

-------
                                      EPA/625/4-89/021
                                      September 1989
          Seminar Publication

Solvent Waste Reduction Alternatives
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Cincinnati, OH 45268

-------
                                  Disclaimer
This document has been reviewed in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency policy and approved for publication. Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

-------
                                         Contents
Tables  	  vi
Figures 	    vii
Acknowledgments  	   viii

Chapter 1   Land and Liquid Disposal Bans   	  1

    Introduction  	  1
    Treatment Standards (Section 268.40)	  2
    Variances and Extensions  	'.	  4
    Treatment in Surface Impoundment Exemption (Section 268.4)   	  5
    Prohibition on Dilution (Section 268.3)  .  . .	  6
    Storage Prohibition (Section 268.50)  	  6
    Permit Program	  7
    Testing and Recordkeeping (Section 268.7)  	  7
    Treatment Standards for Solvents (Section 268.41)  	  8
    Treatment Standards for Dioxins (Section 268.41) 	   10
    Information Requirements  	   10

Chapter 2   Title III SARA - The Community's Right to Know  	   13

    Introduction  	   13
    An Overview of Title III  	   13
    Emergency Notification - Section 304  	   13
    Community Right-to-Know  Reporting Requirements - Sections 311 - 312   	   14
    Toxic Chemical Release Reporting - Section 313  	   15
    Conclusions   	   16

Chapter 3   Solvent Waste Burning Regulations  	   17

Chapter 4   Waste Minimization Liability Issues 	   19

    Introduction  	   19
    HSWA - Waste Treatment and Minimization Requirements  	   19
    Complying with Waste Treatment and Minimization Requirements:
       Generation Options and the "Liability Hierarchy"   	   23
    References  	   27

Chapter 5   Minimization of Process Equipment Cleaning Waste   	   31

    Why Equipment is Cleaned 	   31
    Reduction of Cleaning Frequency   	   32
    Inhibition of Fouling   	   32
    Reduction of Quantity  and  Toxicity of Cleanup Waste  	   33
    Cost of Cleaning  	   36
    Summary  	   36
    References  	   37
                                             HI

-------
                                  Contents (continued)
Chapter 6  Source Reduction - Parts Cleaning   	   39

    Introduction 	   39
    Industry Response to Reduce Solvents Usage  	   39
    Cleaning Concept   	   39
    Resolution 	   40
    Summary  	   45

Chapter 7  Solvent Waste Minimization by the Coatings Industry  	   47

    Functions of Coatings	   47
    Coating Formulation  	   48
    Solvent Reduction  	   48
    Recent Advances	   49

Chapter 8  What to do with Hazardous Waste: Regulations, Management, and Disposal   	   51

    Introduction 	   51
    Priority Pollutants	   52
    Chemical Feedstock Procurement and Usage 	   54
    Assessing Data for Objective Control Strategies   	   55
    Summary  	   65
    References 	   68

Chapter 9  Waste Reduction for Chlorinated Solvents Users 	   69

    Waste Reduction: Background   	   69
    Trends in Chlorinated Solvents Use  	   70
    Recycling Through Contract Reclamation  	   70
    Recycling Through In-House Reclamation   	   70
    Waste Reduction: Customer Assistance 	   73
    Factors Influencing Solvent Consumption  	   74
    Waste Disposal Issues   	   77
    Conclusion: The Benefits of Waste Reduction  	   77
    Appendix A   	•	   78
    Appendix B 	   79
    Appendix C   	   80

Chapter 10 On-Site Reuse and Recycle of Solvents  	   81

    Introduction 	   81
    Types of Solvents Used  	   81
    Generation and Properties of Used Solvents	   82
    Options for Reuse and Recycling   	   83
    Hazardous Waste Reduction Practices and Examples  	   86
    Conclusions   	   90

Chapter 11 Commercial (Off-Site) Solvent Reclamation  	   93

    Introduction  	   93
    Types of Recycling	   94
    Reclamation Technology	   95
    Quality Control	   97
    Recycling Capacity  	   97
    Selecting a Recycling Facility  	   98
                                              IV

-------
                                 Contents (continued)
Chapter 12 Making the Most of Bottoms and Residuals
                                                                                   101
Chapter 13 Treatment: Solvent Wastestreams  	   105
    Introduction  	                   ^c
    Description of Solvents Used by Various Industries	 .	   105
    Commercially Available Treatment Technologies  	'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.	   106
    Conclusions   	       	   10o

Chapter 14 Treatment of Spent Solvent Wastewaters: Focus on Changing Economics  .......   109
    Introduction	                      ^ ng
    Steam Stripping  	'.'.'.'.'.	   109
    Carbon Adsorption   	'.'.'.'.'.'.'.	   no
    Biological Treatment	'.'.'.'.'.'.'.]'.'.'.'"'''	   111
    Cost Optimization Example	'.'.'.'.'.'.'.	   111
    Conclusions	   112

-------
                                       Tables
No.
Page
1-1.   Schedule for Land Disposal Prohibitions  	   1
1 -2.   Solvent Treatment Standards
         Table CCWE	   9
1-3.   Dioxin Treatment StandardsTable CCWE  	   10
2-1.   Selected  Key Dates  for Reporting Under Title III  	   14
2-2.   Summary of Chemical Lists for Title III  	   15
5-1.   Typical Routes and Origins of Deposit Formation in Process Equipment  	   32
5-2.   Some Chemical Cleaning Compounds and their Usage  	   34
5-3.   Relative Heat Exchanger Costs  	   36
7-1.   EPA Guidelines for Maximum Volatile Organic Content of Coatings  	   49
7-2.   Consequences of Improved Solids and Transfer Efficiency  	   50
8-1.   Regulatory Standards Addressing Usage and Control of
         Commonly Used Solvents	   53
8-2.   Mobility Characteristics of Organic Compounds  	   54
8-3.   Proposed Toxicity Characteristic Contaminants and Regulatory Levels   	   55
8-4.   Chemical Feedstock Characteristics  	   55
8-5.   Off-site Disposal Guidelines	   57
8-6.   Precipitation Reactions  	   58
8-7.   Typical Properties and Content of Metal Hydroxide Sludges  .	   60
9-1.   Contract  Reclamation   	   70
10-1. Properties of Used and Recycled Mineral Spirits  	   83
10-2. Waste Audit Outline	   86
10-3. Standard Waste Audit Format - Automotive Repairs   	   86
10-4. Summary of Segregation Recommendations for
         Reclamation and Disposal of Solvents	   88
10-5. Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for
         On-Site Reclamation - Single-plate Packaged Stills  	   89
10-6. Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for On-Site
         Reclamation - Custom Builders of Fractional Distillation Units  	   91
10-7. Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for
         On-Site Reclamation - Thin-film Evaporation  	   91
14-1. Cost Optimization Summary  	   112
                                           VI

-------
                                       Figures
No.
Page
5-1.   Waste minimization of equipment cleaning waste: summary of approaches	   36
8-1.   Technical approach to reviewing material balances  in
          waste reduction audits	   56
8-2.   Waste management strategies having application to wastewaters.  '..'...'	   59
8-3.   Waste management strategies applicable to metal hydroxide sludges.	;   61
8-4.   Percent total solids as function of treatment	   63
8-5.   Residual volatile organics as function of treatment	   63
8-6.   An overall strategy applicable to the control management of
          solvent-laden residues	   64
8-7.   Waste management practices applicable, to
      solvent-laden residue	   65
8-8.   Waste management strategies for solvent-laden residue.	   66
8-9.   Strategies applicable to solid by-products of drying  operations.  ....'.	 .   66
8-10.  Control management strategies for packaged laboratory chemicals.   ,	   67
8-11.  Control management strategies for containers of waste solvent.   .	   67
8-12.  Management strategies applicable to residues categorized as
          waste oils and oily residues	   68
9-1.   WRAP flow chart	'.	., .   69
9-2.   Applications/end uses for specialty chlorinated solvents	   71
9-3.   U.S. demand for chlorinated solvents	   72
9-4.   Hazardous waste disposition flow chart	   74
10r1.  Plots of solvent volumes vs. payback period (years) for
          solvents of different costs	   85
12-.1.  Acid-clay process	   102
12-2.  Distillation clay process	   103
12-3.  Solvent  recycling		   104
                                          VII

-------
                            Acknowledgments
This seminar publication is based wholly on edited versions of presentations made at
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)  Technology Transfer  Seminars titled
"Solvent Waste  Reduction Alternatives." These seminars were  held in Atlanta,  GA
(February  23-24, 1988); Boston,  MA (March 3-4,  1988); Seattle, WA (March 16-17,
1988); Chicago, IL (April 7-8, 1988); and Kansas  City, MO (April 26-27, 1988).

Guidance  in the  preparation of this publication was provided by Norman Kulujian  and
Denis Lussier, U.S. EPA, CERI, Cincinnati, OH; and Jim Berlow, U.S. EPA, Technology
Waste  Treatment  Branch, Washington,  DC. Editorial and  review assistance was
provided by Chuck  Marshall and Sheree Gold, JACA Corp., Fort Washington, PA.

Appreciation for peer review is expressed to Sherryl Livingston, MN Pollution  Control
Agency, Hazardous Waste Division; Janet Bearden, OTS;  David Stephan, PhD, RREL;
Dwight Hlustick and Robert Holloway, OSW;  and Justice Manning, CERI;  all of EPA.
                                      VIII

-------
                                               Chapter 1

                                  Land and Liquid Disposal Bans

                                              Stephen Weil
                                              Mitch Kidwell

                                  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
                                          Office of Solid Waste
                                    Land Disposal Restrictions Branch
                                          Washington, DC 20460
Introduction

The  Hazardous  and  Solid  Waste  Amendments
(HSWA) to the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act  (RCRA) were enacted  on  November 8,  1984.
Among other things,  these far-reaching amendments
require EPA  to  evaluate  all  hazardous  wastes
according to a strict  schedule to determine  whether
land disposal of these wastes  is protective of human
health and  the environment.  For  wastes  that  are
restricted  from  land disposal, the amendments require
EPA  to set levels or  methods of treatment  which
substantially diminish  a waste's toxicity or reduce the
likelihood  that  a  waste's hazardous constituents will
migrate.  Beyond  specified dates,  restricted wastes
which do not  meet the treatment standards (or are
otherwise exempt as discussed in  this chapter) are
prohibited  from   land  disposal  (see  Table   1-1).
According  to  HSWA, if  EPA  fails  to set treatment
standards  for a  particular  waste  by  specified
deadlines, that waste is automatically prohibited from
land  disposal.  These so-called "hammer  provisions"
provide the  impetus  for EPA to keep to the  strict
schedule.

On  November 7,  1986, EPA  promulgated  the  first
phase of the land disposal restrictions (51  FR  40638
[codified  at 40CFR268.2(a)]).  In.the November  7,
1986, final  rule,  EPA established the framework  for
implementing the  land  disposal  restrictions program.
EPA also  established  specific treatment standards and
effective dates for the first category  of wastes subject
to the restrictions, F001-F005 spent  solvent wastes,
and  F020-F023   and  F026-F028   dioxin-containing
wastes. This  chapter summarizes  the  November  7,
1986, rulemaking and  describes the  key regulatory
requirements  pertaining  to  treatment  standards,
variances, and extensions. The  booklet also outlines
the   new  responsibilities of  generators,  treatment
facilities, and disposal facilities under the rule. Finally^
                                                       Table 1-1.   Schedule for Land Disposal Prohibitions
November 8, 1986
JulyS, 1987
Augusts, 1988


Novembers, 1988


June 8, 1989

May 8, 1990

Within 6 months of
listing /identification
(these wastes are not
subject to the
automatic land disposal
prohibition)	
Dioxin-containing wastes (F020, F021,
F022, F023, F026, F027, F028)
Spent solvents (F001, F002, F003, F004,
F005)
California list wastes (Liquid hazardous
wastes containing: free cyanides, PCBs,
and certain metals at or above specified
concentration levels, and those liquid
hazardous wastes having a pH of less than
or equal to 2.0. Also, both liquid and non-
liquid hazardous wastes containing
halogenated organic compounds  at or
above specified concentration levels.)
At least one-third of all listed hazardous
wastes
Wastes disposed of in injection wells
Contaminated soil and debris from
CERCLA Section 104 or 106 response
actions and RCRA corrective actions
At least two-thirds of all listed hazardous
wastes
All remaining listed hazardous wastes
All characteristic listed hazardous wastes
Newly listed wastes
it  provides  an overview of the  specific  treatment
standards for solvent-  and dioxin-containing wastes,
the first wastes that EPA  has  evaluated for the land
disposal  restrictions.  The booklet is geared  to
individuals who are familiar with  EPA's hazardous
waste regulatory  program.  While  it  presents  a
summary  of the land disposal  restrictions program, it
is  not intended to  be  a comprehensive review of all
regulatory  issues  associated  with the  November  7
rulemaking.  For further  information,  contact  the

-------
RCRA/Superfund Hotline at (800) 424-9346 (toll free)
or  (202)  382-3000   in  the  Washington,  DC,
metropolitan area.

In the final rule,  EPA defined  land disposal to  include,
but not limited to, any  placement of hazardous waste
in:

•   Landfills.

•   Surface impoundments.

*   Waste piles.

•   Injection wells.

•   Land treatment facilities.

•   Salt domes or salt bed formations.

•   Underground mines or caves.

•   Concrete vaults or bunkers.

The land disposal restrictions rule covers hazardous
wastes placed in land disposal units after the effective
dates of the prohibitions. Wastes disposed of before
November 7, 1986, do not have to be removed from
land disposal for treatment.  However, if wastes  are
removed from land disposal,  the wastes must meet
the applicable treatment standards before subsequent
new placement in or on the land, or they must be the
subject of a variance or extension as discussed in this
booklet.  Contaminated soil  and  debris from  the
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compen-
sation, and  Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA)  Section
104 and 106 response  actions and RCRA corrective
actions  became  subject to  the  land  disposal
restrictions rule  on November 8,  1988. In  addition,
wastes  disposed of in underground  injection wells
became subject to  the land  disposal restrictions on
August 8, 1988.

Wastes which were placed into storage prior to  the
effective date are  not  subject  to the restrictions on
storage. However, once taken  out of storage, these
wastes must meet the  applicable treatment standards
prior to land disposal, or they  must be the subject of a
variance or extension as discussed in  this booklet.

Wastes may he treated  in  surface impoundments that
meet minimum  technological  requirements provided
that (among  other things  discussed  in this booklet)
treatment residuals which  do  not meet the treatment
standards  are removed  within one year of placement
of the waste in the impoundment.

Both interim status and permitted facilities are subject
to the land disposal  restrictions  rule; these restrictions
supersede 40 CFR 270.4(a), which currently provides
that compliance  with  a  RCRA permit constitutes
compliance with Subtitle C).  However, small quantity
generators  of less than 100  kg/month of hazardous
waste  (or less than 1 kg/month of acute hazardous
waste) are not subject to the restrictions.

The November  7,  1986,  final  rule outlines the
Agency's  approach   to  implementing  the
congressionally mandated  restrictions on land disposal
of hazardous waste. The rule includes:

•   Procedures for setting  treatment standards.

•   Procedures for obtaining  variances from the
    treatment standards.

•   Procedures for granting nationwide variances from
    the effective dates of the land disposal restrictions
    due to insufficient alternative treatment capacity.

•   Procedures for  obtaining  extensions  to the
    effective dates of the land disposal restrictions on
    a case-by-case basis.

•   Procedures  for petitioning to  obtain a  variance
    from the land disposal  restrictions based  on a
    finding that there will be no migration of hazardous
    constituents from the disposal unit  or  injection
    zone for as long as the wastes remain hazardous.

•   Provisions  for allowing  restricted wastes  to  he
    treated in surface impoundments.

•   Provisions for  prohibiting dilution as  a substitute
    for adequate treatment to achieve the treatment
    standards.

•   Provisions for tabulating  the  storage of restricted
    hazardous wastes.

•   Provisions for modifying permits.

•   Requirements for testing  and recordkeeping.

•   Specific treatment standards for  certain dioxin-
    and spent solvent-containing wastes.

Treatment Standards (Section  268.40)

HSWA prohibits land disposal  of  restricted  wastes
unless  EPA determines that continued land disposal is
protective of human health  and  the environment, or
unless  the applicable treatment standards have been
met. HSWA requires EPA  to set levels  or methods of
treatment which substantially diminish the toxicity of a
waste  or substantially reduce  the  likelihood that
hazardous  constituents  will  migrate from a waste.
These  levels or methods, referred to as treatment
standards, must minimize short- and long-term threats
to  human health  and the  environment. After the
effective  dates  of the prohibitions,  hazardous wastes
that do not comply with the treatment standards are
prohibited from  being placed in land  disposal units
unless:

•   EPA  has approved a  petition demonstrating that
    hazardous constituents will not  migrate from the

-------
    land  disposal unit  for  as long as  the wastes
    remain hazardous.

    EPA  has granted an extension to the effective
    date of the prohibition.
How Are the Treatment Standards Established?

To  establish  treatment  standards, EPA  identifies
wastes  with similar  characteristics  (i.e.,  similar
physical  and  chemical  properties).  EPA  then
categorizes  these  similar  wastes into  broad  "waste
treatability groups"  and subgroups.  The treatability
groups take  into account differences in  the types and
effectiveness of treatment for those  particular wastes.
Treatability groups may be formed by grouping wastes
by  industries or  manufacturing processes which
generate wastes with similar  treatability characteristics
EPA then evaluates identified technologies  used to
treat the wastes to determine the best demonstrated
available technology  (BOAT) for  each  waste
treatability group.
What Is the Best Demonstrated Available
Technology (BOAT)?
BOAT is  the  best available  method  of treatment
demonstrated to  be achievable for  each  waste
treatability group. To establish BOAT for  a particular
waste treatability group,  EPA  first  collects  and
analyzes data on existing treatment technologies for
that  waste group that are demonstrated by full-scale
operation. EPA will not consider pilot- and bench-scale
operations  in  identifying "demonstrated" treatment
technologies.

Once  EPA  has  identified  "demonstrated"
technologies, 'the  Agency  then  determines  whether
these technologies may be  considered  "available,"
based on three criteria:

•   The technology must be commercially  available.

•   The technology must present less  risk to human
    health and the environment than land disposal of
    the untreated waste.

•   The  technology  must  provide  substantial
    treatment.

Technologies  considered in  setting BOAT must be
found to  be commercially available  (i.e., either  the
technology itself, or the services of the  technology,
may  be  purchased).  A  proprietary  or  patented
treatment technology must be able to  be purchased
from  the  proprietor. If  it cannot be purchased,  the
technology  is  considered  unavailable  and   the
treatment standard will  be based on  the next  best
technology that is available.
EPA then compares the risks to human health and the
environment associated with treatment of the  wastes
by  the  demonstrated technologies to  the risks
associated with the land disposal  of untreated wastes.
Based  on this comparative risk  assessment, those
treatment technologies that present greater risks than
land disposal  of the  untreated  wastes  will  be
considered unavailable and will be excluded as  a basis
for establishing treatment standards.

If all demonstrated treatment  technologies  present
greater risks than land disposal for a particular waste,
EPA will not set a treatment standard for that waste.
Therefore, the restricted waste will be prohibited from
land disposal (unless it is the subject of  an approved
"no  migration" petition)  until a new  or improved
technology emerges that does not pose a greater risk
than land disposal.

EPA will not consider treatment technologies that are
prohibited  under RCRA Section  3004(n)  because of
the  potential  for  air emissions  of  hazardous
constituents as available for purposes of establishing
treatment standards.

Also, to be  considered an available technology, the
technology must provide substantial treatment, that is,
it must substantially diminish the  toxicity  of the waste
or reduce the likelihood of migration of  the  waste's
hazardous  constituents. This excludes  technologies
that would  provide treatment  only  for  the sake of
treatment  without  providing substantial  reduction in
risk to human health and the environment.

Once  the  demonstrated  available  treatment
technologies  are  identified, EPA  then  evaluates
performance data on these technologies  to determine
if the data are  representative of well-designed  and
well-operated systems. Only data from well-designed
and well-operated  systems  will be  considered in
setting BOAT. These  performance data are then
analyzed to determine the best demonstrated available
technology.

When treatment data are available for several different
technologies, EPA uses a statistical method known as
analysis  of variance  to  determine the level of
performance that represents BOAT.  EPA also uses a
process  variability factor in  setting  BOAT  which
considers normal variability in well-designed and well-
operated treatment processes.


Setting the Treatment Standards
Once  BOAT  is  identified,  EPA  establishes  the
treatment standards as either a specific technology (or
group of technologies) or as a performance level (i.e.,
the concentration level of hazardous constituents in a
waste or extract of the waste that is representative of
treatment  by BOAT; for the November  7, 1986 rule
covering solvents and dioxins,  this is expressed as a

-------
concentration  level of hazardous  constituents  in an
extract of the  waste developed by using the Toxicity
Characteristic  Leaching Procedure  [TCLP]). Wherever
possible,  EPA attempts  to  set concentration-based
performance standards since  they provide the most
flexibility  to  the  regulated community.  Treatment
technologies that  are not used in setting treatment
standards may still be used  to comply with treatment
standards expressed as performance levels.


What Is the TCLP?
The TCLP is an analytical method  used to determine
whether the concentrations of  hazardous constituents
in a  waste extract  or an extract of  the treatment
residual meet the applicable treatment standards. EPA
promulgated the  TCLP for use  only  in the solvents
and dioxins  final rule,  and  only when  treatment
standards are  expressed  as concentration  levels of
hazardous constituents in  an  extract.  As  new
developments  occur,  EPA will revise the TCLP with
due consideration of public comments, including those
received on the June  13,  1986, Organic Toxicity
Characteristic proposed rule (51 FR 21648).

Variances and Extensions

Under certain  conditions, EPA may grant a variance
from treatment standard, an extension to the effective
date of the land disposal prohibition,  or an exemption
from the prohibition for a specific waste at a specific
site.  In  the November  7,  1986  rulemaking,  EPA
established four types of variances and extensions:

•   Variance from the treatment standard.

•   Two-year national capacity  variance.

•   Case-by-case extension.

•   "No migration" petition.
Variance from the Treatment Standard (Section
268,44)
EPA established  the variance  from the  treatment
standard to account for wastes that are significantly
different from the wastes evaluated  by EPA in setting
treatment standards and, therefore,  cannot be treated
to meet the  applicable  treatment standard;  for
example, exotic wastes, wastes formed by inadvertent
mixing,  and  wastes  that  require  the  use  of
technologies  different  from  those  used  to  set  the
treatment standard.  If a petitioner  can  successfully
demonstrate that a waste is significantly different from
the wastes in its treatability group such that it cannot
meet the  treatment standard,  EPA  will  grant  a
variance from  the  treatment  standard  for  that
particular waste.  In  granting  a variance, EPA  will
establish a new treatability group for that waste (and
all similar wastes) and set a new treatment standard.
For EPA to  grant a variance, the petitioner must not
only successfully demonstrate  that the  waste  is
significantly  different from  the  wastes evaluated by
EPA in setting  the  treatment  standards,  but  also
demonstrate that treatment of the waste cannot meet
the treatment standard. The petitioner must show (by
actual  treatment attempts  that  fail,  or by  extensive
analyses of the waste) that treatment of the waste by
well-designed and well-operated  technologies  is
unsuccessful in  meeting  the specified levels, or that
the waste  cannot  be  treated  by  the  specified
technology.

Anyone submitting a petition for a variance from the
treatment  standard must  certify  that all information in
the petition  (see  page   10) is  true,  accurate,  and
complete. In addition, they  must  comply with all
applicable hazardous waste management regulations
during the petition evaluation process.

In considering  variance petitions, EPA  first will
compare the physical and chemical  characteristics of
the petitioner's waste with the physical and chemical
characteristics of the wastes evaluated by the Agency
in setting the treatment standard. This comparison will
enable EPA to reexamine  its treatment standard for
the waste.  EPA will then  determine whether the
petitioner's treatment system (if any) is well designed
and well operated, and  whether the system  reflects
treatment  by BOAT  (although the  restricted wastes
are not required to be treated by BOAT).


Two-Year National Capacity Variance (Section
268.30)
Certain  wastes  may continue to be land  disposed
without treatment for up to two  years  past the
statutory effective dates of the restrictions rule if  EPA
determines that  adequate  treatment capacity is  not
available on  a  nationwide  basis.  In determining  the
need  for  a  national capacity variance,  EPA will
consider, on a nationwide basis, both the capacity of
alternative treatment  technologies  and the quantity of
restricted  waste  generated.  If  sufficient  waste
treatment  capacity is available, the restriction  on  land
disposal of that waste goes into effect on the statutory
deadline. If there is a significant shortage of  national
capacity to treat  all the restricted waste, EPA may set
an alternative effective date based on the earliest date
on  which adequate treatment  capacity  becomes
available.

In determining available  capacity, EPA  will  consider
both permitted  and  interim status  on-line  facilities.
EPA will also consider planned facilities  and capacity
extensions that will be on-line by the effective date of
a land  disposal  prohibition. On line facilities will
include on-site  and  off-site facilities, as well as
stationary  and mobile facilities. EPA will not consider
underground  injection in  its capacity determinations
until the  Agency has   determined whether  such

-------
injection is fully protective of human health  and the
environment

EPA will  compare  available  treatment  capacity
nationwide  to the quantities of the restricted  waste
generated annually nationwide. Available capacity will
include:

•   Commercially available capacity.

•   Private facility  capacity  which can  be used to
    manage additional waste generated by that facility.

•   Private facility  capacity  which can  be used to
    manage wastes generated by other facilities (i.e.,
    can act as a commercial facility).


Case-by-Case Extensions (Section 268.5)
In cases  where  alternative  treatment of disposal
capacity cannot reasonably be made available by the
effective  date  of  the  land  disposal  prohibitions,
interested parties may petition EPA for an extension of
the effective date on a case-by-case basis.  EPA may
grant a case-by-case extension of  up to one  year.
This extension is renewable only once.

To be  considered for  a  case-by-case  extension,  a
petitioner  must demonstrate  a  good faith  effort to
locate  and contract with hazardous waste treatment,
recovery,  or disposal facilities nationwide to manage
the waste. A petitioner must also demonstrate that he
has entered into  a binding  contract to construct or
otherwise provide  adequate  treatment,  recovery, or
disposal capacity  sufficient  to  manage the  entire
volume of wastes.  In  addition, a  petitioner  must
demonstrate that,  due  to circumstances beyond his
control, alternative  treatment, recovery,  or  disposal
capacity cannot reasonably be made available  by the
effective date.

Anyone submitting  a   petition  for  a  case-by-case
extension  must certify that all  information  in the
petition (see page 10) is true, accurate, and complete.
In  addition, they must comply  with  all applicable
hazardous waste management regulations during the
petition evaluation process.

If wastes that  receive  an extension to the effective
date (either a 2-year national variance or a case-by-
case extension) are to  be placed in or on the land,
then they must  be placed  in  a facility that is  in
compliance  with  the  minimum  technological
requirements. These requirements, including a double
liner,  leachate collection  system, and  ground-water
monitoring system, apply to new units,  replacement
 units,  or lateral expansions of existing landfills  or
 surface impoundments  at existing  facilities.  Wastes
 receiving an extension  may  also be placed  in such
 facilities  that meet  other  alternative operating
 practices,  design  features,  or  siting characteristics
determined by the EPA Administrator to be  equally
protective of human health and the environment.

"No Migration" Petitions (Section 268.6)

EPA will  consider allowing land  disposal of  restricted
wastes  if  a  petitioner can   demonstrate, to  a
reasonable degree of certainty, that such disposal will
not allow migration of hazardous constituents from the
disposal  unit or injection  zone  for as  long  as the
wastes remain  hazardous.  In general, a successful
"no  migration"  petition (see page  11  for  petition
requirements) will  allow  only  land  disposal  of  a
specific waste at a specific unit.

EPA believes that there will  be very few  instances
when  "no  migration"  demonstrations  can  be
successfully made.  However,  candidates  for  a
successful  petition  include  cases  where  wastes
containing relatively immobile hazardous constituents
are placed in monofills located in arid climates  with no
ground-water recharge.  Other candidates for  "no
migration" petitions are cases where a small  amount
of compatible waste is placed in a massive and stable
geological formation such as a salt dome.

Rulemaking Procedures

All  variances  and  extensions  are  rulemaking
procedures. Variances from the treatment  standard,
case-by-case  extensions,  and  "no  migration"
exemptions  are  petition  processes  (the  two-year
national  capacity  variance  is  solely  an  EPA
determination).  EPA  will publish  its  tentative
determination on a petition  in the Federal Register.
After a 30-day  comment period, EPA will publish its
final decision in the Federal Register.
Treatment in Surface Impoundment
 Exemption (Section 268.4)

 EPA  will  allow  hazardous wastes  to  be treated  in
 surface impoundments under the following conditions:

 •  Treatment  residuals  not  meeting  the treatment
    standards can remain in  a surface impoundment
    for up to one year. Beyond that time period, the
  '  treatment residuals that do not meet the treatment
    standards must be removed and treated to meet
    the treatment  standards  before being disposed,
    and may not  be  placed  into  another surface
    impoundment (treatment  residuals that do meet
    the treatment standards may remain in the surface
    impoundment).  In  cases  where the  volume  of
    liquid  wastes  annually  flowing  through  an
    impoundment  (or  series  of impoundments)  is
    greater than the capacity of the impoundment, this
    flow-through may constitute annual removal of the
    supernatant for the purposes of this requirement

-------
    (this will not, however, constitute removal of any
    sludge residues requiring annual removal).

 *  The surface  impoundment must meet minimum
    technological requirements including a  double
    liner,  leachate  collection system,  and  ground-
    water monitoring system, or

 •  The surface impoundment  must  meet  other
    alternative operating practices, design features, or
    siting  characteristics  determined  by the  EPA
    Administrator to be equally protective of  human
    health and the environment.

 A surface  impoundment may receive  a waiver from
 the  double  liner  and  leachate  collection  system
 requirements if EPA determines that it  meets  certain
 other conditions, including:

 •  It has at least one  liner  that is  not leaking; it is
    located more  than  one-quarter mile  from  an
    underground drinking  water source; and it  is in
    compliance  with the  applicable  ground-water
    monitoring requirements of RCRA Section 3005.

    or

 •  It is located, designed,  and  operated so  as to
    ensure that no hazardous constituents will migrate
    to ground water or surface water in the future.

 Owners  or operators  seeking  an exemption for
 treatment in surface impoundments must certify to the
 EPA  Regional Administrator  that  the  impoundment
 meets the minimum  technological requirements (or is
 exempt  as  discussed above)  and must submit a  copy
 of the facility's waste analysis plan.

 Prohibition on Dilution  (Section 268.3)

 The land disposal restrictions  rule prohibits the dilution
 of restricted wastes  as a  substitute  for adequate
 treatment to meet  the  treatment standards.  This
 provision ensures that no individual  circumvents the
 intent of EPA's concentration-based regulations  by
 simply adding material to wastes that do not meet the
 treatment standards, rather than treating the wastes.

 Dilution  as a necessary part of the  waste treatment
process is  allowed under the final  rule.  For example,
the addition of an acidic or basic reagent to a waste in
a neutralization pond does not merely dilute the waste
into a larger volume of  waste; rather, the addition of
the reagent is  a necessary  part of the  process  of
chemically  altering the waste so as to render it less
hazardous.
Storage Prohibition (Section 268.50)

Under  the land disposal restrictions  rule, storage of
restricted wastes is prohibited except where storage is
 solely for  the purpose of accumulating sufficient
 quantities of  wastes to facilitate  proper treatment,
 recovery,  or disposal. Treatment,  storage,  and
 disposal facilities may store restricted wastes for  as
 long as needed, provided that such  storage is solely
 for this  purpose.  However,  if  the facility stores  a
 restricted waste for more than one year, it bears the
 burden  of proof,  in  the event  of an enforcement
 action,  that the storage was solely  for this purpose
 (there is  no  notification requirement  for storage  of
 more than one year). For storage of less than one
 year, EPA bears the burden of proof that such storage
 was  not  for the sole  purpose  of  accumulating
 sufficient  quantities  of  wastes  to facilitate proper
 treatment,  recovery,  or disposal. This prohibition on
 storage does not apply to wastes  which meet the
 treatment standard, wastes which have been  granted
 an  extension to the effective date, and wastes which
 are the  subject of a "no migration" exemption.

 For  generators without  a  RCRA  permit or  interim
 status,  the rules  governing  storage (Section  262.34)
 have not changed under the land disposal restrictions
 rule.  Large  quantity  generators  may  store restricted
 hazardous wastes on-site for 90 days  or less without a
 permit or  interim  status.  Small quantity generators of
 100 to 1,000 kg of hazardous wastes per month  may
 accumulate wastes for up to 180 days, or 270 days if
 the waste must be transported 200 miles or more to a
 treatment,  storage, or  disposal facility.  (The  EPA
 Regional Administrator may grant a 30-day extension
 to these storage limits on a case-by-case basis.) The
 land disposal  restrictions now impose the additional
 requirement that such  storage must be solely for the
 purpose of accumulating sufficient quantities of waste
 to facilitate proper treatment, recovery, or  disposal.

 As prior to the land disposal restrictions, all generator
 storage must comply with the applicable  standards of
 RCRA  Part  265, including  contingency planning,
 preparedness  and  prevention, and  personnel training.
 In addition,  generators must store their wastes  in
 containers or  tanks that  are clearly marked  with the
 words "Hazardous Waste" and with the date on which
the tanks or containers  enter storage. All container
 markings must be clearly visible for inspection.
If  compliance  with  the land  disposal  restrictions
requires  storage  beyond 90  days (or 180  days for
small quantity  generator waste), generators  must
obtain RCRA interim status or a RCRA permit  For a
generator to qualify for interim status, the wastes must
have been  placed into storage in  tanks or containers
before the  effective date  of the  restrictions.  A
generator must also demonstrate that the additional
storage  time is  necessary  to comply  with  the land
disposal  restrictions.  Generators who  need to obtain
interim status must submit a Part A application to EPA
by the earlier of two deadlines:

-------
•   Six months after publication of  regulations which
    first require the facility to comply with  RCRA Part
    265.
•   Thirty days after the date the facility first becomes
    subject to  the  Part  265 standards.  This is  the
    most likely deadline for most generators since a
    generator first becomes subject to the permitting
    requirements  when the accumulation time limit is
    exceeded.

Interim  status  granted  under these  conditions  will
apply only to those restricted wastes  identified in the
Part A application.

Generators who  obtain interim status are subject to
the  applicable  RCRA  Part  265 standards.  EPA  can
take  corrective  action  against these  generators
pursuant to Section 3008(h) for failure to comply with
these standards.  EPA  can also require the  generator
to submit a Part B permit application.

The rules governing  storage at  transfer  facilities
(Section 263.12)  have not changed  under  the land
disposal restrictions. Transporters may store restricted
wastes at a transfer facility for up  to 10 days without a
permit or interim status.

Permit Program

Interim Status Facilities
Under  RCRA, treatment  facilities operating  under
interim  status  may make  certain  changes to  their
operations which enable them to handle new wastes.
These changes include:

•   Accepting new wastes.
•   Increasing design capacity (if the facilities  can
     demonstrate  to  EPA  that  there  is  a lack  of
     available capacity).
 •   Changing treatment,  storage  or  disposal
     processes as  necessary to  comply with state or
     local laws.

 To  accept new wastes, interim  status facilities must
 revise their Part A permit applications. To  increase the
 design capacity  or change a treatment, storage, or
 disposal process, an interim status facility must obtain
 prior approval from EPA. RCRA  limits these changes
 to facility alterations  and expansions  that do  not
 exceed 50 percent of the capital  cost of a comparable
 new facility.

 In a notice  published  in  the Federal  Register  on
 December  11, 1986,  EPA  proposed to  give interim
 status  treatment and  storage facilities more flexibility
 in managing wastes restricted from land disposal. EPA
 proposed to allow these  interim  status facilities to
 expand their operations by more than 50  percent in
order to  treat or  store restricted  wastes in tanks  or
containers.
Permitted Facilities (Section 270.42)
Prior to the  November 7,  1986, land disposal restric-
tions rule, permitted treatment facilities did  not have
the same flexibility  to  make waste  management
changes as  interim status facilities. In  the November
7th rulemaking,  EPA made some changes (Section
270.42) which  will  allow  permitted facilities to treat
restricted  wastes more promptly and to increase  the
availability of treatment capacity.  A permitted  facility
may now treat restricted wastes not identified in  the
permit if  the  treatment  is  such  that  the  treatment
residual meets the  applicable treatment standards. In
addition, permitted facilities  may treat new wastes as
long as  such treatment  does not pose substantially
different risks from the risks associated with wastes
included in  the permit.  These  changes  require  an
EPA-approved minor permit modification.

EPA proposed in the December  11,  1986,  notice to
give permitted treatment  and storage  facilities more
flexibility in  managing wastes  restricted from  land
disposal.  EPA proposed  to allow these  permitted
facilities, through  the minor permit modification
process, to  change their operations so as to treat or
store restricted wastes in tanks or containers.  The
proposed rule would allow only those changes needed
to  comply with the  land  disposal restrictions  rule.
These permitted facilities would be required  to submit
a major  modification request,  which  EPA  would
process at  a  later date,  and to comply with all
applicable  requirements of  the RCRA  Part  264
standards.
 Testing and Recordkeeping (Section
 268.7)
 The  testing  and recordkeeping requirements of the
 land disposal restrictions rule reflect EPA's philosophy
 of tracking  wastes  from  generation  to  ultimate
 disposal. All restricted  wastes, whether  treated and
 disposed on-site or sent off-site to a RCRA treatment
 or disposal facility or to a non-RCRA recycling facility,
 are subject to  some  testing and  recordkeeping
 requirements.  Although  recycling facilities  may be
 exempt from  RCRA regulation, the  wastes  they
 receive and the resulting residues are  regulated by
 RCRA  and  are subject to  the  land  disposal
 restrictions.  Generators, treatment facilities,  and land
 disposal  facilities each  have specific responsibilities
 under the land disposal  restrictions rule;  however, the
 land  disposal facility  bears the ultimate  responsibility
 for ensuring that only wastes meeting the treatment
 standards (or wastes that are subject to an exemption
 or variance) are land disposed.

-------
 Generator Responsibilities
 The generator is  responsible for testing his waste or
 an extract of his waste  (developed  by  using  the
 TCLP), or using knowledge of his waste, to determine
 if his  waste  is restricted  from land disposal.  If  the
 generator determines that he is managing a restricted
 waste, he is  responsible for determining whether his
 waste meets  the  applicable treatment  standard. The
 generator can also make  this determination  based
 either on knowledge of the waste,  or  by  testing  the
 waste or  waste  extract (developed  by  using  the
 TCLP). If the generator has used knowledge of  his
 waste (whether it is sent to a treatment facility or a
 disposal facility) to determine the applicable treatment
 standard, or to determine  if the applicable standard
 has been met without treatment,  he must maintain
 records (at the location where the waste is generated)
 of all supporting data used  to make the  determination.
 As prior to the land disposal restrictions, the generator
 must also conduct a  waste analysis if there is any
 reason to believe that  the  waste composition or  the
 generating process has changed; he cannot rely on
 his knowledge of the waste in such cases.

 If the waste meets  the   treatment standard, the
 generator may transport the waste  directly to the
 disposal facility, providing a notice  with the following
 information:
•   The EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s).

•   The applicable treatment standard(s).

•   The manifest number associated with the waste
    shipment.

•   The waste analysis data (if available).
The generator must also provide a certification which
states that the waste  delivered to  the disposal facility
meets the treatment standard, and  that the information
included in the notice is true, accurate, and complete.
If EPA has granted an extension to the effective date
for  a particular  waste,  it  is  the  generator's
responsibility to notify  the land disposal facility.

For restricted wastes  that do not meet the treatment
standard, the generator must send a notice with each
shipment to the treatment facility. The generator must
determine the appropriate  treatment  standard based
on waste analysis data,  knowledge of the waste, or
both.

Generators  which treat and/or dispose of restricted
waste  on-site must also comply with the  record-
keeping  requirements  of  treatment  and/or  disposal
facilities (except for the manifest number).
 Treatment Facility Responsibilities

 Treatment facilities are  responsible  for  treating
 restricted wastes to the  levels  specified  by the
 applicable treatment standards or by  the specified
 technology(ies). A treatment facility also is responsible
 for:

 •   Keeping  a copy  of the notice and any  available
     waste analysis data provided by the generator in
     the treatment facility's operating record.

 •   Testing the treatment residual  using  the TCLP
     (according to  the frequency  established in the
     facility's  waste  analysis  plan)  to  determine
     whether it meets the  waste extract concentration
     level.

 •   Conducting a waste analysis if there is any reason
     to believe that  the  waste composition  or the
     treatment  process has changed.

 Where treatment residuals  meet  the  treatment
 standards, the treatment facility,  like the generator
 who ships waste directly  to  a disposal facility,  must
 submit a  notice and certification  to  the  disposal
 facility. The certification must  state that the treatment
 standards  have been met  in accordance with the
 prohibition on  dilution, and that the information is true,
 accurate, and  complete.

 Where treatment residuals do not meet the treatment
 standards and the facility ships the residuals off-site to
 another  treatment facility for further treatment, the
 notice requirements  are the same as for the  original
 generator sending the wastes to the treatment facility.


 Land Disposal Facility Responsibilities
 Land disposal facilities  are  responsible for ensuring
 that only wastes meeting the treatment standards (or
 wastes that are subject to an  exemption or variance)
 are  land  disposed. In addition, land disposal  facilities
 must document  that  the waste has been  treated in
 accordance  with  the  applicable  EPA  treatment
 standards. The results of any waste analyses must be
 placed in  the land  disposal facility's operating  record,
 along with a copy of all certifications and notices.


Treatment Standards for Solvents
 (Section 268.41)

 What Solvent  Wastes Are Covered Under the
F001-F005 Listing? (Section 268.31)

Only solvent constituents listed in Table CCWE (Table
 1-2), when used  to  solubilize  (dissolve) or mobilize
other constituents,  are  considered spent  solvents
under the land disposal  restrictions  rule. A  solvent is
considered "spent" when it has been used  and is no
longer fit for use  without  being  regenerated,

-------
Table 1-2.   Solvent Treatment Standards3 Table CCWE
Constituents of F001-F005
Spent Solvent Wastes
Acetone
n-Butyl alcohol
Carbon disulfide
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
Cresols (cresylic acid)
Cyclohexanone
1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene
Ethyl acetate
Ethylbenzene
Ethyl ether
Isobutanol
Methanol
Methylene chloride
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Nitrobenzene
Pyridine
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
l,1,2-Trochloro-l,2,2-
trifluoroethane
Trichloroethylene
Trichlorofluoromethane
Xvlene
Extract Concentrations (mg/l)
Wastewater
0.05
5.00
1.05
0.05
0.15
2.82
0.125
0.65
0.05
0.05
0.05
5.00
0.25
0.20b
0.05
0.05
0.66
1.12
0.079
1.12
1.05
1.05
0.062
0.05
0.05
Other
0.59
5.00
4.81
0.96
0.05
0.75
0.75
0.125
0.75
0.053
0.75
5.00
0.75
0.96
0.75
0.33
0.125
0.33
0.05
0.33
0.41
0.96
0.091
0.96
0.15
 a For determining the applicable treatment Standard, wastewaters
  are defined as solvent-water mixtures containing less than or equal
  to 1 percent total organic carbon.
 & Treatment standard for wastewaters generated from
  pharmaceutical plants is 12.7 mg/l.

 reclaimed, or otherwise reprocessed.  Examples of
 spent  solvents include solvents that are  used  as
 degreasers,  cleaners,  fabric  scourers,  diluents,
 extractants,  and  reaction and synthesis  media.
 Manufacturing process wastes containing F001-F005
 solvent constituents are not spent solvents where the
 solvent constituents "are  reactants and  not  carriers
 (solvents) in the process.


 Basis  for the Solvent Treatment Standards
 EPA identified nine treatment technologies  that are
 demonstrated and  commercially  available for F001-
 F005 spent solvents. Using data that represented  only
 well-designed and  well-operated  systems,  EPA
 calculated average  performance  values  for each
 specific waste treated  with  a particular technology.
 Where one technology performed better than others,
 EPA  based  the  treatment standard  on  the  best
 technology. If several technologies  performed equally
 well,  EPA averaged the  performance values  and
multiplied  the average value by  a variability factor to
derive  the treatment  standard.  The variability factor
was  calculated  in to account for fluctuations inherent
in  the normal  process  of well-designed  and  well-
operated treatment systems.

EPA established three separate  treatability  groups for
spent solvent wastes:

•   Wastewaters  (defined for  the purposes of Table
    CCWE as solvent-water mixtures containing  less
    than or equal to  1 percent total organic carbon
    (TOG) by weight).

•   Methylene  chloride-containing  wastewaters
    containing less than or equal to 1  percent TOC
    generated from pharmaceutical plants.

•   All  other  spent solvent   wastes,  including
    wastewaters  containing greater than  1  percent
    TOC,  solvent-containing solids, solvent-con-taining
    sludges, and solvent contaminated soils.

Of the nine demonstrated treatment technologies,, the
following  four technologies formed the basis for the
solvent treatment standards:

•   Steam stripping.

•   Biological treatment.

•   Activated carbon treatment.

•   Incineration.

The  solvent  treatment standards  are  set  as
concentration levels based on  the above technologies;
EPA is not requiring  that these specific technologies
be  used to meet the treatment standards. Table  1-2
lists the spent solvent treatment standards expressed
as eoncentrations in the treatment residual extract.
 Effective Date of Solvent Land Disposal
 Restrictions (Section 268,30)
 The following spent solvent wastes (F001-F005) have
 been  granted  the  maximum  two-year  national
 variance. Effective November 8, 1988, these wastes
 are prohibited from disposal.

 •  Wastes generated by small quantity generators of
    100 to 1,000 kg/month of hazardous wastes.

 •  Wastes resulting from CERCLA response actions
    and RCRA corrective actions.

 •  Solvent-water mixtures, solvent-containing sludges
    or solids, and solvent-contaminated soil containing
    less than  one  percent  total  F001-F005 solvent
    constituents.

-------
Treatment Standards for Dioxins (Section
268.41)

The treatment standards for  dioxin-containing wastes
F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, F027, and  F028 are
based on incineration to 99.9999 percent destruction
and removal  efficiency. The  standards require
treatment to  a level  below the routinely achievable
detection  limit of 1 ppb  (using Method 8280 in SW-
846) in  the waste extract for the specific isomers of
tetra-, penta-, and hexachloro-dibenzo-p-dioxins and  -
dibenzofurans  listed in  Table CCWE.  The  treatment
standards for the  chlorophenols also require  treatment
to a level below the routinely achievable detection limit
in the waste extract as listed in Table CCWE.

The dioxin-containing  waste  treatment standards
expressed as concentrations in the treatment residual
extract are shown in Table 3.

Table 1-3.   Dioxin Treatment Standards
           Table CCWE
  F020-FQ23 and F026-F028 Dioxin-Containing      Extract
	Wastes	Concentrations
HxCOD - All Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins      < 1 ppb
HxCDF - All Hexachlorodibenzofurans         < 1 ppb
PoCDD - All Pentach!orodibenzo-p-dioxins      < 1 ppb
PoCOF - AH Pentachlorodibenzofurans         < 1 ppb
TCDO - AH Tetrachlordibenzo-p-dioxins        < 1 ppb
TCDF - AH  Telrachlorodibenzofurans         < 1 ppb
2,4,5-Trichtofophenol                      <0.05 ppm
2,4,6-TrtchlorophenoJ                      <0.05 ppm
2,3,4,6-Tetrachtorophenol                 <0.10 ppm
Penlachtorophenol	<0.0i ppm
ppb-yg/l
Effective Date of Dioxin Land Disposal
Restrictions (Section 268.31)
EPA has determined that there is a lack of treatment
capacity nationwide to handle dioxin wastes; therefore,
EPA has  granted  the  maximum  two-year  national
variance  to the effective  date of the dioxin  land
disposal restrictions  to  allow  time for  the regulated
community  to develop the necessary  capacity.
Effective  November 8,  1988, the  F020-F023 and
F026-F028 dioxin-containing  wastes  are prohibited
from land disposal.

Information Requirements

Petition for a  Variance From the Treatment
Standard
A petition from the treatment standard  must include
the following information:
    The petitioner's name and address.

    The  name,  address, phone number, and EPA
    identification number of the generating facility and
    of the facility contact person.

    A description of the waste generating processes
    and feed materials.

    A detailed description of the  petitioner's  waste
    (including data and  information on  the  physical
    and chemical  characteristics of the  waste)  that
    EPA can use to compare the petitioner's waste to
    the  wastes  considered  by  EPA  in  developing
    BOAT.

    If the waste has been treated, a description of  the
    treatment system, including the process design,
    operating  conditions,  and an explanation of why
    the treatment standards cannot  be achieved using
    the  treatment  system, or an explanation of why
    the specified treatment technology is inappropriate
    for the petitioner's waste.

    If the  waste  has not been treated,  an explanation
    of why the petitioner believes the waste will react
    to treatment differently from  the wastes evaluated
    by EPA in developing the treatment standard.

    A description of any alternative  treatment systems
    examined by the  petitioner,  and, as  appropriate,
    the concentrations in the treatment  residual  (using
    the TCLP) that can be achieved by applying such
    treatment to the waste.

    The dates of the sampling and testing.

    A description of the  methodologies and equipment
    used to obtain representative samples.

    A description  of  the  sample  handling and
    preparation techniques.

    A description  of  the tests  performed (including
    results).
Petition for a Case-by-Case Extension to the
Effective Date
A  case-by-case petition  must include  the following
information:

•   A demonstration that a good faith effort has been
    made to locate and contract with hazardous waste
    treatment,  recovery, or  disposal  facilities
    nationwide to handle the waste.

•   A demonstration that the  petitioner  has entered
    into a binding  contract to  construct  or otherwise
    provide adequate treatment, recovery, or disposal
    capacity for the waste.

•   A demonstration that, due  to  circumstances
    beyond   the petitioner's  control,  alternative
    treatment, recovery,  or disposal capacity cannot
                                                   10

-------
    reasonably  be made  available  by the  effective
    date of the land disposal restriction.

•   A demonstration that the  capacity  being con-
    structed  or otherwise provided will be sufficient to
    manage  the waste.
•   A detailed  schedule for  obtaining all necessary
    operating and construction permits and an outline
    of  how  and  when  alternative  capacity will   be
    available.
•   A demonstration that arrangements  have been
    made for adequate capacity to manage the waste
    during the  extension.  This  demonstration must
    include  an  identification  and  description of  all
    waste management sites.


Petition for a "No Migration" Exemption
A  "no migration" petition must  include the  following
information:

•   The identification and a full characterization of the
    specific waste,  including  a comprehensive
    chemical and physical characterization

•   The   identification  and   a  comprehensive
    characterization  of  the disposal  unit,  including
    background air, soil  and water quality.

•   A demonstration that all waste and environmental
    sampling, test, and analysis data are accurate  and
    reproducible.
•   A  demonstration  that EPA-approved  sampling,
    testing,  and estimation techniques were used.
•   A demonstration that all simulation models for the
    specific  waste and  disposal site  conditions were
    calibrated and that the models were verified by
    actual measurements.
•   Analyses performed to identify and  quantify  any
    aspects that could  contribute  significantly to
    uncertainty  regarding the suitability  of  the site,
    including  the  potential   for   damage from
    earthquakes, floods, severe storms,  droughts, or
    other natural phenomena.
•   A quality assurance and quality control  plan  that
    addresses   all  aspects  of  the  "no migration"
    demonstration.
                                                   11

-------

-------
                                           Chapter 2
                                             Title III
                              The Community's Right to Know
Introduction
In  October 1986, Congress passed the Emergency
Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act as Title III
of  the Superfund Amendments and  Reauthorization
Act (SARA).  Title ill  establishes  requirements  for
federal,  state, and  local  governments  and  industry
regarding  emergency  planning and community right-
to-know reporting on hazardous and toxic chemicals.
This act  is expected  to  stimulate a wealth of new
information  on   the  quantities  and  sources  of
hazardous substances in the environment.

An Overview of Title III

There are four major sections included under Title III.
These are:

•   Emergency Planning - Sections 301-303.

•   Emergency Notification - Section 304.
•   Community  Right-to-Know Reporting  Require-
    ments - Sections 311-312.

•   Toxic Chemical Release Reporting - Section 313.

Under Sections 301-303,  state governors are required
to  designate state emergency response commissions,
who in turn  designate  local emergency  planning
districts and  local emergency planning committees
(LEPC). As of late  1988,  state  commissions have
designated  over 4,000 LEPCs.  Each  LEPC is
responsible for developing an emergency  response
plan, which was due by October 1988.

Facilities  with "reportable quantities" of the specified
366  "extremely  hazardous  substances"  must
cooperate with state and  local planning authorities to
prepare comprehensive  emergency  plans.  Section
304 specifies that facilities which produce, use, or
store specified hazardous  substances must  report
accidental releases of those substances above certain
quantities  to state and local response officials. Under
Sections  311-312, all  facilities that are required to
prepare Material Safety Data  Sheets (MSDSs) on the
hazardous chemicals  used, processed, or  stored at
the facility in  certain quantities, must submit copies of
the  MSDSs  or  a list of the materials  (for  which
MSDSs are available) to state and local authorities.
These  authorities,  including  fire departments,  must
have reports on the inventories of chemicals for which
MSDSs exist at each facility.  This report should also
include locations of these materials.

Section 313 specifies that owners  and operators of
certain  facilities that manufacture,  process,  or
otherwise  use  one  of the  listed  chemicals  must
annually report releases  to  the environment.  This
report  is   sometimes referred to  as  the Toxic
Chemicals Release  Inventory.  Facilities handling
solvents are  likely to  be subject  to the reporting
requirements  under one or more of  the sections of
Title III.

The list of key dates for  reporting under  Title  III is
shown  in Table 2-1.
Emergency Notification - Section 304

Under Title III, Section 304, facilities must immediately
notify the local emergency planning  committee and
the state emergency response commission if there is
a release of a listed substance beyond the reportable
quantity. These substances were listed in the Federal
Register on November 17, 1986, and are summarized
in  Table 2-2. This initial notification can be done by
telephone, radio,  or in person. The  notification must
include:

•   Chemical name.

•   An  indication  of  whether  the  substance  is
    extremely hazardous.

•   A quantity estimate for environmental release.

•   The time and  duration of the release.

•   The medium into which the release occurred.

•   The known  or anticipated acute or chronic  health
    risks associated with the  material.  This  should
    include recommendations for medical  attention,  if
    this is applicable.

•   The proper precautions.

«   The name and  telephone number of  the contact
    person at the  facility.
                                                  13

-------
Tablo 2-1.   Selected Key Dates for Reporting Under Title III
                 Date
                                      Title
November 17,1986

November 17,1986
January 27.1987

March 17,1987

April 17, 1987
April 28, 1987
May 17, 1987

Jtm04, 1987
July 17, 1987
August 17,1987, (or 30 days after desig-
nation of districts, whichever is sooner)
September  17,1987, (or 30 days after
committee is formed, whichever is  sooner)
October 17,1987

March 1,1988 (and annually thereafter)

June 1988
July 1,1988, (and annually thereafter)
October 17,1988
March 1,1989 (and annually thereafter)

April 30,1989

March 1,1990 (and annually thereafter)

June 20,1991

October 17,1991
EPA published Interim List of Extremely Hazardous Substances and Planning Threshold Quantities
(EHS and PTQ) in Federal Register (§302, 303, 304)
EPA initiates comprehensive review of emergency systems (§305(b))
Format for Emergency Inventory Forms and reporting requirements published in federal Register
(§311,312)
National Response Team published guidance for preparation and implementation of emergency
plans (§303(f))
Governors appoint State Emergency Response Commissions (SERC)  (§301 (a))
EPA published Final List of EHS and PTQ in FR (§302, 3, 4)
Facilities subject to §302 planning requirements notify SERC (§302(c))
Interim report on emergency system review due to Congress (§305(b))
EPA published proposed toxic chemical release (i.e., emissions inventory) form (§3l3(g))
SERC designates emergency planning districts (§301 (b))
SERC appoints members of local emergency planning committees (§301 (c))

Covered facility notifies local planning committee of selection of a facility representative (§303(d)(i))

MSDS or list of MSDS chemicals submitted to state commission, local committee,  and local fire
department by covered manufacturing and importing facility (§311 (d))
Covered facilities submit their inventory forms to state commission, local committee, and local fire
department (§312(a)(2))
Final report on emergency systems study submitted to Congress (§305(b))
Covered facilities submit initial toxic chemical forms to EPA and designated state officials (§3l3(a))
Local emergency planning committees (LEPC) complete preparation of an emergency plan (§303(a))
Covered non-manufacturing facilities submit inventory reports to SERC, LEPC, and fire department
(§312(a)(2))
Covered construction facilities submit MSDS or list of MSDS chemicals to SERC,  LEPC, and fire
department (§311 (d)).
Covered construction facilities submit inventory reports to SERC, LEPC, and fire department
(§3l2(a)(2))
Comptroller General report to Congress, on toxic chemical release information collection, use, and
availability (§313(K))                 '
EPA report to Congress on Mass Balance Study (§313(1))
This notification must be followed by a written  report
which will include an update of the initial report as well
as  information  on the response actions  which  were
taken. The report must be made  to the appropriate
state and  local committee  or to  the  designated
officials.

Community Right-to-Know Reporting
Requirements - Sections 311 - 312
Under  Section 311,  those  facilities  which  must
prepare or have available  MSDSs under Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations
(29  CFR  1910.1200  - the  Hazard  Communication
Standard),  are required  to  submit copies of the
MSDSs or a list of  the chemicals for which  MSDSs
are kept. This information must be sent to:
•   The local emergency planning committee.
                     •   The state emergency response commission.
                       *
                     •   The local fire department.
                     The list must be organized in  the categories of health
                     and physical  hazards as  defined  by OSHA in the
                     Hazard   Communication   Standard   (29   CFR
                     1910.1200). If the list alone is sent, the MSDS must
                     be  provided if  requested  by  any  of the agencies
                     involved. It is necessary to update the MSDSs  on file
                     as  new information becomes available.
                     Section 312 requires the  submission of  emergency
                     and hazardous chemical inventory forms to:
                     •   The local emergency planning committee.
                     •   The state emergency response commission.
                     •   The local fire department.
                                                       14

-------
The same chemicals are reported under Section 312
and Section 311.  Section 312,  however,  is a two-
tiered submission. Tier I reporting includes:

•   An  estimated   (in  ranges)  maximum  of  each
    chemical hazard category  present on a  calendar
    year and an average daily basis.

•   The general location of the hazardous chemicals
    for each category.

Tier II reporting includes (upon  request):

•   The chemical or common name of the substance.

•   An  estimate (in ranges) of  the maximum inventory
    and of average daily  amount for the preceding
    calendar year.

•   A description of the chemical storage.

•   The location of the chemical at the facility.

•   An   indication  of  whether the  specific  location
    information is  to  be  withheld  from  public
    disclosure.

Under Section 312, the public may request copies of
the Tier  II information  from the  state  and local
authorities.

Toxic Chemical Release Reporting  -
Section 313

The Environmental Protection  Agency, under Title III,
is  required to establish an  inventory of these toxic
chemical emissions.

Facilities are  required to report to EPA and to their
respective state releases of  covered chemicals to air,
water,   or land and  those  transferred to  off-site
facilities. These reports are required from owners  and

Table 2-2.   Summary of Chemical Lists for Title III
                List
                                         Section
                      operators  of  facilities  in  Standard  Industrial
                      Classification Codes 20 - 39:

                      •   That have 10 or more full-time employees; and ,

                      •   That  manufacture, process,  or otherwise  use a
                          listed  chemical  in   excess  of  the  threshold
                          quantities.
                      The listed materials are  those which are included on
                      the  combined  Maryland  and  New  Jersey  toxic
                      substances  list  as required  by the  law.  EPA can
                      modify this  list,  if necessary, when considering  the
                      following factors:

                      •   Is the  substance known  to  cause  cancer  or
                          serious  reproductive or  neurological  disorders,
                          genetic mutations, or chronic health effects?

                      •   Can the  substance  cause  serious health  effects
                          as a result of releases to the environment?

                      •   Can the  substance  cause  an adverse effect on
                          the  environment  because  of  its  toxicity,
                          persistence,  or bioaccumulation?


                      Chemicals can be deleted from  this list as well if there
                      is insufficient evidence to establish any of these same
                      factors. The lists used  in  Title HI  reporting  are
                      summarized in Table  2-2.

                      The Toxic Chemical Release  Reporting Form includes
                      the following  facility-specific information:

                      •   The name, location,  and type of business.

                      •   Whether the   chemical  is  manufactured,
                          processed, or  otherwise used,  and  the general
                          categories of use of  the chemical.
                                                                              Purpose
 List of Extremely Hazardous Substances
 (FR 11/17/86)
 Substances requiring noti-fication under
 Section 103(a) of CERCLA

 Hazardous chemicals considered physical
 or health hazards under OSHA's Hazard
 Communication Standard
  Toxic chemicals identified in the law
§302: Emergency
     Planning
§304: Emergency
     Notification
§311/:MSDSS and
312  Emergency
     Inventory
§304: Emergency
     Notification

§304: Emergency
     Notification
§311: Materials Safety
     Data Sheets
§312: Emergency
     Inventory

§313: Toxic Chemical
     Release
     Reporting
• Facilities with more than estimated planning quantities of these
 substances must notify the SERC and LEPC
• Initial focus for preparation of emergency plans by LEPCs
• Certain releases of these substances trigger §304 notification to SERC
 and LEPC
• Separate and lower thresholds are established for these substances of
 concern for the MSDS and Tier l/ll reporting requirements
• Certain releases of these substances trigger §304 notification to state
 commissions and local committees as well as §!03(a) requirement for
 National Response Center notification
• Identifies facilities subject to emergency notification requirements
• MSDSs or lists of MSDS chemicals provided by covered facilities to
 state commission, local committee, and local fire department
• Covered facilities provide site-specific information  on chemicals to state
 commission, local committee, and local fire departments
• Tier l/ll inventory forms must be provided by facilities to SERC, LEPC,
 and fire departments
• These chemicals are reported on an emissions inventory to inform
 government officials and the public about releases of toxic chemicals into
 the environment
                                                       15

-------
•   An estimate (range) of the maximum amounts of
    the  toxic chemical  present at the facility at  any
    one time during the preceding year.

•   Waste  treatment/disposal methods  and  the
    efficiency of the methods for each waste stream.

*   Quantity  of the   chemical  .entering  each
    environmental medium annually.

•   A certification by a senior official that the  report is
    complete and accurate.

The total quantity of  a chemical  released during  the
year  must  be  reported.  This  will  include both
accidental spills and  routine emissions, even  those
which are  covered  by  permits.  Separate  estimates
must be provided for  releases to air, water, and land.
If waste  materials are  shipped to  off-site  locations,
these must be identified along with the quantities sent.
There must  be a valid basis or documentation for the
estimates made of these quantities.

EPA is required by law to make the data in the reports
available to  the public through a computer database
and by other means.  The public can thus access the
information easily,  which  is an  unprecedented
situation.

Conclusions

Industry,  environmental  groups, and state  and local
governments, working in conjunction with  the EPA,
have a responsibility to help the public understand the
significance of  hazardous  substances  in   the
environment. More must be done  than  to  simply
collect and verify the information and make it available
to the  public.  Educational programs are being
developed to help inform community  leaders,  the
news media,  and citizens  about  the  relationship
between  hazardous substances in the environment
and  human  health. With this information,  America's
communities should  be better prepared  than they
have been in the past to make  informed,  reasoned
risk  decisions  that will  best reflect the needs and
values of their citizens.
                                                 16

-------
                                             Chapter 3
                              Solvent Waste Burning  Regulations

                                          Joseph Galbraith

                                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                              Region VII
                                        Kansas City, KS 66101
The terms "resource conservation" and "recovery" in
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
are misleading. Many pages in the Federal Register
and  the Code  of  Federal Regulations  deal with
treating,  storing, and  disposing of various materials
without reference to recycling,  reuse, etc., which  are
considered exemptions.

Spent  solvents  and other  hazardous  wastes  first
became subject  to regulation on May 19,  1980.  The
regulations  differentiated  between energy recovery
and  disposal.  They controlled the  incineration  of
hazardous  waste  but exempted  the burning  of
hazardous wastes for energy recovery. Storage  and
transportation  were  covered  when the waste  was
burned  on-site or  when  it  was  sent  directly to a
burner. If the wastes were processed by a middleman,
they  were subject  to the  regulation  until  they went
through the  refining process.  Any waste  that  was
characteristic (ignitable) that was  not a sludge being
stored or sent for energy recovery, was exempt. This
allowed the  introduction of foreign  materials  into
waste.  In 1983, EPA developed an enforcement policy
to ensure that only legitimate waste would  be burned
for energy recovery. This policy was published in  the
Federal Register on  March  16, 1983,  and is  still in
effect. It states that a waste must have a heat content
of 5,000 to  8,000  btu  per pound and a  chlorine
content of two to  five percent to be  legitimate  for
burning for energy  recovery. A waste with a lower
heating value is considered  sham  recycling  and
subject to  the  incineration  regulations.  A higher
chlorine content  is detrimental to the process being
used (e.g., boiler tubes, cement kilns).

In its January  1985  revision to the definition of solid
waste,  EPA  stated  that listed  wastes and sludges
were subject to  storage  and transportation prior  to
burning, including the processing  and blending by a
third  party or parties that neither generated nor burned
the materials.  In November 1985,  EPA  published
burner/blender regulations,  which  identified  storage,
transportation,  and  administrative  controls   for
hazardous  wastes that were  used  as fuels or  to
produce a fuel.

Wastes that were hazardous only because they were
characteristic were no longer exempt. In addition, the
rule prohibited the burning of hazardous waste fuel in
any nonindustrial boiler unless  that boiler complied
with the incinerator regulations. A nonindustrial boiler
may not  be used for burning hazardous  waste fuel
even  today. Notification  requirements were also
required  under these burner/blender  regulations.  All
parties -  generators, blenders,  marketers,  and the
burning facility - are required to notify EPA and/or the
states in accordance with 40 CFR Part 266.

In  addition to RCRA  materials, the Toxic Substances
Control  Act  (TSCA)  regulates  polychlorinated
biphenyls  (PCBs), which are found  in  used  oil and
occasionally  in solvents. Solvents  containing
detectable  PCBs may  not be  burned for  energy
recovery.

Hazardous  waste  may  not  be  burned   in any
nonindustrial boiler.  Hazardous  waste with a heating
value greater than 5,000 to 8,000 btu  per pound may
be used for energy  recovery in  utility boilers,  boilers
that  generate  electricity,  industrial  boilers, and
industrial  furnaces.  Regional limitations on  chlorine
content may also be imposed on  these  fuels: The
notification requirements in 40 CFR Part 266 must be
met. Residues from  burning  in these  boilers are
subject to  regulation except  for  coal-fired  boilers
where  coal  is greater than 50  percent of the fuel.
Residues from  hazardous  waste fuel  burned  in gas-
and oil-fired  boilers are subject to regulation. Residue
from a coal-fired boiler with  fuel  that is  <50  percent
coal  are  subject to  regulation.  Conditionally-exempt
small-quantity  generators  must comply  with  the
notification  requirements but are exempt from the
regulations  governing permit  acquisition.  Their
regulations are listed in Part 261.
In  May 1987,  EPA  proposed  new regulations  for
boilers and industrial furnaces. Because of criticism, it
                                                  17

-------
is revising  them  and  developing  incinerator
regulations. Many of the comments that were received
urged EPA to use a standard approach to both boilers
and incinerators. As  a  result, a new set of proposed
boiler regulations  is under review.  The  proposed
regulations are similar to Part  264 Subpart O, which
deals with incinerators.

Under  the  proposed  boiler  regulations,  all
nonindustrial, industrial, and  utility  boilers  and all
industrial furnaces that  burn hazardous wastes will be
required to have  permits. The  performance standards
are risk-based and are  similar to Part  264, Subpart 0
incinerator standards. Most units will be required  to
conduct trial  burns,  but there are provisions for an
exemption to the trial burn. Time frames for interim
status  notification, filing  of  applications,  and the
installation of required  monitoring equipment  will be
included in the proposed regulations. At  this time, the
proposal  calls for the regulations to be promulgated
under Part 266.  EPA will probably request comments
on permitting them under  Part 264,  which  will make
the same set of standards apply to both boilers and
incinerators.
                                                   18

-------
                                             Chapter 4
                              Waste Minimization  Liability Issues
                                         Robert A. Wyman
                                        Amanda E. Register

                                          Latham & Watkins
                                       Los Angeles, CA 90071
Introduction
This country spends more than $70 billion each year
on environmental protection and compliance. A large
part of this expenditure has been directed towards the
proper management  and  disposal  of hazardous
wastes as specified in the Resource Conservation and
Recovery  Act of   1976  (RCRA),1  and  the
Comprehensive Environmental  Response,  Compen-
sation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA).2

The Office of  Technology Assessment  (OTA)
estimates that  industry today produces  at  least 575
million  tons  of hazardous  wastes  per  year.
Furthermore, EPA has concluded that many parts of
the country lack or will soon lack adequate  treatment
and  disposal  capacity to deal with the volume of
hazardous waste  generated. Even where there is
sufficient treatment  and  disposal  capacity,  the
treatment  or  disposal methods  have failed  to
eliminate, or even  reduce to  acceptable levels, the
risk  of an unintentional  release.  At the same  time,
industry  has  sought  ways  to  reduce  liabilities
associated  with hazardous  substance handling  and
disposal.  These  trends  have  motivated  federal  and
state  legislatures to  focus  attention  towards  waste
reduction strategies such  as  recycling  and  source
reduction and  away from "end-of-the-pipe" solutions
such  as  the  permitting  of  new  landfills and  waste
treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) facilities.

By  amending  RCRA in  1984, Congress established
hazardous waste  reduction as  a national  priority.3
These amendments,  known as  the Hazardous  and
Solid Waste Amendments  of 1984 (HSWA),  impose
substantial  new  legal responsibilities  on hazardous
waste  generators,  treaters, and disposers.  HSWA
creates a presumption against land-based disposal by
requiring  that hazardous waste generators voluntarily
institute in-house waste  minimization programs, meet
pre-disposal treatment standards for certain hazardous
wastes, and equip  new landfills and  other  waste
disposal facilities with additional technological controls
prior to receiving wastes.
This chapter addresses  the legal  incentives  that
HSWA and related EPA regulations create to reduce
hazardous waste  production. (Note: Specific land
disposal  and waste  minimization  requirements of
HSWA  are  described  in Chapter  1  but  are
summarized with more complete references and notes
here.)  A  discussion follows of three  compliance
options  available  to  hazardous  waste  generators:
source reduction,  recycling  and  resource  recovery,
and treatment and land disposal. Each  compliance
option is analyzed in terms of the liability  risks and/or
protections it provides, as well as  other general short-
and long-term considerations that a generator should
take into account before selecting  a particular option.

HSWA - Waste Treatment  and
Minimization Requirements

Land Disposal Ban

Disposal Prohibitions
HSWA mandates that the continued  land disposal of
untreated hazardous wastes beyond specified dates is
prohibited4 unless  EPA determines that the prohibition
is not necessary in order to  protect human health and
the environment for as long as  the waste remains
hazardous.5 In addition,  HSWA requires  EPA to
identify levels or methods  of treatment,  if any,  that
substantially diminish the toxicity or migration potential
of  a waste and minimize threats to human health and
the environment. Wastes treated  in  accordance  with
standards set under this section are not subject to the
prohibition and may be land-disposed.6-7


Timetable for Compliance
HSWA  sets  forth a  detailed  timeline  for  EPA
determination of treatment  standards. If  the  agency
fails to meet a statutory deadline, further land disposal
of  the affected group  of  wastes   is  automatically
prohibited  or  conditionally prohibited  under  a
"hammer"  provision.  EPA was required  to  set
treatment standards for F001 to  F005 solvents  and
                                                 19

-------
dioxin wastes  by  November  8,  1986,  and  for
"California List" wastes by July 8,  1987. The agency
has completed both sets of  standards.8 Furthermore,
the agency must review and  set standards for the first
one-third of its remaining listed wastes by August 8,
1988; the second one-third by June 8,  1989; and  the
last one-third by May 8, 1990.9


Exemptions and Variances
A  generator (or any interested person) may petition
that a certain waste be  exempted from  the land
disposal restrictions. The petitioner  must demonstrate,
to a reasonable degree of certainty, that there will be
no migration of hazardous constituents from  the land
disposal unit or injection zone (including air emissions)
for as long as the waste remains hazardous.10

In  addition to an exemption,  three  types of variances
are available under the statute: 1) a variance based on
lack of national  capacity; 2) a variance from  the
treatment standard; and 3) a  case-by-case extension.

First, EPA can grant a  national variance of up to two
years  if the agency  determines  that  there  is a
nationwide  lack of capacity  to treat specific wastes.
Because EPA has determined that the land  disposal
restrictions  will  create  a  national  shortage   of
wastewater treatment and incineration capacity,  the
agency has granted such  a  variance for:  1)  small
quantity generators of  100 to 1,000 kg of non-acute
hazardous waste per month or less than 1 kg of  acute
hazardous  waste  per  month;  2) solvent wastes
generated by  response or  corrective  actions  taken
under CERCLA or  RCRA; and 3) dilute F001 to F005
solvent wastes containing less than one percent total
organic constituents.11  As a result, these subgroups
do not have to comply with  treatment standards until
November  8,  1988, provided that their  wastes  are
managed in facilities that are  in compliance  with  the
requirements' of RCRA 3004(o).  Landfills or  other
hazardous  waste  facilities  receiving  permits  after
November  8, 1984,  must contain  double  liners with
leachate collection  and leak detection systems and
ground-water monitors.12

Second, a generator may request a variance  from  the
treatment standard if the waste produced is a unique
waste that cannot be treated to the levels specified as
the  treatment standard because,  for  example,  the
waste does not fit into  one of the Best Demonstrated
Available Technology (BOAT) treatability groups.13

Third,  the  agency  will  consider  granting individual
extensions  of up to two years  if  the  applicant can
demonstrate: 1) that a good-faith effort  has  been
made  to  locate  and contract  with  alternative
technologies nationwide; 2) that a binding contract has
been entered into  to construct or otherwise provide
alternative treatment, recovery, or disposal  capacity
that cannot reasonably be  made  available  by  the
applicable effective date due to circumstances beyond
the applicant's control.  In demonstrating that capacity
cannot reasonably be  made  available, the applicant
may show that  it is  not feasible to provide  such
capacity because of technical  and  practical difficulties;
and 3) that the capacity will be sufficient to manage all
of the waste  covered  by the  application.  In  addition,
an  applicant  must  provide a detailed schedule for
providing  capacity and  document  locations  with
adequate  capacity to  manage its wastes  during the
extension. Any  landfill  or  surface  impoundment
receiving  waste  during  the  extension  must  comply
with the technology requirements of RCRA 3004(o).i*

In the event that an extension is granted, an applicant
is exempted  from the disposal restrictions  for the
length  of  the extension,  including  the  conditional
storage prohibitions discussed below.


Storage Prohibitions
The agency has  set forth three different time limits for
the storage of restricted wastes. First, facility owners
and operators may store restricted wastes as needed
to accumulate  sufficient quantities  necessary for
proper recovery, treatment,  or disposal.  If  storage
exceeds one  year,  however, the burden of proof is on
the owner/operator to  show  that such  storage  is
necessary. Second, transporters of restricted wastes
are subject to a 10-day storage limit. Third, generators
who  store  restricted  wastes  in  excess  of the
accumulation  time  limits set forth in  40  CFR .262.34
must  obtain interim status and eventually a permit.15
For large quantity generators,  the applicable time limit
is 90 days; small quantity generators can store wastes
for  180 or 270 days  depending on transportation
distances.


Treatment Standards
Congress has  required  EPA to  use  a  Best
Demonstrated  Available   Technology  (BOAT)
framework to establish treatment  standards for
restricted wastes. H§WA specifies that BOAT rrtay.be
expressed as either a  performance  standard  or  a
method  of treatment.  The  agency has expressed  a
preference for  concentration-based  performance
standards  to  ensure that the technology is properly
operated and to allow those  regulated  the greatest
degree of flexibility  possible.16 In  order to determine
whether a waste  requires treatment  and  whether
applicable treatment standards  have been met, the
Toxicity Characteristic  Leaching  Procedure  (TCLP)
must be used.                            ........

Treatment Standards for F001  to F005 Spent Solvents

EPA determined final  BOAT  treatment standards for
spent  solvents  on  November  7,  1986.17   The
standards  are expressed  as  concentrations in the
treatment  residual extract and therefore  allow use  of
                                                  20

-------
any  technology  that  can meet the  standard.  The
technologies utilized  by EPA in setting the standards
were steam  stripping, biological  treatment,  carbon
adsorption, and  incineration.18 Dilution is  specifically
prohibited as a substitute for treatment. 19

Industries  most  affected  by the "solvent  wastes
standards include those  where solvents are used as
reactant  carriers,  for  surface  preparation,  for
degreasing, or as a base  for  paint and ink.


Testing and Recordkeeping Requirements

Although the  agency has  acknowledged that  the
ultimate responsibility for proper disposal of restricted
wastes  lies  with the land  disposal  facilities,  it has
imposed  substantial  waste analysis,  notice,  and
recordkeeping  requirements  on  generators  and
treatment facilities as well.


Generator Requirements
The  generator must  first test its hazardous wastes
either by using  the  Toxicity Characteristic Leaching
Procedure or by  relying on its knowledge of the waste
to determine  if  the   waste  is restricted  from  land
disposal.20

If the waste is  restricted,  the generator must notify the
treatment or recycling facility in writing at the time of
shipment of the appropriate treatment standard for the
waste,  the  EPA  Hazardous Waste Number,  the
manifest number associated with the  shipment of
waste, and any available waste  analysis  data.  The
treatment or recycling facility (or the generator itself if
it is  also the TSD  facility) must keep a record of the
notice.21

A  generator that determines that the waste  can be
land-disposed  without treatment  must submit to the
disposal  facility  a certification  statement22 and a
notice  which  contains the  EPA  Hazardous Waste
Number,  the manifest  number,  the  applicable
treatment standard(s),  and  any available waste
analysis data. Generators disposing on-site must keep
the same information  in the  operating  record.  The
above  requirements  apply  to all  generators  dealing
with  restricted  wastes, whether  they   are  land
disposing the wastes or  merely  recycling  or  reusing
them.23


Treatment Facility Requirements
The  treatment facility is  responsible for treating the
waste  in accordance with  the applicable  treatment
standard,  and must  test waste  residues  under its
waste analysis plan and certify24  its results to the the
disposal facility.  The same requirements would apply
to a recycling facility disposing  of hazardous waste
residues. If further  treatment is required such that the
waste  must  be shipped to  another treatment or
recycling  facility, the treatment or recycling  facility
initiating  shipment  is  subject to  the  notice
requirements applicable to generators.25
Land Disposal Facility Requirements

In addition to maintaining all notices, certifications, and
waste data  in its operating  records, a  land disposal
facility must have a testing procedure for ensuring that
the  wastes  received conform to the  certifications
made by generators and treatment facilities and are in
compliance with the applicable treatment standards,^


Generator  Liability  for Noncompliance  with  Land
Disposal Restrictions
A generator  could be  held  liable  for noncompiiance
with land disposal restrictions in at least two  ways.
First, if  a generator's hazardous wastes  were  not
being  treated  properly  and, therefore,  exceeding
treatment standard levels at the time of disposal, EPA
could track the wastes back to the generator through
the manifest system and  impose  penalties of  up to
$25,000 per  day for  noncompiiance  with  RCRA
requirements.27 Such a result could occur even if the
generator were to send its wastes to a recycler and
the recycler  failed to treat the wastes properly prior to
disposal. As a practical matter, however,  EPA may
choose to institute  enforcement proceedings against
the the  noncomplying  TSD facility  before  trying  to
locate the responsible generator.

Second, a generator could  be held criminally liable
under  RCRA 3008(d)  (3) if,  in  sending  its wastes
directly to a  land disposal facility, the generator fails to
certify or falsely certifies under 40 CFR 268.7 that the
wastes  can be land-disposed  without  further
treatment.
Waste Minimization

Statutory Requirements
HSWA mandates  that as  of September  1, 1985,
generators are required to certify on hazardous waste
manifests and on-site treatment, storage, and disposal
permit applications  that:  1)  the  generator  has  a
program in place to reduce the volume or quantity and
toxicity of hazardous wastes to the degree determined
by the generator to be economically practicable; and
2) that the waste management methods used by  the
generator minimize present  and  future  threats  to
human  health  and  the  environment.28   EPA  has
revised the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest Form
to include a  supplemental  statement in  Item   16
containing the required certification.29.30 |n addition,
generators must report to EPA at least biannually  on
the results of  efforts  undertaken  during the  year to
minimize wastes.31
                                                  21

-------
EPA has published 1987 waste minimization reporting
forms (EPA Form 8700-13A, 5-80, Rev. 11-85 and 12-
87) to be completed by all generators that, in 1987,
met  or exceeded  the minimum  quantity  reporting
requirements (1,000 kg or more of hazardous waste
per month or accumulated at any time; more than  1
kg  of acute  hazardous  waste  per  month  or
accumulated at any time; or more than 100 kg of spill
cleanup material contaminated with acute  hazardous
waste  accumulated at any  time).  Generators  must
comply with state  reporting requirements if the  state
has been authorized to administer a RCRA program.
The  reporting forms were due by  April  1,  1988, with
written requests  for  extensions  to  May  1,  1988,
allowed. No  information may be withheld on the  basis
of confidentiality,  although a  business may assert  a
confidentiality claim.
Description of Waste Minimization Activities
In its October  1986 Report to Congress, EPA  broadly
defines waste  minimization as: "The reduction, to the
extent  feasible, of  hazardous  waste that is generated
or subsequently treated, stored,  or  disposed of.  It
includes  any  source  reduction of recycling  activity
undertaken by a generator that results in either: 1) the
reduction  of  total  volume or  quantity  of  hazardous
waste; or 2) the reduction of toxicity  of  hazardous
waste, or both,  so  long  as  such  reduction  is
consistent with the goal of minimizing present and
future threats to human health and the environment.32

Included  in the definition of waste minimization is the
concept  of  waste  treatment,  encompassing
technologies  such  as  incineration,  chemical  detox-
ification, and biological treatments.33 In  addition,  EPA
has  indicated  that  in certain circumstances waste
concentration  and  encapsulation  techniques, or  even
volume reduction  alone, may be beneficial waste
minimization practices if  they enhance  protection of
the environment.34

Although EPA  has  defined waste  minimization
practices  broadly to  include  source reduction,
recycling, and treatment  techniques,  its  preferred
waste  management hierarchy, in  descending order, is
as follows:
•   Waste reduction: Reducing the  amount of waste
    at the source through • changes  in industrial
    processes,  including some  types  of treatment
    processes,  process  modifications,  feedstock
    substitutions or improvements in feedstock purity,
    various housekeeping and management practices,
    increases  in  the" efficiency of  machinery,  and
    recycling within a process.

•   Waste  separation  and  concentration: Isolating
    wastes from mixtures in which they occur.
•   Waste exchange: Transferring  wastes  through
    clearinghouses so that  they  can be  recycled in
    industrial processes.

•   Energy/material Recovery: Revising and recycling
    wastes for the original  or some other purpose,
    such  as fo'r  materials  recovery  or  energy
    production.

•   Incineration/treatment: Destroying, detoxifying, and
    neutralizing wastes into less harmful substances.

•   Secure land  disposal: Depositing wastes on land
    using  volume reduction, encapsulation,  leachate
    containment,  monitoring, and controlled air and
    surface/subsidence water releases.35


Generator Liability for Noncompliance With Waste
Minimization Requirements
Although the HSWA waste minimization  provisions
require  several  certifications from  the  generator,
legislative reports make  it clear that these provisions
are  solely intended to  encourage  generators  to
voluntarily institute waste reduction programs on the
basis of  economic practicability.  As  such,  the
amendments  require only  that generators  make  a
good faith effort to reduce wastes in light of individual
circumstances; judgments made by generators are not
subject  to  external regulatory action,  nor  do  they
create  civil  or criminal  liabilities.36  Thus, from  an
enforcement  perspective,  EPA  will be  concerned
primarily  with  compliance with  the  certification
signatory requirements.37

Waste minimization programs are strictly voluntary at
this  point,  but  legal responsibilities  for  generators
could change in  the  near  future.  Although  EPA
recommended in its October  1986  report that  the
consideration  of  mandatory  programs,  including
performance  standards  and  required  management
practices,  be deferred until  additional  data  on
hazardous waste generation and management could
be gathered and  analyzed, the agency has committed
to report back to Congress in  December of  1990  on
the  desirability  and  feasibility of  a   prescriptive
approach.  Furthermore, EPA has  stated  that  if
mandatory controls are  needed in  the interim, it will
institute them under the  authority that currently exists
under such provisions  as  Section  6 of  the Toxic
Substances  Control Act (TSCA).S8 EPA's short-term
strategy includes:  1)  publication  of  nonbinding
guidelines  to  generators on what  constitutes
acceptable waste minimization practices; 2) provision
of  technical and  informational  assistance  to
generators;3^ and 3) encouragement  of  voluntary
waste minimization concepts within  the review of new
chemicals under TSCA  Section 5.40  EPA could also
recommend legislative amendments  to  Congress  as
part of  the  next  RCRA reauthorization,  such as: 1)
prohibiting  consideration of certain  types  of  waste
                                                  22

-------
management practices as  waste minimization  (e.g.,
those practices  that result  in  adverse cross-media
pollution transfers); 2) providing formal guidance as to
what may be certified as waste minimization; and 3)
requiring written  support from  generators who certify
that there is no economically  practical alternative to
waste management practices which the agency has
not approved.41.42

If EPA-recommended waste  reduction  techniques are
to become mandatory in the future,  those companies
that invest in such techniques  at an early  stage will
find the  transition  easier. Therefore,  as a practical
matter, there is a substantial  incentive even  under this
voluntary  program  for  generators to  conduct waste
audits and implement programs now. Generators may
seek EPA clarification on waste  minimization practices
by letter to the agency.43

A  final  liability  consideration  under the waste
minimization requirements deals  with  possible  suits
against  generators by  persons  alleging injury  from
improper  exposure  to wastes  produced  by the
generator. If the defendant generator has not instituted
waste reduction measures in its plant, but the majority
of its industry  has  (either voluntarily or by law), such
noncompliance could conceivably be used against the
generator  as evidence of negligence.
 Liability Considerations

 Because source  reduction  is  in effect  a waste
 avoidance technique that utilizes in-house practices to
 reduce  waste generation, there  is very little, if any,
 liability  risk associated with  this  option  (assuming
 proper management and no leaks  or spills within the
 facility).45  Coupled with potentially huge  economic
 savings for a company, the reduced liability aspects of
 source reduction can make it an  attractive  compliance
 option for generators. However, many products cannot
 be  manufactured without producing some hazardous
 wastes;  therefore,  source  reduction techniques  will
 usually  have to be combined  with other  compliance
 options  such as recycling or treatment.


 Other Considerations

 Other factors  may present practical  limitations  to
 source  reduction and prevent a company from fully
 utilizing   this option. Such factors include  lack  of
 sufficient  capital  to  institute  process  changes,
 technical barriers such  as lack of suitable engineering
 information,  and  regulatory  barriers  such as  the
 possibility that  the installation of new equipment will
 be  considered  treatment under RCRA  and  require  a
 treatment,   storage, and  disposal facility  (TSDF)
 permit.46'47
Complying with Waste Treatment and
Minimization Requirements: Generation
Options and the "Liability Hierarchy"

Several management options  exist for  a generator
required to dispose  of wastes in  accordance with the
HSWA  land disposal  and  waste  minimization
requirements, including:  1)  reducing  waste at the
source; 2) on-site recycling and resource recovery; 3)
off-site recycling  and resource  recovery;  4) on-site
treatment  and  disposal of wastes  (or  obtaining  a
variance from  the  land  disposal  restrictions and
disposing of wastes  untreated); or 5) off-site treatment
and disposal of wastes (or obtaining a variance from
the land disposal restrictions and disposing of wastes
untreated).  This section  discusses these  options in
order of increasing potential generator liability, and will
highlight short- and long-term considerations important
for  generators intending to use  a specific  option or
combination of options.
Option One: Source Reduction

As  discussed previously,  EPA has defined  source
reduction as  any  action that reduces  the amount of
waste exiting  from  a  process.44 Source reduction
techniques  include process  modifications, feedstock
substitutions  or improvements  in feedstock purity,
various housekeeping and management practices, and
increases in machinery  efficiency.
Option Two: Recycling and Resource Recovery

A  material  is  recycled if  it is used,  reused,  or
reclaimed.48 A material is used or reused if it is either
employed as an ingredient in an industrial process to
make a product or employed in a particular function or
application as an effective substitute for a commercial
product.49 A material is reclaimed if it is  processed to
recover a usable  product or if it  is regenerated, such
as regeneration of spent solvents.50

Some recycled materials are considered solid wastes
under RCRA 6903(27) and  therefore are subject to
RCRA regulation. The residues  resulting from  these
recycled materials are  also  regulated under  RCRA
unless they  are  formally  delisted  under 40 CFR
260.22.51

EPA determines  whether a  recycled material is a
RCRA solid  waste  by examining the nature  of  the
material and  of the  recycling activity involved. The
agency  has  identified  five  categories  of secondary
materials,  which include spent materials, sludges,  by-
products,  commercial chemical products, and  scrap
metal. According  to EPA, these  secondary materials
are RCRA solid wastes when they  are  disposed of;
burned for energy recovery,  or used to produce a fuel;
reclaimed; accumulated  speculatively; or inherently
wastelike, such as  dioxin-containing  wastes.52
According to the 1985 EPA regulations, secondary
materials  were not considered  to  be  RCRA solid
wastes if they were: 1) used or reused as ingredients
                                                 23

-------
or feedstocks in production  processes without first
being reclaimed; 2)  used or  reused  as effective
substitutes for commercial  products;  or 3) returned
to the original primary production process in which
they were generated without first  being  reclaimed
(closed-loop  exception).53  Thus,  EPA  drew  a
distinction in the 1985  regulations between  wastes
that were discarded  or reclaimed prior to  reuse and
those that were immediately reinserted into an on-site
production process. The former EPA considered to be
RCRA solid wastes;  the latter were not solid wastes
and therefore not regulated under RCRA.

In the 1987  case of American  Mining  Congress  v.
EPA,  however,  the  DC  Appellate  Court  ruled  that
EPA's 1985 interpretation of recycled wastes was too
stringent. The court held that materials used or reused
in an  ongoing manufacturing or industrial process are
not subject to  RCRA's  jurisdiction,  even  if these
materials  are  reclaimed first.54 The court explained
that these materials are not within RCRA's jurisdiction
because  "they have not yet become part of the waste
disposal   problem;  rather, they are  destined  for
beneficial reuse  or recycling in  a continuous process
by the generating industry itself."55 Both  petroleum
refiners and  mining  industries  were involved  in the
case.

In response  to  the American  Mining  case,  EPA
published proposed  amendments to  the  recycling
regulations on January  8,  1988.56  The  proposed
amendments  carve   out  a  narrow exemption  for
reclaimed sludges and by-products that are used  in
ongoing  manufacturing  operations such as  refining
and  smelting  processes,  and are  characterized by
continuous extraction of material  values from an
original raw material. Materials  that are used  in this
manner are not considered to be  solid wastes and
therefore  are exempt from  RCRA regulation.  EPA
considers the following factors in determining whether
the use of a reclaimed sludge or by-product qualifies
as part  of  an'ongoing  manufacturing process:  1)
industry practice; 2) process continuity; 3) similarity to
the principal activity;  4) manner of handling; 5) nature
of the material;  6)  objective of the activity; and  7)
location of the activity.57. 58


Liability Considerations
Because  some  secondary materials  and  all waste
residues are  still considered by EPA to be hazardous
and  regulated under RCRA  Subtitle  C unless  they
meet the delisting  criteria  of'40 CFR  260.22,  a
generator that recycles its wastes  is subject to the
same type (though perhaps not the same degree) of
liability risks as a  generator that treats  and  land
disposes of its wastes without first recycling.59 Thus,
a generator recycling and disposing on-site must be
concerned  about liability resulting  from improper
disposal  of the residue.  For a generator recycling and
disposing off-site, liability could result under common
law, RCRA, or CERCLA if the transporter, recycler, or
disposal facility mishandles the waste  in a  way that
results in  an unauthorized release of the waste into
the environment.

Furthermore,  courts  have  made  it  clear that  a
generator must  monitor the  activities of  future
possessors of its  wastes, including recyclers, in order
to minimize  the  risk of liability. This is true whether
ownership of the  waste is  transferred from the
generator  to the transporter,  recycler,  or  disposal
company.so  or the transaction between generator and
recycler is characterized as a  "sale"  of commercial
goods rather  than  an  "arrangement" for  disposal
under CERCLA I07(a)(3).6i


Other Considerations

In addition to liability considerations, a  generator may
be required  to obtain  permits in order  to recycle,  an
often  costly and time-consuming process. A generator
shipping wastes off-site to be recycled must comply
with the applicable requirements of 40 CFR Parts 262
and 263 and  the notification requirements of RCRA.
3010.62 Generators recycling on-site (as well as any
owner or  operator of  a recycyling facility) must also
comply  with  all  applicable  requirements of 40  CFR
Sections  265.71  and  265.72  and  RCRA  3010
notification requirements. If  the recyclable  materials
are stored prior to recycling,  all applicable provisions
at 40  CFR Parts 264 (subparts A-L), 265 (subparts A-
L), 266,  270, and  124 and RCRA 3010 notification
requirements must be followed.63

Furthermore, logistical considerations may  prevent a
generator from recycling wastes. For example, even if
the waste is technically recyclable,  it may be difficult
to accumulate sufficient quantities on-site to  make the
process economically attractive, or  it may be difficult
to synchronize generator and recycler needs.
Option Three: Treatment and Land Disposal
A third  option available  to  a  hazardous waste
generator is to treat the waste to meet RCRA 3004
treatment standards and then  dispose of the residual
waste  in a RCRA permitted landfill or other disposal
facility (or obtain a variance  from the  land  disposal
restrictions and dispose of the waste untreated). If the
waste  volume  and/or toxicity  has not been  reduced
through any intermediate processing techniques prior
to treatment and disposal (i.e., the waste  is shipped
directly from  its point of  generation  to  the  TSD
facility), this  disposal method  can  be  the most
expensive and liability-prone option.64 Generators who
are responsible for the disposal of hazardous wastes
or  waste residues  must  therefore  make  efforts to
minimize  RCRA,  CERCLA,  and common law liability
risks. Some of these protective steps are discussed
later in this paper.
                                                  24

-------
Liability Considerations


Statutory Liability
RCRA - Under RCRA 7003, codified at 42  U.S.C.
6973,  the government  is  authorized  to  initiate
injunctive action or issue  remedial orders when past
or present handling, storage, treatment, transportation,
or disposal  of any solid  or hazardous  waste  may
present an imminent and substantial endangerment to
health or the environment.

The HSWA 1984 amendments to this  section make it
clear  that past and  present  generators that have
contributed to  the site are among those  potentially
liable. Similarly, courts have interpreted 7003 to apply
retroactively to  past  and  present generators, and
where  the  injury occurring  is indivisible, to impose
joint and several liability.  In addition,  liability can  be
strictly imposed without fault or negligence on the part
of the  generator; to establish a  prima facie case of
liability,  the government need only show: 1) that the
conditions  at  the  site present an  imminent and
substantial endangerment; 2) that  the endangerment
stems  from  the  handling,  storage,  treatment,
transportation, or disposal of any solid or hazardous
wastes; and 3) that the defendant  has contributed or
is contributing  to such handling, storage, treatment,
transportation,  or  disposal.65  Thus,  a non-negligent
generator could be held strictly and solely liable under
RCRA 7003  for  releases or spills  caused  by  its
transporter or treatment and disposal facility.

In addition,  RCRA 3008(d),  codified  at  42  U.S.C.
6928,  imposes criminal penalties  upon  any  person
who knowingly  transports or causes to be transported
or knowingly treats, stores, or disposes of any RCRA
hazardous waste without a permit or in noncompliance
with the manifest system. Violation  of this section can
result in fines of up to $50,000 per day of violation or
imprisonment of two to five years. In one case where
a  generator was found guilty of knowingly shipping
wastes  to an  unlicensed  recycling  facility, the court
concluded that knowledge does  not require certainty,
and that a defendant acts knowingly if he willfully fails
to determine the permit status of  the facility.66

CERCLA -  Generators can  also  be held liable for
corrective action and  response costs  under CERCLA
Sections 106 and  107.67 Section 106 allows  the
government, through the use of  administrative orders
and  judicial  relief,  to abate  an "imminent and
substantial"  threat to  the  public  health which  results
from an actual or  threatened release  of a hazardous
substance. CERCLA  107 allows the  government to
recover response  costs for cleanup of wastes from
four classes of defendants:  current owners of  a
disposal site, past  owners of  a  disposal site,
generators  who arrange for  disposal  at  a site, and
transporters  of waste to a site from which  the waste is
released or is threatened to be released.
Courts have interpreted these provisions of CERCLA
broadly, and have determined that liability under them
is  strict, joint,  and several. Furthermore, the proof of
causation  needed  to  impose liability  is  minimal.68,69
Once the  requisite nexis is established,  the burden of
proof is on the defendant to show that it meets one of
the affirmative defenses set out in CERCLA 107(b).

The government therefore is not required to fingerprint
a  generator's  waste  (i.e., prove that that  particular
generator's waste caused the damage),  but need only
show that the generator disposed of  its  hazardous
substances at a facility which now contains hazardous
substances of the sort  disposed  of by  the generator
and a release  of that or some other type of hazardous
substance causes the incurrence of response costs.70
Because  CERCLA  107(a)(3) only requires  that the
generator  arrange for disposal  "at any  facility owned
or operated by another party"  from which  there is a
release, many courts  have rejected the notion  that a
generator  must have  chosen  the site  at which  its
wastes are  actually  disposed  in  order  to   incur
liability.71  Thus, a non-negligent generator can be held
liable  under   CERCLA 106  and  107  for  releases
caused by the actions of its transporter or treatment
and disposal facility (even if it is not a facility that the
generator  selected).

Furthermore,  because  the  person  arranging for
disposal is not  required  under CERCLA to actually
own or possess the hazardous waste  or the facility
from which  it is  removed for  disposal, courts  have
interpreted the term  "person" to include both the
generator  corporation and individual employees  of the
generator  corporation.  Thus,  those  persons that
actively exercise control over the place and manner of
disposal  can  be  potentially  liable under  the
statute.72,73


Common Law Liability
A  plaintiff  bringing suit against  a generator  for  injury
resulting from improper  management or disposal of
hazardous wastes  could base  the  claim  on five
possible common law theories: negligence,  trespass,
nuisance,  strict  liability, and  vicarious liability.74
Because of the difficulties of proving causation  under
negligence, the limitation of trespass solely to injuries
to  land, and the burden of establishing the equities in
one's  favor under nuisance  law,  a  plaintiff  is  most
likely to be successful under theories of either strict or
vicarious liability.

Under strict liability, a  generator could  be held  liable
on the ground that it is making  a "non-natural" use of
its land (the Rylands approach) or on  the ground that
it is engaging in an "abnormally dangerous" activity
(the Restatement approach). Courts  that have held
generators liable  under a strict liability theory  have
analogized to strict products liability and have justified
it  on  the basis that the  generator  economically
                                                  25

-------
benefits from the activity and therefore should bear
the costs of injury.75 Before a successful claim can be
made under strict liability, however, the  plaintiff must
show that the generator's  activity is  inherently or
abnormally dangerous and prove a causal connection
between  the generator's  activity  and the harm
incurred76.

Under a vicarious liability theory, a plaintiff could claim
that the generator should be  held  liable for improper
management of wastes by its transporter or disposal
facility  because  the  generator  arranged  for  the
disposal. The plaintiff would have to  prove,  however,
that the work contracted for  between the  generator
and the transporter or disposal facility is inherently or
intrinsically dangerous or likely to result in a nuisance
or a trespass77.


Recommendations
Because a generator faces continuing liability risks for
hazardous  waste  releases,  it  should  attempt to
minimize these risks when dealing with  transporters,
recyclers, and treatment, storage and disposal (TSD)
facilities. Some practical suggestions follow:

First, generators should exercise due care in selecting
a transporter, recycler, or TSD facility. In choosing  a
transporter,  the  generator  should  verify  permits,
licenses, and equipment and require the transporter to
post a security or  performance bond. In choosing  a
recycler or TSD facility, the  generator should be
satisfied that the facility has the capacity to handle its
waste, has the proper state and federal permits, is in
good standing with the  appropriate  environmental
agencies, and  has  sufficient  insurance  coverage. A
generator  may  also want to  conduct  an  on-site
evaluation of the  plant and talk with other customers
about their experiences.

Second, a generator should monitor its wastes. With
respect to transporters, a generator should make sure
that it receives a manifest copy to ensure that the
waste  has reached the  proper  disposal facility. In
addition, some companies periodically  follow  their
transporter's vehicle to make  certain that the waste is
actually delivered to  the proper destination^.  With
respect to a recycler or TSD  facility,  monitoring
means ensuring that permits  and insurance  coverage
are current and verifying  that wastes are treated to
meet the  land  disposal treatment standards prior to
disposal.

Finally, generators should protect themselves through
indemnity agreements with transporters, recyclers, or
TSD facilities. Any contract for transport, treatment, or
disposal  should precisely state  that the indemnitor
(transporter,  recycler, or TSD facility) will indemnify
the generator against liability resulting from strict
liability or the indemnitor's negligent actions, or from
failure to comply with statutes, ordinances, regulations
 (including treatment standards), or permit conditions.
 In accepting an  indemnity, of course,  the generator
 should  investigate  the  indemnitor's  financial
 resources, to ensure that the indemnity is of value. In
 addition, the  generator  should consider a contract
 provision  requiring  the transporter  or facility to carry
 environmental impairment insurance for the protection
 of both parties (waiving  subrogation) and naming the
 generator as an additional insured partySO.
Other Considerations

Obtaining an  Exemption or Variance From the Land
Disposal Restrictions
A generator could apply for an exemption or variance
from  the  land  disposal  treatment  standards  and
continue to dispose of  its wastes untreated. In order
to obtain an exemption,  a generator must demonstrate
to a reasonable degree  of certainty that no hazardous
constituents will migrate from the disposal unit.  Initially
EPA proposed that the  applicant need only show that
any migration from the disposal site  would  be  at
concentrations that did  not pose a threat  to  human
health and the environment. The agency  changed  its
position in promulgating its final  rule,  however, and
now requires  a showing of  no migration  whatsoever.
The agency  has acknowledged that the  new  no
migration  standard is more stringent,  and  it expects
relatively few cases in which the demonstration  will be
made81.

Alternatively, a generator could obtain a variance from
the land disposal  restrictions  by showing  that  it has
entered  into  a  binding  contract to  construct  or
otherwise provide  alternative  capacity that  cannot
reasonably  be  made  available  by  the  applicable
restriction  date  due to  circumstances beyond the
generator's  control. Such  a  solution  is  temporary,
however,  as an extension cannot be  granted beyond
two years. Furthermore,  treatment,   storage,  and
disposal facilities  may be reluctant to  accept wastes
purported  to be exempt from the treatment standards
because they cannot easily verify that such  is the
case.  A final  consideration in  obtaining  a variance
from EPA is that state law may impose more stringent
treatment  standards or  even  prohibit  variances
altogether based on regional capacity determinations.


Off-Site Treatment and Disposal: Capacity Limitations
A generator treating and disposing of  wastes off-site
will have  to  consider short-term  and  perhaps even
permanent treatment capacity shortages  that have
resulted from  implementation  of  the  land disposal
restrictions  and  siting  and  permitting  difficulties
encountered by new facilities. Such shortages, along
with more stringent design and construction standards
for RCRA-approved landfills, are likely to drive  up the
costs  of treatment and disposal significantly82.
                                                  26

-------
EPA has  already identified  shortages  of  treatment
capacity for solvent  and dioxin wastes.  For solvents,
the agency estimates a shortfall of approximately 378
million  gallons per  year for wastewater  treatment
capacity  and  42.7  million gallons per  year  for
incineration^.  The agency  concluded that there  are
currently  four wastewater treatment  facilities and 12
commercial incinerator facilities available to accept
solvent wastes84-85.

Whether  capacity shortages will continue  into  the
future depends upon how quickly the marketplace can
install more capacity to respond to  the  land disposal
restrictions and at what cost. Two significant market
impediments to the  siting of new facilities  are public
opposition to the construction of new waste sites and
the financial  liability requirements  applicants  must
meet  in  order to secure  a TSDF  permit.  Public
concern about the risks posed by hazardous wastes
creates  a "not in my community"  syndrome,  and
leads  to  opposition  against local  transportation  and
disposal of the wastes.  Typically such  resistance is
extremely difficult to  overcome.

Furthermore,  assuming  that  a facility  receives
construction approval, a TSDF  operator must comply
with extensive RCRA permit requirements  such as
ground-water  monitoring,  minimum  technological
construction  requirements,   preparedness  and
prevention requirements, recordkeeping  and reporting
requirements,  and  post-closure   monitoring  re-
quirements. The  permit process is costly and usually
takes  several  years  to complete. Applicants are  also
subject to the corrective action provisions of RCRA
3004 (u) and (v), which require corrective action for all
releases  of hazardous waste constituents from any
unit at a TSD facility  seeking a permit  regardless of
when the release occurred.

Finally, a TSDF applicant must  demonstrate financial
responsibility  for  bodily  injury  and  property damage
arising from  both sudden accidental and nonsudden
accidental occurrences.  This  requirement can  be
satisfied  through  liability  insurance,  corporate
guarantee, or  a  combination of the  two.86 EPA has
concluded that units  at over  1,000  of 1,551 land
disposal  facilities have lost RCRA interim  status
because  of their  inability to certify  compliance  with
these financial responsibility requirements.87 In fact,
unavailability of adequate insurance  coverage is  the
primary reason that  TSDF owners and  operators  are
unable  to comply.  Because insurers  consider
pollution-related  risks to  be  so high, they  have
decreased the types of insurance available to TSDF
owners and  operators while substantially raising  the
costs of  obtaining insurance. Policy premiums "have
increased 50  to 300  percent,  and  many companies
have difficulty  obtaining coverage at all. Coverage for
environmental  claims  (at least  for those  based  on
sudden  and  accidental  releases)  was  previously
available  to TSDF owners  and operators  to protect
themselves in part from third  party and government
claims.  However, such coverage  is  now  generally
unavailable.88

The  above factors-public  opposition to  new  TSD
facilities,  costly and  time-consuming  permit
requirements,  and difficulties  in obtaining  adequate
liability insurance-will combine to further prolong the
treatment  and  disposal   capacity  shortage  that
hazardous  waste  generators  are  currently
experiencing.


On-Site Treatment and Disposal: Permitting Difficulties
A  generator  may consider  on-site treatment  and
disposal of wastes for the following reasons: 1) to limit
transportation and disposal  costs; 2) to reduce the risk
of incurring cleanup costs  under  RCRA or CERCLA
for a hazardous waste release;  and 3) to assure future
treatment  and  disposal  capacity.  While  on-site
treatment and disposal  may  be an  economically
feasible alternative, a generator applying for an on-site
permit will  face  the same  difficulties  as commercial
TSDF  applicants, including  public  opposition  and
substantial permitting  and financial responsibility
requirements.
References

  1.   42 U.S.C. 6901 etseq.

  2.   42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.

  3.   42 U.S.C. 6902(b).

  4.   The disposal  restrictions apply prospectively to
      persons who generate or transport hazardous
      waste and  to  owners  and  operators  of
      hazardous waste  treatment,  storage, and
      disposal facilities, including both interim status
      and permitted facilities.  (51  Fed. Reg.  40638
      [Nov. 7,  1986], to  be  codified at 40 CFR
      268.1.)  Land  disposal is defined to  include
      placement  in a landfill,  surface  impoundment,
      waste pile,  injection well,  land treatment facility,
      salt  dome  formation,  salt bed formation,
      underground  mine  or cave,  concrete vault, or
      bunker  intended  for disposal  purposes,  or
      placement  in  or on land by means of open
      detonation  and  open   burning where  the
      residues continue to exhibit  one  or more
      characteristics of  hazardous waste.  (51 Fed.
      Reg. 40638 [Nov. 7, 1986], to be codified at 40
      CFR 268.2(a).)

  5.   RCRA  3004(d),(e),(g); 42  U.S.C.  6924
      (d),(e),(g).

  6.   RCRA3004(m).

  7.   Determinations regarding injection  well and
      surface impoundment  disposal  are  treated
      differently.  Under  RCRA  3004(f), EPA  is  to
                                                 27

-------
  8.
  9.
review deep  well injection  methods  for liquid
hazardous  wastes,  solvents,  and  dioxins  by
August  1988. Under  RCRA  3005(j), wastes
treated in surface impoundments are exempted
from the land disposal if the  impoundments
meet the minimum  technological requirements
of RCRA 3004(0) (with limited exceptions) and
the treatment residues which are hazardous are
removed for  subsequent management within
one year of  the  entry of the waste  into  the
surface impoundment.

51  Fed.  Reg. 40642  (Nov.  7, 1986), to  be
codified  at  40 CFR 268  Subpart  D; 52  Fed.
Reg. 25760 (July 8,  1987), to be codified at  40
CFR 268.4.

For a schedule of specific listed wastes to  be
evaluated,   see    40   CFR   Subpart    B,
268.10-.13.
 10.   RCRA3004(d)(1),(e)(1), and (g)(5).

 11.   The variance granted by EPA for dilute solvent
      wastes is  currently being  challenged  by the
      Hazardous Waste Treatment Council  (HWTC)
      and other groups  (HWTC v. EPA, CADC No.
      86-1657).  These groups  claim  that EPA's
      interpretation of the variance provisions, which
      allows exempted  wastes to  be  disposed  of  in
      RCRA-approved  facilities,  will allow  these
      wastes to be disposed  of in old units that do
      not  have to  meet the  minimum technological
      requirements under RCRA  3004(0) for new
      facilities. Plaintiffs  contend  that such  an
      interpretation will penalize companies that have
      made  big  investments to  comply  with  the
      minimum technological  requirements and are
      currently able to accept the exempted wastes.

 12.   51  Fed. Reg.  40579  (Nov.  7,  1986), to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.30.

 13.   51 Fed. Reg. 40605 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 14.   51  Fed. Reg.  40639,  (Nov. 7, 1986),  to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.5.

 15.   51  Fed.  Reg. 40642-43 (Nov. 7, 1986), to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.50.

 16.   51 Fed. Reg. 40580 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 17.   51 Fed. Reg. 40607 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 18.   51 Fed. Reg. 40610 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 19.   51  Fed. Reg.  40639"  (Nov.  7,  1986), to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.3.

20.   51  Fed. Reg.  40641   (Nov.  7,  1986), to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.7(a).

21.   51  Fed. Reg.  40641   (Nov.  7,  1986), to  be
      codified at 40 CFR 268.7(a)(1).
22.  The  certification  must  be  signed  by  an
     authorized  representative  and must state  the
     following: "I certify  under  penalty of law that I
     personally have examined  and am familiar  with
     the  waste  through analysis  and  testing or
     through knowledge of the waste to support this
     certification that the waste  complies  with  the
     treatment standards specified  in 40 CFR  Part
     268  Subpart D. I  believe that the information I
     submitted is true, accurate and complete. I  am
     aware that there are significant  penalties  for
     submitting  a  false  certification,  including  the
     possibility  of  a fine and  imprisonment."  (51
     Fed. Reg. 40641 [Nov. 7,  1986], to  be codified
     at 40 CFR 268.7(a)(2)(ii).)

23.  51  Fed. Reg.  40641 (Nov.  7,  1986), to  be
     codified at 40 CFR 268.7(a)(2) and (3).

24.  The  certification must be signed  by  the treater
     or his authorized representative and  must state
     the following: "I certify under penalty of law that
     I have personally examined and am familiar with
     the treatment technology and operation of the
     treatment  process used  to  support  this
     certification and that, based on  my  inquiry of
     those individuals  immediately  responsible  for
     obtaining this  information,  I believe that  the
     treatment  process  has  been  operated  and
     maintained properly  so as  to  achieve  the
     treatment standards  of the  specified  technology
     without  dilution  of the prohibited  waste. I  am
     aware that  there  are significant penalties  for
     submitting  a  false  certification  including  the
     possibility of fine and imprisonment." (51  Fed.
     Reg. 40641  [Nov. 7, 1986], to be codified at 40
     CFR 268.7(b)(2)(i).)

     51 Fed. Reg.  40641 (Nov. 7,  1986), to  be
     codified  at 40 CFR 268.7(b).
                                               25.


                                               26.


                                               27.

                                               28.
     51 Fed.  Reg. 40641  (Nov. 7,  1986), to  be
     codified at 40 CFR 268.7(c).

     RCRA 3008(a)(3); 42 U.S.C. 6928(a)(3).

     RCRA 3002; 42 U.S.C. 6922.
                                               29.   51 Fed. Reg. 35190,35193 (Oct. 1, 1986).

                                               30.   Small quantity generators must  certify that  a
                                                    good faith effort has been made to minimize
                                                    waste generation and to select the best waste
                                                    management  method  that  is  available  and
                                                    affordable. (51  Fed.  Reg. at 35193 [Oct.  1,
                                                    1986]).

                                               31.   RCRA 3005, 42 U.S.C. 6925.

                                               32.   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Office
                                                    of Solid  Waste.  Report  to Congress  on
                                                    minimization of hazardous waste, Oct. 1986, p.
                                                    6.
                                                28

-------
33.   Id. at pp. iii-iv.

34.   Id. at pp. iv, 13-14.

35.   Id. at pp. 5-6.

36.   See, e.g., 98th Cong., 1st Sess. 66. Senate
     Environment  and  Public  Works  Committee
     Report No. 284, 1983.

37.   50 Fed. Reg. 28734 (July 15, 1985).

38.   EPA Report at pp. xxiii, 77.

39.   Two senate bills  (S.1331  and  S.1429)  have
     been  introduced  in  order to  provide  such
     assistance.

40.   EPA Report at pp. xxiii-iv.

41.   Other groups  are  in  strong support of such
     recommendations.  See,  for  example,  OTA
     Report,  From  Pollution  to  Prevention:  A
     Progress Report on  Waste Reduction,  June
     1987; Biden, A New Direction for Environmental
     Policy:  Hazardous Waste  Prevention,  Not
     Disposal,  17  ELR 10400,  10402,  (October
     1987). In addition, some states are considering
     mandatory  reductions. For example,  a  bill
     pending  in  Massachusetts  would require
     companies  to reduce their total inventory  of
     hazardous wastes by 15 percent  each year. (18
     Evt. Rptr. 1588  [10-23-87]).

42.  EPA Report at pp. xxiv-xxv.

43.  EPA Report at p. 67.
44.  EPA Report at p. 7.
45.  Of course,  any company  that uses  hazardous
     substances must  continue to   comply  with
     applicable provisions of federal  and  state  law
     governing the  use of  hazardous substances,
     including,  inter  alia, the  reporting  and
     notification requirements  of Title  III  of  the
     Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization
     Act  of  1986  (SARA)  and   the Hazard
     Communication  Standard  (HCS)  of  the
     Occupational  Safety  and   Health Act (OSHA),
     and similar statutory provisions.

46.  Regulatory barriers in other contexts are also
     not uncommon. In some  air pollution  control
     districts,  for  example,  even process changes
     resulting in a  net reduction  in air  emissions may
     still trigger new source review, including  the
     requirements for purchasing  offsets and  the
     installation   of  Best Available  Control
     Technology. See, e.g., South  Coast Air Quality
      Management District Regulation  XIII.

47.   EPA Report at pp.  x-xii.

48.  .40CFR261.1(b)(7).

49.   40CFR261.1(c)(5).
50.  40CFR261.1(c)(4).

51.  50 Fed. Reg. 619 (Jan. 4, 1985).

52.  50 Fed. Reg. 618-19, 664 (Jan. 4, 1985).

53.  40 CFR261.2(e).

54.  26 ERG 1345 (July 31, 1987).

55.  Id. at 1352.

56.  53 Fed. Reg. 519 (Jan. 8, 1988).

57.  It  should   be  noted  that the  proposed
     amendments, when finalized, will be applicable
     only in states that do not have RCRA interim or
     final authorization.   In  authorized  states,  the
     amendments will not become effective until the
     state revises its program to adopt equivalent
     requirements under  state laws.  Furthermore,
     authorized  states are  not obligated to modify
     their  RCRA  programs  because   the
     amendments reduce the scope of the federal
     program  and make  it less stringent; states are
     only  required  to  adopt  new   federal
     requirements that  are more stringent. RCRA
     authorized  states therefore have the option of
     retaining the  more  stringent  1985  recycling
     requirements.  (See 53 Fed.  Reg.  at 528 [Jan.
     8, 1988]).

58.  53 Fed. Reg. 526 (Jan. 8, 1988); 50 Fed. Reg.
     654 (Jan 4, 1985).

59.  In most  circumstances,  recycling  will  have a
     liability advantage over treatment  and disposal
     because the residue  resulting  from recycling
     will be lower in volume than unrecycled waste.
     Furthermore, the residue may be less  haz-
     ardous  than  its  waste predecessor  and
     therefore easier  to  delist, or  could be in a form
     that is easier  to delist, or could be in a form
     that is easier to dispose of and more resistant
     to  leaching. In  other situations,   however, a
     recycling or treatment process could concen-
     trate the  hazardous  constituents of a waste,
     making the waste  more toxic and difficult to
     dispose of.

60.  U.S. v. Wade, 577 F. Suppl. 1326  (E.D.  Pa.
     1983).

61.  U.S. v. A&F Materials, 582  F. Supp. 842, 845
     (S.D. III. 1984) - spent caustic solution sold by
     generator to highest bidder;  U.S. v. Ward, 618
     F. Supp. 884, 895 (E.D. N.C. 1985) - sale of
     PCBs by  generator to a transporter;  N.Y. v.
     General Electric Co.,  592 F.  Supp. 291,  297
     (N.D.  N.Y.  1984)  -  generator sold  used
     transformer oil  to  a dragway to  be  used as
     dragway owner saw fit.

62.  40CFR261.6(b).

63.  40 CFR 261.6(c)(1) and (2).
                                                 29

-------
64.
65.
66.
68.
      This  would obviously not be  the  case if the
      generator could delist its waste after treatment
      and dispose of it under RCRA  Subtitle D. Then
      direct treatment and  disposal  could be  an
      attractive option from  both  an economic  and
      liability  standpoint.  RCRA  delisting may  not
      protect the generator  from  CERCLA  liability,
      however.

      Sec,  e.g., U.S. v. Northwestern Pharmaceutical
      and  Chemical Co.,  810 F.  2d  726 (8th  Cir.
      1986); U.S. v. Bliss, 667 F. Supp.  1298 (E.D.
      Mo. 1987); U.S. v. Conservation Chemical Co.,
      619 F. Supp. 162 (W.D. Mo.  1985).
      U.S.  v. Hayes International Corp., 786 F.  2d
      1499, 1504 (11th Cir. 1986) citing Boyce Motor
      Lines V. U.S., 342 U.S. 337 (1952).

67.   42 U.S.C. 9606-07.

      Congress affirmed the  courts' interpretation of
      CERCLA in  the legislative  history  to  the
      Superfund  Amendments  and  Reauthorization
      Act of 1986 (SARA). (See, e.g., H.R.  Rep. No.
      253, 99th Cong., 1st Sess., pt. 3 at 15 [1985]
      [Judiciary Committee]).

69.   See,  e.g.,  U.S.  v. Wade, 577 F. Supp.  1326
      (E.D.  Pa. 1983); U.S.  v. Price,  577  F.  Supp.
      1103 (D. N.J. 1983); U.S. v. Chem-Dyne Corp.,
      572 F.  Supp.  802 (S.D. Ohio 1983); U.S. v.
      Northwestern Pharmaceutical and Chemical
      Co., 810 F. 2d 726 (8th Cir. 1986); U.S. v. A&F
      Materials Co. Inc., 578 F. Supp.  1249  (S.D. III.
      1984); U.S. v. Conservation Chemical Co., 619
      F. Supp. 162 (W.D. Ma. 1985).

70.   Wade at 1333. See Also Violet v. Picillo,  No.
      83-0787P, slip op. (D.R.I. Nov. 10, 1986); U.S.
      v. Miami Drum Services, Inc.,  No.  85-0038, slip
      op. (S.D. Fla. Dec. 12, 1986).

71.   See   Wade at  1333  n.  3; Picillo at  8;
      Conservation  Chemical Co. at 234;  U.S.  v.
      Ward, 618 F. Supp. 884, 895 (E.D. N.C. 1985).

72.   See  U.S. v.  Northwestern  Pharmaceutical &
      Chemical Co., 579  F.  Supp.  823, 847  (W.D.
      Mo.  1984),  aff'd, 810  F.  2d 726 (8th Cir.
      1986) - vice president  as well as president of
     the facility, held liable; U.S.  v. Bliss, 667  F.
     Supp. 1298 (E.D. Mo.  1987) -  waste broker
     held liable; Jersey City Redevelopment Authority
     v. PPG Industries, 655  F. Supp. 1257  (D. N.J.
      1987)  - defendant company within the scope oi
     CERCLA 107 when it arranged to sell mud from
     its property as fill even though company was
     unaware that the mud  was contaminated with
     hazardous chromium.
 73.   The  New  Jersey court  did note  that lack of
      knowledge  could possibly  be an affirmative
      defense.

 74.   See J. DiBenedetto, General liability under the
      common law and federal and state statutes. 39
      Bus. Calc. 611, 1984.

 75.   See, e.g., City of Bridgeton v. British Petroleum
      Oil, Inc., 369 A. 2d 49 (N.W. Super. Ct. Law
      Div.  1976);  State of New  Jersey Dept.  of
      Environmental Protection v. Ventron Corp., 463
      A. 2d 893 (N.J. 1983).

 76.   DiBenedetto at 621.

 77.   DiBenedetto at 622.

 78.   See R.T.  Murphy. Generator responsibilities in
      selecting  treatment,  storage, and disposal
      services. 39 Bus. Law. 309,  1983.

 79.   Murphy at 313.

 80.   See C.F. Lettow  and  J.T.  Byam.  Generator-
      disposer indemnity agreements. 39 Bus.  Law.
      315, 1983.

 81.   51 Fed. Reg. 40578 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 82.   EPA  estimates  that these new requirements
      have already pushed the price of land disposal
      from  $10  to  $15  per metric ton  in the  early
      1970s to $240 per metric ton.  EPA Report at
      15.

 83.   51 Fed. Reg. 40614 (Nov. 7, 1986).

 84.   Id.

 85.   One recent development  that may help to
      alleviate capacity problems is  the  new mobile
      treatment  unit  (MTU) permit  program, which
      was finalized by  EPA in early  1988. 52  Fed.
      Reg.  20914 (June 3, 1987). An  MTU permit
      would  allow commercial companies to  treat
      wastes  at  the  generator's site  rather  than
      requiring transport of the wastes to a treatment
      facility.

86.   RCRA 3004(a)(6) and  3005(e)(2); 40  CFR
      264.147(a) and (b).

87.   EPA Report at 23.

88.   EPA Report at 22-23.
                                               30

-------
                                             Chapter 5
                     Minimization of Process Equipment Cleaning Waste
                                           Carl H. Fromm
                                         Srinivas Budaraju
                                        Susanne A. Cordery
                                   Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc.
                                            HTM Division
                                         Pasadena, CA 91101
The  waste  associated  with cleaning  of  process
equipment is probably a significant contributor to the
total  waste volume generated by  industry. This paper
addresses the following aspects related to equipment
cleaning waste generation:

•  Review   of  reasons  for  cleaning  process
   equipment.

•  Reduction of cleaning frequency.

•  Reduction of quantity and  toxicity  of  cleaning
   waste.                       »
•  Costs associated with cleaning.

Equipment  cleaning techniques, media,  and  their
applications  are  reviewed.  Reduction  of  cleaning
frequency is addressed in terms of inhibition of fouling
through  proper equipment design  and operation,
maximization of  equipment dedication,  proper
production scheduling, and avoidance of unnecessary
cleaning. When  cleaning has to  be performed, the
quantity  and toxicity of the resulting waste can  be
minimized  by  reducing clingage,  decreasing  the
amount of cleaning solution, choosing  a  less  toxic
cleaning solution, reusing cleaning solution, and other
approaches. Application  examples  are  given  to
illustrate each approach.

The  current  costs  of waste  disposal and  treatment,
regulatory  pressure,  and   concerns  about  legal
liabilities have  been   forcing  U.S. industries  to
scrutinize  their   hazardous  waste  generation
practices.1  A primary objective of these efforts has
been to minimize waste generation, i.e., to reduce the
quantity and toxicity of the waste.

Of the many industrial waste-generating operations,
process equipment cleaning (PEC) is nearly universal
in its application, as it is practiced in all segments of
manufacturing  industry. PEC  is  of particular impor-
tance for discrete processes such as batch reactions,
compounding, surface coating operations, etc. This is
because the cleaning frequency for discrete proces-
ses is generally much  higher than  for continuous
processes. However,  this does not mean that cleanup
wastes from continuous processes  can be ignored.
Disposal of sludges from cleaning of heat exchanger
fouling deposits, for example, is often of concern to
the operators  of petroleum  refining, petrochemical,
and chemical process facilities.

The intent of this  chapter is to  review basic  waste
minimization  strategies  applicable  to  cleaning
operations. A structured classification of strategies will
be provided in the form of a prototype checklist which
can be used  to help  focus and  plan a  concerted
attack on waste.
Why Equipment is Cleaned

Equipment cleaning is a maintenance function typically
performed for the following reasons:

•   To restore or maintain the operating efficiency of
    equipment, e.g., to restore adequate heat transfer
    rate and low  pressure drop in heat exchangers.

•   To  avoid or limit product contamination,  e.g.,
    when  a paint mix tank  needs  to be  cleaned
    between batches of varying paint formulations.

•   To  minimize corrosion  and  extend equipment
    lifetime.
•   To allow for inspection and repair of equipment.

•   To improve appearance (exterior surfaces only).

The need for cleaning  is  a direct consequence of
deposits formed on the  surfaces  exposed  to the
process environment.  Some of the major routes and
origins of deposit formation are summarized in Table
5-1  along with  descriptions  and some  examples.
Understanding how and  why the deposits are formed
                                                  31

-------
 is a critical first step in any waste minimization  effort.
 It is an especially important aspect for equipment and
 process designers,  because the need  for equipment
 cleaning can  often be reduced or eliminated through
 design  modifications at minimal  expense  during the
 design stage.

 Table 5-1.    Typical Routes and Origins of Deposit
             Formation in Process Equipment
      Route/Origin
             Description
  Crystallization


  Sedimentation
  Chemical reactions
  arid polymerization
  High temperature
  coking

  Corrosion

  Bactonal growth
  (btfouling)

  Clingage (of
  importance to solvent
  cleaning applications)
 Major problem in evaporators and
 crystaliizers (e.g., very frequent in food
 processing).
 Major problem in petroleum refinery crude
 unit desalters and oil storage tanks. Also
 present in cooling tower basins.
 Buildup on the internal reactor surfaces is
 often encountered (e.g., allyl chloride
 synthesis). Also of importance in crude oil
 storage tanks.
 Carbonaceous material depositing on walls
 of furnace tubes (e.g., furnace for ethylene
 chloride pyrolysis).
 Common  problem in heat exchangers in
 chemical and allied product industries.
 Major problem on cooling-water-side of
 heat exchangers in electric power
 production
 Residual coat of process liquid left after
drainage;  major problem in  reactors and
mixers in the paint manufacturing industry
and generally in all high-viscosity liquid
transfer operations
 A common-sense approach to minimizing  waste from
 equipment cleaning operations is to pose and answer
 the following questions:

 •  Why is the deposit present?

 •  How  can cleaning be curtailed or avoided (i.e.,
    cleaning frequency reduced)?

 •  When cleaning  is  necessary, which  cleaning
    method  and  medium will generate  the  least
    amount of least toxic waste?

 Sections below address major aspects related to the
 last two questions.

 Reduction of Cleaning  Frequency

 Generally, the need  for cleaning can  be reduced or
avoided altogether by the application of the  following
measures:

•   Inhibition of fouling or deposit formation rate.

•   Maximizing dedication of  process equipment to  a
    single formulation or function.
•   Proper production campaign scheduling.

•   Avoidance of unnecessary cleaning.
  Inhibition of Fouling

  Inhibition  of fouling is of particular importance in heat
  transfer applications  where it  can be accomplished
  through a variety of  means, including use of smooth
  heat  transfer  surfaces,  lower film  temperatures,
  increased  turbulence,  control  of  fouling precursors,
  and proper choice of  exchanger type.

  The use of smooth heat exchanger surfaces results in
  lowering the adhesion of the deposit or its precursor
 to the surface. Application of electropolished stainless
 steel tubes in a forced circulation evaporator used in a
 black liquor  service  in a  paper  mill resulted in  a
 dramatic reduction of cleaning frequency from once a
 week to once a year.2 Smooth non-stick surfaces can
 also be provided with Teflon.  Teflon  heat exchanger
 designs are  commercially  available,  as are designs
 utilizing  Teflon-coated steel. In a separate application,
 condensers using  Teflon-coated  tubes  have  been
 shown  to drastically reduce  fouling  and  resist
 corrosion  while maintaining high  thermal efficiency.
 The higher cost of  material  was  weighed against
 reduced energy cost  to show a 69 percent return on
 investment in the first year before taxes.s If reduced
 cleaning  costs were  to  be added,  the  Return  on
 Investment (ROI) would have been higher.

 The rate of heat  exchanger fouling in  a given service
 is dependent upon  fluid velocity and, quite  often,  on
 film temperature.  Film temperature  controls the speed
 of chemical reactions which result in  deposit-forming
 compounds while fluid velocity  controls the shear rate
 at the fluid-deposit interface.

 Hence,  lowering  the temperature  of the  heating
 medium  and increasing the fluid  velocity  (e.g.,  by
 recirculation)  can produce  a desired reduction of the
 fouling rate. An economic  trade-off analysis between
 the  increase in  pumping cost and the  decrease  in the
 cost of cleaning and  other  possible savings  appears
 warranted  in  investigations  relating  the  degree  of
 oversizing  to cleaning  waste  generation. A general
 review of thermal and hydrodynamic aspects of heat
 exchanger fouling was provided by Knudsen.4

 Control of  deposit  precursors  is often  an  obvious
 practical  consideration. Proper maintenance of cooling
 water  quality  in  open  circulating  systems  is  of
 paramount  importance to water-side heat exchanger
 fouling. Control of hardness,  pH,  corrosivity and
 biofouling tendency is accomplished  through careful
 monitoring   of water  quality.5 In particular,  biocides
 added  in treatment must propagate the entire cooling
 fluid path to be  deposited and function at all  locations
 in the exchanger. Acid feed equipment to maintain the
 pH  in the non-scaling range  of 6 to  7 must be reliable
 or else rapid scaling or corrosion problems occur.4

The choice of  heat exchanger type  can influence
cleaning  frequency.   For  example,  spiral  plate
                                                    32

-------
exchangers are often specified over other designs in
fermentation  plants,  owing to  the ease  of solid
resuspension,  absence of pockets,  and nonplugging
characteristics.  Rod  baffle design  provides more
effective  shell-side turbulence at  lower pressure drop
compared to  a more  conventional segmented baffle
design.  Therefore,  the rod  baffle design  can  be
expected to  exhibit  superior  shell-side  fouling
characteristics.

Slowing  down the rate of deposit  formation is not
limited to heat exchangers, but also is important  for
other types of equipment.  For. example, crude oil's
exposure to atmospheric oxygen  can cause formation
of gums  and  resins  during long exposure  periods
inside storage tanks. The use of floating roof  tanks or
inert gas blanketing has been suggested as a way to
reduce  tank  deposit  buildup.6  Similarly,  in paint
manufacturing, exposure  to air causes  formation of
solid films that adhere strongly to the internal  surface
of the mixers. This can be avoided ;by using closed
storage  and  transfer  systems,  as evidenced  by
experience at Ford Motor Company. At Ford, the paint
storage  and  transfer  system  was enclosed and
redesigned  for  full  recirculation  resulting  in  less
frequent  and easier cleanups and an improvement in
paint quality.7  Other applications of fouling inhibition
include  coating  of reactor  internals  with  special
chemicals to prevent scale formation. These practices
have been used in  the suspension  polymerization
process for polyvinyl chloride.8


Maximizing Dedication of Process Equipment
Maximizing dedication  of process  equipment  to  a
single process function  or formulation will  reduce
cleaning  frequency, as the  frequency of switching to
different formulations  will  diminish. Maximum
dedication means either converting from a batch to a
continuous  process  or  using  the  equipment
intermittently just for one formulation.

Historically, the  changeover from batch or cyclic to
continuous  operations has  been  common  in  the
chemical industry,  owing to  increased  product
demand,  increased labor costs, and  technological
progress. The advantages of the continuous process
over batch include the ease of automation and control
(which minimizes human  error leading to  inferior
product quality) and lower labor requirements.

The choice between the continuous or batch mode is
governed primarily by production volume and related
trade-offs between capital  and  operating costs. The
batch  process  is  advantageous in  situations  where
production volumes are  small and  product  diversity
large.  Batch  processes  have proven  advantageous
even for certain large volume  products,  such  as
neoprene rubber and phenolic  resins,  where
continuous alternatives were  developed but  failed to
find wide application.9>1o
Dedicating  a  piece of  equipment  to  a  single
formulation in the batch  process  means that the
equipment remains  dormant  between  individual
production campaigns. Cleaning after each campaign
can  be  avoided,  provided that materials  left in
equipment do not deteriorate with time or corrode the
internal parts. Also, the cost penalties associated with
equipment  under-utilization must  be outweighed  by
cleaning  costs incurred when the equipment is used
with more than one formulation.


Proper Production Scheduling

Proper production scheduling  is a commonly-invoked
method  to  decrease cleaning  frequency.  Equipment
utilization strategies  and  the  resulting production
schedules should  be derived through  optimization
analysis,  where the objective  is to meet the desired
production  goals with due consideration of  such
constraints  as  available equipment,  cost  of
turnaround, labor availability,  storage,  etc.  Meeting
production goals is to be  accomplished  with minimum
cost, which  includes  minimization  of cleaning
frequency.  A general review  of optimum  strategy
formulation was given by Peters and Timmerhaus.11

However, in a  typical situation a formal optimization
analysis  is not  often used. Rather, a common-sense
approach to production scheduling is used based on
trial-and-error preparation  of production bar charts. To
reduce cleaning waste,  it is generally desirable to
schedule long campaign  runs, as opposed  to  short
and  more frequent runs.  Production  schedulers now
must be aware of the current waste disposal costs, an
aspect that previously could have been ignored.


Avoidance of Unnecessary Cleaning
Avoidance of unnecessary cleaning should be one of
the goals of waste  minimization audits.  At  times,
equipment cleaning is performed routinely with little or
no consideration  of  the  rationale for  the cleaning
activity. An actual case is known where  a ball mill was
used  periodically to  wetgrind  a certain  powder. The
ball mill with corrosion-proof internal parts  was totally
dedicated to the same formulation, a stable mixture of
inorganic powders. Yet the ball mill was cleaned after
each  use for no apparent reason.  Upon questioning,
the only justification  provided  was that  the  other
nondedicated ball  mills  at the facility  were cleaned
after every use.

Reduction of Quantity and Toxicity of
Cleanup Waste
When cleaning has  to  be performed,  it  should  be
performed effectively with minimal  generation of
waste. Typical  considerations  include  the choice of
cleaning  medium, cleaning  technique,  and  waste
disposal  option. A  brief  overview of these choices
                                                  33

-------
 (with the exception  of waste disposal)  is provided  in
 the following paragraphs.

 A distinction can be made  between  chemical  and
 mechanical cleaning. Chemical cleaning requires the
 use of  substances  such  as  those  shown in Table
 5-2, which are employed  to  chemically attack  the
 deposits  and  render them  either  solvent  or  water-
 soluble. The basic  reaction types  include  oxidation,
 reduction, chelation, or conversion of insoluble oxides
 into soluble  salts. Cleaning formulations also include
 surfactants to  lower surface  tension of solution to
 allow for faster  penetration and breakup  of deposits.

 Physical or mechanical cleaning relies on breaking the
 adhesion of the deposit to a surface using mechanical
 devices,  such  as scrapers,  squeegees, rags, drag
 lines,  "pigs,"  lances, or  through  the  use of  high
 velocity water jets  (hydroblasting).  Often mechanical
 and chemical cleaning are combined, e.g., when high
 velocity jets are  employed with caustic solutions to
 attack deposits  in paint mix tanks.

 According to  a classification developed by  Loucks,12
 six separate cleaning techniques are distinguished:

 •   Fill-and-empty technique.

 *   Circulation technique.

 •   Flow over technique.
 •   Gas propel  technique.

 •   Process simulation technique.
 •   Onstream cleaning technique.

 In the fill-and-empty technique,  a process  vessel is
isolated  from other equipment and filled  with  an
appropriate cleaning  solution.  The  solution can  be
                                  heated and agitated and after a period of four to eight
                                  hours  it is drained. Rinse water or diluted alkali or acid
                                  solutions  are then used to remove residual cleaning
                                  chemical.  Drained chemicals and subsequent rinses
                                  are reused, treated, recycled, or land-filled depending
                                  on  their composition  and  the availability of disposal
                                  options at the particular site.  The method uses large
                                  quantities of  chemicals  and  requires  substantial
                                  downtime. It  is typically applicable to  small vessels,
                                  tanks,  or heat exchangers.

                                  In the  circulation technique, the  vessel  is  filled with
                                  cleaning solution to an overflow and allowed to stand
                                  for  a  short time  period, after which the  solution  is
                                  circulated  with  an  auxiliary pump.  Fresh make-up
                                  solution can  be  pumped in  if  used   solution   is
                                  withdrawn. In boilers,  nitrogen gas is used to provide
                                  agitation for more effective  scale removal.

                                  The flow over  technique  consists of  spraying  the
                                  solution onto the surface. It is applicable to large tanks
                                  where  cleaning  by filling or recirculation  would require
                                  excessive quantities of cleaning solution. Extra safety
                                  precautions are usually necessary.

                                  The gas propel  technique utilizes cleaning agents that
                                  are not overly corrosive at higher temperatures when
                                  steam  is  used  to propel them through  the system.
                                  This technique is useful for pipelines, where inhibited
                                  organic acids or chelants are  entrained into a flow of
                                  steam  which carries the liquid drops and  solids debris
                                  through hydraulic obstacles of the  system.

                                  The process  simulation  technique  is  applied  to
                                  equipment that is easily  fouled  and  where spare
                                  parallel units  are  provided. Fouled  equipment  is
                                  cleaned by simulated  process operation,  where  the
                                  equipment is  isolated, drained of  process  fluid, and
                                  filled with  the cleaning solution using process pumps
 Table 5-2.   Some Chemical Cleaning Compounds and their Usage
    Cleaning Compound	Chemical Action	
                                         Usage
                                       Remarks
  Hydrochloric acid

  Suifunc acid
  Nilnc acid

  Hydrofluoric acid

  Suifamic acid

  Citric acid
Dissolves most water scales and
corrosion products
Dissolves most corrosion products
Same as HCI

Dissolves silicate deposits

Dissolves calcium salts

Dissolves iron oxides
  Causlro soda, soda ash    Dissolves oil and grease
  Ammonia

  Eihytene diamine letra-
  acalaie (EDTA)
Forms soluble complexes with
copper ions
Dissolves water scales at alkaline
pHs	
Used on boilers, heat exchangers,
pipelines, etc.
Limited use

Used for stainless steel and
aluminum

Used as an additive to HCI (as
ammonium bifluoride)
Used as an additive to HCI


Used mostly to clean boilers;
frequently with added ammonia and
oxidizers

Used to remove oil and grease
before acid cleaning and to
neutralize the acid after cleaning
Used to remove copper from large
boilers

Used for cleaning water systems
without shutdown
Corrosive to steel; temperatures
must be below 175°F
Cannot remove water scales

Cannot be used for copper and
ferrous alloys

Very dangerous to handle

Easy to handle; soluble calcium
salts

Not good for water scale removal
Dangerous to handle



Needs to be handled carefully

Expensive
                                                     34

-------
and  controls to maintain  flow  and temperature. An
example is removal of iron oxide and copper deposits
from high pressure  steam  generators  using
ammoniated EDTA solution.

The  on-stream cleaning technique is probably  the
most preferable method, as it relies on process fluid
to do  the cleaning  during  normal operation.  Often
auxiliary  mechanical devices  are used along  with
additives,  such as EDTA or acids to  promote deposit
removal.  This  technique is used for  cleaning reactor
jackets,  gas  compression station   engines,   heat
exchangers, and other equipment.  In-service cleaning
of large  circulating  cooling water systems is  often
done through intermittent pH swing to  the acid side of
neutral and back again.  Among  many  mechanical
devices used in conjunction with  on-stream cleaning,
one  could mention ram valves for  rodding out plugged
nozzles and moveable  heat exchanger tube inserts
propelled  by reversing  process fluid.13 In  a separate
example,  fluidized beds of inert  solids (e.g.,  sand)
were found useful in  heat  transfer  applications
characterized   by extreme fouling,   such as   heat
recovery  from geothermal brines.   Solid particles
constantly abrade the  deposit away from the  heat
transfer surface, maintaining high transfer rates.

The  choice of cleaning method and media, apart from
cost,  should  also be based  on  the  following
environmental  considerations:

•   Minimize the amount of cleaning solution used;

•   Choose the  medium  ultimately  resulting in  the
    least toxic waste; and

•   Determine ahead of time how the cleaning  waste
    is going to be disposed of.

The  use  of chemical cleaning  (e.g.,  with mineral or
organic acids) results  in appreciable quantities  of
hazardous cleaning wastes which need to be treated
before disposal. As appropriate treatment facilities are
not  available  onsite in  every  case, mechanical
cleaning  and on-stream  cleaning appear preferable to
chemical  cleaning.  According to information obtained
from various cleaning contractors, these  factors are
gaining recognition as the recent trend has been more
toward hydroblasting and on-stream cleaning and
away from chemical cleaning. This was attributed to
the rising  costs of waste disposal and treatment.

When chemical cleaning is unavoidable, the least toxic
medium  should be chosen. For example,  an alkaline
cleaner  would be  preferable over  a halogenated
solvent.  However,  if the toxicity  of  the  soil  to  be
removed  is the controlling factor, the cleaning  agent
with a higher potential for recovery and reuse should
be used.

An  attractive  alternative to those cleaning methods
that  require disassembly of equipment for cleaning, is
a  clean-in-place (CIP)  system.  The  system is
composed of tanks,  heat  exchangers,  filters, pumps,
piping, and  instrumentation  permanently installed as
an auxiliary system designed to  circulate a controlled
inventory of cleaning  solution through isolated process
equipment often  using  spray  manifolds  or liquid jet
nozzles inside production  vessels. The CIP  systems
generally reduce  the  use  of cleaning  medium. They
are  especially effective  when coupled  with  high
velocity automated jet manifolds and staged  counter-
current  rinsing:  an 80  to 90  percent reduction in
aqueous waste was achieved by paint manufacturers
after installing high pressure spray nozzles  for tank
rinsing.14  CIP  systems  are popular  in  food,
pharmaceutical,  and   paint industries;  however, they
are utilized less frequently in the chemical processing
industry.15

Reuse  of  cleaning   solutions  is  common  in  CIP
systems. In general,  reuse of cleaning solutions is
highly desirable, especially if they  can be  utilized as
part of formulation.  For  example,  a considerable
reduction in reactor cleanup waste was  achieved by
Borden  Chemical  where a  two-step rinse sequence
was applied to a  batch kettle arrangement used for
phenolic resin synthesis. The first  rinse used a small
amount of  water  generating a  concentrated  stream
which could be recycled to  the process. The second
full-volume  rinse  generated  wastewater with  a much
lower content of toxic material than a previously used
single rinse  method.16 Other examples include reuse
of rinse water from latex tank cleaning as part of latex
formulation in the paint industry17 and use of warm oil
for flushing  the  deposits  out from crude oil storage
tanks in an  oil  refinery, followed by solids  separation
in the slop oil system.18

The  preceding  sections  were  concerned  with
reduction of cleaning frequency and with the choice of
the least waste-intensive cleaning methodology. There
is a related but independent aspect of  cleaning waste
reduction, i.e,  reduction of clingage.  As  defined in
Table 5-1, clingage is the  amount of process material
left inside the vessel or other equipment after draining.
In operations involving viscous fluids,  such  as  paint
manufacturing and resin compounding, clingage is an
important consideration as it not only results  in waste
which is expensive to dispose of, but also  represents
a direct loss of product or raw material.
To reduce clingage, the following measures should be
considered:

•   Provision of adequate drainage time;

•   Use of low-adherence surfaces, e.g., fluorocarbon
    or electropolished steel;

•   Use of mechanical wall wipers (dual shaft mixers);

•   Use of manual wipers or squeegees;
                                                   35

-------
•   Choice of  square,  cylindrical,  or spherical
    geometry to minimize wetted surface; and

•   Rotation of agitator after batch dumping to reduce
    clingage on the blade.

All of the above measures are self-explanatory and do
not require elaboration. Most are practiced extensively
throughout industry.  The use  of tank  linings  as  a
means  of  reducing  adherence  and  preventing
corrosion has been addressed by Zolin19 and Keys.20
The use of dual shaft mixers with slow scraper blades
wiping  the walls and the bottom of mixing tanks is
common in applications involving viscous liquids.21

Cost of  Cleaning

The cost  of  cleaning can  be viewed as  being
composed of the following elements:


Direct Costs
•   Equipment assembly/disassembly.

•   Cleaning chemicals and supplies.

*   Waste treatment and disposal.

*   Cleaning labor  and supervision.

•   Cleaning equipment depreciation.

*   Utility costs.


Indirect Costs
•   Planning and scheduling.

•   Cost of lost production.

*   Cost of lost raw materials  inventory.

•   Inspection and  testing.

•   Process equipment deterioration.

Often equipment cleaning is performed by  outside
contractors with specialized  equipment  that assume
the responsibility for  hauling away the waste and for
disposing of it properly.

Costs of  cleaning  vary widely  depending  upon the
medium,  method,  and application.  Recent  inquiries
into the  cost of cleaning of heat  exchangers
established the compilation of relative heat exchanger
cleaning  costs using  various  contracted  services
shown in Table 5-3.

In  many cases the cost of cleaning (taken as direct
cost only) is lumped  together with other maintenance
costs. As  a result, plant management may not  know
the actual costs  of cleaning,  which  may impede
management's support for waste minimization efforts.
        Table 5-3.
Relative Heat Exchanger
Costs
               Method
                              Relative Cost
Hydroblasting
Podding
Chemical Cleaning:
Without waste disposal
With waste disposal
1.0
4 to 5

0.3 to 3
2.1 to 4
Often,  when plant  management  learns of the  true
cost, action to lower cleaning costs is quickly initiated.

Summary

As  mentioned in  the introduction, the intent of this
chapter is  to provide a  brief review of  techniques,
approaches, and strategies for minimizing equipment
cleaning waste,  and to provide a classification scheme
that may serve  as an initial guide to those  interested
in  waste  minimization.  Such a classification or
summary is provided in Figure 5-1.  This serves as a
prototype  checklist  for addressing  all  waste
minimization issues in a logical sequence.

Figure 5-1.   Waste minimization of equipment cleaning
           waste: summary of approaches.
Why is Deposit Present?

Reduce Clean ng Frequency
1.





2.




3.
4.
Inhibition of fouling rate
- smooth heat transfer surfaces
- lower film temperature/higher
turbulence
- control of fouling precursors
- choice of heat exchanger type
Maximize process equipment
dedication
- conversion from batch to
continuous operation
- dedication to single composition
Proper production scheduling
Avoidance of unnecessary cleaning

Reduce Quantity and Toxicity of Waste
1.






2.




Minimize amount of cleaning solution
- high pressure nozzles
- flow-over technique
- on-stream cleaning
- use of CIP systems with stages
or counter-current rinsing
- reuse of cleaning solution
Minimize toxicity of spent cleaning
solutions
- clingage reduction
- mechanical (hydroblasting) over
chemical cleaning
                                                  36

-------
The subject of equipment cleaning is quite diverse as
the function  is performed in virtually every  industry.
Generalizations presented  in  this  paper  must  be
translated into site-specific and exacting requirements
in any waste minimization effort.

References

1.   League  of  Women Voters  of  Massachusetts.
    Waste reduction: the untold story.  Conference
    held June 19-21,  1985 at National Academy  of
    Sciences Conference Center, Woods Hole, MA.

2.   Uddeholm  Corporation  (Sweden).  Technical
    brochure  on Tubec Tubes  and  communications
    with Avesta Stainless, Inc., Totowa, NJ.

3.   Paschke, L.F. Condensing  heat exchangers save
    heat. Chem. Eng. Progress, pp. 70-74, July 1984.

4.   Knudsen, J.G. Fouling of heat exchangers: are we
    solving the problem?  Chem. Eng. Progress. Feb.
    1984, pp. 63-69.

5.   Betz Laboratories  Inc.  Handbook of  Industrial
    Water Conditioning, 8th Ed., Trevose, PA, 1980.

6.   Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc.  Alternatives  for
    hazardous waste  management  practices  in  the
    petroleum  refining  industry.  EPA-530-SW-172C,
    U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
    Washington, DC, 1979.

7.  Colleta, V. and Powers, J.  Chem  P oc. 44(4):20-1,
    1981.

8.  Cameron, J.B. Lundeen, A.J., and McCulley, J.H.,
    Jr. Hydroc. Proc. 59(3):39-50, 1980.

9.  Euleco  S.P.A.  Euleco  continuous  process:
    technical bulletin, 1975.

10. Shell International Research, Inc., Brit. Patent  No.
    136, 189. Issued Dec. 11,  1968.
11. Peters,  M.E. and Timmerhaus, K.D. Plant Design
   & Economics for Chemical Engineers, 3rd Edition.
   McGraw Hill Book Co., 1980.

12. Loucks, C.M. Boosting capacities with chemicals.
   Chem. Eng. (deskbook issue). 80(5):79-84,  1973.

13. Water Services of America,  Inc.  Superscrubber
   technical bulletin, 1985.

14. U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of
   Water  &  Waste Management.  Development
   document  for proposed  effluent guidelines, new
   source  performance standards and pretreatment
   standards for the  paint formulating, point  source
   category. EPA-440-1-79-0496, Washington, DC,
   1979.

15. Hyde, J.M. New development in  CIP practices.
   Chem Eng. Progress. 81(1):39-41, 1985.

16. Huisingh, D., et al.  Proven Profit from Pollution
   Prevention. The Institute for  Local  Self-Reliance,
   Washington, DC, 1985.

17. Riley, J.E.  Development document for effluent
   limitation  guidelines,  new source performance
   standards  for the, tire and synthetic segment of
   the  rubber processing  industry,  point  source
   category. EPA-440-1-74-013A, U.S. Environmental
   Protection Agency, Washington, DC, 1974.

18. Barnett, J.W. Better ways to  clean  crude storage
   tanks and desalters. Hydroc. Proc. 60(1):82-86,
    1980.

19. Zolin, B.I. Chem. Proc. 47(9):63-5, 1984.

20. Kays, W.B. Construction of Lining for Reservoirs,
   Tanks  & Pollution Control Facilities. Wiley, New
   York, 1979.

21.  Myers  Mixing  Company.  Private communication,
    1985.
                                                  37

-------

-------
                                            Chapter 6
                             Source Reduction - Parts Cleaning

                                      Edward A. Rodzewich
                                        Parker and Amchem
                                         Ambler, PA 19002
Introduction
Source reduction  of solvents for parts cleaning can
occur in several ways: 1) through complete elimination
of solvents; 2) through reduction of  the  absolute
quantity of solvents to the minimum; or 3) through the
use  of operational procedures such  as counterflow
mechanics to control solvent usage.

The  possibility and probability of using any of these
techniques  for source reduction depends to a great
extent on the degree of cleanliness required and  on
the type of surface or combinations of surfaces to  be
cleaned.

Complicated or  complex-shaped  parts  must  be
cleaned periodically during the course of manufacture.
Cutting oils, machining turnings, and sanding fines are
typical soils to be removed.  The  purpose of cleaning
for such applications is to provide a  surface suitable
for inspection.  It  is generally not a  requirement  for
such surfaces  to be absolutely free from all soil. The
probability of eliminating solvents from  such cleaning
is very high.

If the part  is to be painted,  corrosion resistance and
adhesion become extremely important. To attain the
maximum quality,  all .of the soil, inorganic and organic,
must be removed. The degree of cleaning required is
very high and the probability of eliminating solvents is
lower.

Solvents have  been  used widely to  clean  surfaces,
either by themselves or in combination with alkaline or
acidic builders  and surfactants. The  most commonly
used solvents  for parts cleaning are the aromatic and
aliphatic  hydrocarbons,  ketones,  esters,  butyl
cellosolve,  and various halogenated  types such  as
methylene  chloride or perchlorethylene.  These are
very effective  for removing greases,  fats, and  waxes
from  metal,  glass,  and   plastic  surfaces. The
halogenated solvents such as methylene chloride  are
exceptional as paint strippers.
With the increased knowledge of the harmful effects
of exposure to a large number of solvents  and the
increased number of regulations  governing  solvent
emissions and air quality, however, there is a shifting
away from solvent usage in cleaners.

Industry Response to Reduce Solvents
Usage
The automotive industry is  so diverse that its  needs
can be  considered  to  be  representative  of  all
industries. Thousands of  parts from hundreds  of job
shops and subcontractors are produced  according to
industry  specifications. As  a  result  of  high  buying
power, they are able to exert considerable influence
on  their suppliers to use safe and  effective chemicals
which are  environmentally  acceptable. Their use of
the task force concept with several of their suppliers
has resulted  in  many  new products  and  man-
ufacturing changes, particularly in  the area of solvent
reduction.  Many of  the  solvent-free  cleaners
developed for the automotive industry are  now being
used in a variety of  manufacturing industries as well
as*in the home and office.

Since this industry makes  use of a wide variety of
cleaning techniques, it will be used as a model for
solvent  source reduction. With minor modifications at
best, the products and applications it uses  to manage
and control solvent usage   are  applicable  to all
industries.

Cleaning Concept

The most comprehensive definition of a clean surface
is  one  which is free of all  physical  and chemical
contamination,  is  compatible  with  subsequent
treatments, and  results  in a  quality  product.
Subsequent treatments  to  achieve  an  ultra-clean
surface  condition may include simple inspection for
maintenance and  repair, application  of conversion
coatings and paint, or electroplating of metals such as
zinc or  chromium.
                                                  39

-------
 In  many  cases,  an ultra-clean  surface  may not be
 desirable  and may lead  to unwanted problems, such
 as in-plant rusting during storage  or fabrication.  A
 single part may be cleaned two or three times in the
 course  of the  assembly  process  primarily for
 inspection and maintenance purposes. This type  of
 cleaning  is called  in-process cleaning  and will  be
 examined next.


 In-Process Cleaning
 The starting point for  many parts  is a coil  of metal
 such as cold rolled steel, hot  dip  galvanized steel,
 electrogalvanized steel,  or aluminum.  The  parts are
 stamped or formed in a central stamping plant and are
 subsequently packed in large bins  and  shipped  by rail
 or truck to the assembly plants. Typical parts include
 frames, leaf springs, hoods,  fenders, grills,  bumpers,
 and hinges.

 In the plant, the automobile is  assembled  in  steps.
 During this phase many  oils  and greases are applied
 to the parts: they are sanded,  spot welded, and  in
 general there is a lot of handling. Several  times  during
 this  assembly  operation, the partly assembled  unit
 must be cleaned to remove the large quantity  of soil
 adhering to it in order to perform  a quality  inspection.

 Cleaning  is accomplished using one- or two-stage
 spray washers.  Until  only recently,  the  most
 commonly used cleaning compositions consisted of
 petroleum fractions and emulsifiers mixed with  water.
 These  cleaning  compositions were  capable  of
 removing  only 90 to 95  percent of the soils and left
 the surface with a thin film of  solvent that  was capable
 of providing some degree of  temporary, rust-inhibiting
 properties. The  cleaning baths were prepared by
 adding between  10 and 20 percent by volume  of the
 petroleum fraction concentrate.  Cleaning  baths were
 drained and recharged frequently,  on the average of
 once a week, depending on the soil loading.

 Despite the existence of exhaust fans  located  at the
 entrance and exit ends of the spray washer, solvent
 fumes were present in  the immediate area where the
 personnel  were working.  The concentration of solvent
 odor was  enhanced by solvent evaporation  from the
 film  remaining on the units  exiting  the washer. Skin
 contact with  the  solvent film was  inevitable as  the
 assembly and sanding operations continued.
Oleum Deck
After the unit has been assembled, it is conveyed to
the phosphating stage for final cleaning, phosphating,
and painting. As the unit enters this  area, it passes
through  the  oleum  deck  where   it  is sprayed
completely by means of a horseshoe harness using V-
jet or fan-type nozzles.  Usually, four to six  people,
equipped with soft brushes and/or hand pads routinely
 scrub all of the surfaces they can reach. Sometimes
 they reach inside the units.

 The cleaning compounds used for this application are
 similar to those used  for in-process cleaning. Since
 the  degree of cleaning required  for phosphating  is
 considerably  higher,  however,  the  cleaner
 concentration  is also used at a higher level, probably
 closer to 20 percent by volume. Buckets are available
 for hand cleaning of heavily  soiled areas, and  contain
 the solvent at a 1:1 concentration.  The odor, at times,
 is intense  and cases  of  eye and skin  irritation are
 frequent despite the use of protective gloves, clothing,
 and solvent masks.

 Resolution

 The in-process and oleum deck were among the very
 first solvent problem areas  to be  addressed.  As the
 industry moved from a predominantly steel surface to
 one that was mainly electrogalvanized, new problems
 associated with  cleaning  these  surfaces became
 apparent.  Electrogalvanized  surfaces  were  more
 active than  steel. The initial  alkaline  cleaners were
 capable of forming white stains  which were  readily
 seen  through  the phosphate coating and subsequent
 painting. The appearance of the paint film  resembled
 a  mapping texture and required  sanding after  the
 prime, to correct.  At  times,  the alkaline cleaners
 formed a pinpoint white spot, slightly raised from the
 surface. These  areas increased  in  size   during
 phosphating and were  responsible for some cratering
 and  protrusions through the paint  film. This required
 sanding prior  to top-coat application.  These  stains
 were  surface  analyzed using scanning electron
 microscope (SEM) and energy dispersive analysis of
 x-rays (EDAX) techniques and  found to be  comprised
 of zinc oxides.

 Eventually,  a  relatively neutral  to mildly alkaline
 cleaner operating in the pH range between 7.5 and
 9.5 was found  to  provide  the desired  degree  of
 cleaning  for these  applications. Frequently, a small
 amount of water-soluble inhibitors  is  used.  The
 inhibitors do nothing to aid in the  removal of the soil,
 but they  are  capable of  eliminating  the staining
 problem  and   impart some  temporary  in-plant  rust
 protection.  Neutral  cleaners are  now  widely  used,
 displacing the  solvent-based  cleaners.  They have
 been proven to be safe for handling by line personnel,
 they are solvent-free,  they  are easily  waste-treated,
 and  they  require  no  equipment  or manufacturing
 changes. Solvent reduction for  these  applications  as a
 direct result of the use of neutral-type cleaners  is in
 the order of thousands of gallons  of  pure solvent per
 year per plant.


 General, Neutral Cleaner Applications

 This concept of using  solvent-free,  neutral cleaners
extends far  beyond  the automotive industry.  Other
                                                  40

-------
uses include the steam cleaning of large parts such
as equipment,  tanks,  engine  blocks,  tools, and a
variety of painted and unpainted surfaces. It forms the
basis of cleaners for floor  scrubbing (automatic and
manual) and glass, plastic,  and hand wiping cleaners
for walls and fixtures. The use of solvents in cleaning
aids  for these  applications  has been curtailed. Since
the solvent-free cleaners are neutral in  pH, they are
safe to use  on  galvanized,  steel, and  aluminum
surfaces. The  problem of skin irritation in  personnel
who  might come in contact  with the concentrate or its
dilute solutions is also minimized.

The  neutral cleaners do have  some limitations. They
cannot be used  for  cleaning electrical motors.
Stubborn soils  may require  higher concentration levels
to be  effective,  resulting  in  a cost  penalty  over
solvent-based products. Organism growth is higher for
neutral cleaners  which can adversely  affect  their
cleaning efficiency and often leads to odor problems,
particularly in aged solutions. Organism  growth can be
controlled, but at an additional  cost penalty and with
higher skin irritation probability.


Cleaners Before Phosphating
The degree  of  cleaning  effected by in-process
cleaning  does  not  reach  the level   required for
phosphating. Therefore, subsequent to  the  in-process
and  oleum deck  cleaning,  the parts  must be
processed through  either one or two   additional
cleaning  steps.  The  clean  surface needed for
phosphating must have  a water  break-free surface
after cleaning,  a surface free   of oxide and oil
polymerization stains, and  a low  surface-carbon
content. The surface carbon is a measure  of organic
carbonaceous  soils such as lubricants, rolling oils, and
inorganic carbon. It does not measure alloyed carbon.
The  measurement  of  the  surface  carbon  is  a
laboratory  procedure  based  on   coulometric
measurements  involving  pyrolytic  oxidation
techniques.  The surface  carbon  content  must be
below 0.4 mg/ft2 if a high quality phosphate coating is
to be  achieved. Higher values of surface carbon can
lead  to phosphate coatings that  possess marginal
adhesion and corrosion protection.

Excellent cleaning,   which meets  all  of  the
requirements for phosphating,  is  achieved using hot
cleaners  operating  at about. 150  to 160°F.   The
cleaning  method could   be  spray,  spray-dip, or
immersion.  In  recent  years,  a considerable  need
developed for  low-temperature cleaners because of
the high cost of energy.

 Initially, low temperature cleaning  was  made possible
 by solvent  additions  to conventional  cleaners.  The
 results achieved were satisfactory. Solvents such as
 kerosene, mineral  spirits,  or butyl  cellosolve  were
 found suitable. Cleaning temperatures were reduced
 from  150°F  to 100 to  110°F with  no sacrifice in
quality.  However, solvent usage  necessitated better
control of the rinse stages to prevent solvent carry-
over.  Knock-off risers at  the exit of the cleaning and
rinse  stages helped to  control  solvent carry-over.
These emulsion-type cleaners are in use today, but in
view  of the EPA and  OSHA interests in minimizing
solvent  emissions  their use is  destined  to be  short
lived.

The average solvent content in these cleaners varies
between  5  and  10  percent  by  weight  of  the
concentrate. For a 10,000 gal. cleaner tank operating
at a nominal 3 oz/gal.,  the  solvent content is  at least
187   Ibs.  Cleaners are  dumped  frequently  and
recharged every two to three weeks. Over a period of
one year, this amounts to  over 3,000  Ibs. of solvent
per cleaning tank  that must be  waste-treated.  This
quantity  is  actually  understated,   because  the
calculations do not include the normal replenishment
of cleaner which  takes  place to  maintain  cleaner
efficiency.

In the  automotive  industry,  the  newer generation
phosphating  machines are being  constructed  with
tanks in the 90,000 to 100,000 gal. range. The use of
solvent or emulsion cleaning in these  large tanks
would further magnify the problem.

Most, if not all, of these solvent-containing cleaners in
the automotive industry have been replaced or will be
replaced  by  low temperature,  solvent-free cleaners.
This  direction is taking  place primarily due to  the
strong  influence  of local and  state  regulations
governing solvent  emissions  and very  conscientious
monitoring by the officials.

The development of efficient low-temperature cleaners
was performed  in  concert  with the steel companies,
lubricant  suppliers,  and the  R&D  staff  of  the
automotive  companies.  Lubricants  and rolling  oils
were  modified or changed completely to make them
more receptive to  cleaning. Steel mills modified  their
practice and  control in  making  the  metal  coils  to
reduce  surface  carbon  contamination,  and  the
chemical  suppliers modified the cleaning composition.
The R&D staff monitored and evaluated the activities
of the  suppliers and  modified  cleaning equipment
where necessary.

In general, the low-temperature cleaners  are  more
alkaline and equally aggressive  when  compared with
hot cleaners. They  differ in  the type and  variety of
surfactants  and emulsifiers  to  provide low to  no
foaming characteristics.  Soil  retention in the cleaner
bath  was  found  to be better;  soil redeposition
characteristics were improved primarily because of the
lower cleaning temperatures  and  the  variety  of
surfactants employed.

Short high-pressure (1,000 psig) cleaning zones  were
installed,  in some  instances, between the oleum  deck
                                                   41

-------
 and the first  cleaner stage. The  high  pressure  was
 capable of physically  removing very tenacious soils
 such as  carbon and  loose sealants  not removed
 earlier.

 Thermal  oil  separators  have  been  installed  in
 conjunction with  the first cleaning stage. This works
 on the principle of heat. Periodically  the oil-laden
 cleaner bath is transferred  to a large tank equipped
 with a heater.  As the cleaner bath is heated, the oil
 separates and floats to the top where it  is collected in
 a suitable vessel. The oil-free  cleaner  bath  is then
 piped  back to  the  cleaner stage.  This  technique
 increases the bath life of the cleaner and decreases
 the  frequency of dumping.  This  procedure is  not
 successful for solvent-based cleaners  because  the
 solvent would be effectively removed with the oils and
 cause the cleaning efficiency to fall off.

 Ultrafiltration  has also been attempted to accomplish
 the same purpose as thermal oil separators, but it has
 not  been  readily  accepted  by  industry  due  to  its
 comparatively  high   cost   and  maintenance
 requirements.

 Low-temperature, solvent-free cleaners  of this type
 and some of the  techniques  and equipment
 modifications are presently in use  in many spray  and
 immersion cleaning tanks in the automotive, coil,  and
 fabricated metal industries.

 Such cleaner formulations are characterized as being
 heavy  duty and  find application where  very  difficult
 cleaning problems exist.  They can be formulated  for
 soak or spray use. As a maintenance cleaner they are
 capable of removing heavy greases, burnt-on soil,
 pigmented buffing compounds, and even light  rust on
 steel and galvanized surfaces.  Because they  are so
 aggressive in cleaning  action, they are  very effective
 in cleaning recessed and  hidden areas, the  only
 criterion being  that the solution  is  able  to  reach  that
 area. Typical  applications  are  soak  cleaning  of  all
 types of fasteners,  pumps,  engine components,  and
 similar uses  where  emulsion cleaning  is  commonly
 used. Frequently ultrasonic equipment is  also used.

 Care must be exercised in using these cleaners since
 they operate at relatively  high pH levels.  Skin contact
 can  lead to burns or irritation and  personnel must be
 cautioned accordingly.  Aluminum  surfaces  and
 galvanized surfaces can  be  etched  and  painted
 surfaces can be softened and even stripped.  In such
 cases, it may not be  possible to replace  solvents. The
 use of  such  aggressive cleaners  should  be
 determined on a case-by-case basis.
Add Cleaning
Parts which have been stored for any period of time
may become slightly  oxidized despite being treated
 with a protective oil film. This condition is visible on
 steel parts  as a  light  yellow  coloration  or  in  more
 severe  cases, red  rust. Galvanized  surfaces may
 show evidence of white rusting. Aluminum oxidation
 appears  as  white to black pitting. Protective oils can
 sometimes oxidize and  in the process react with the
 metal surface to produce a hard, impervious, varnish-
 type film. These  films,  frequently called  polymerized
 oil  spots, resist alkaline cleaning  and generally lend
 themselves to acid cleaning.  Some of the metal must
 be  dissolved to reach under  the polymeric film which
 is then  lifted from  the surface.  If these  oxidation
 products  are  not  removed  completely,   poor
 phosphating and  paint quality  will  result.  If not
 removed, these oxidized areas  will either  prevent
 phosphating  completely or  will allow an  improperly
 formed or marginal coating to be formed.  Adhesion of
 phosphate coating and, therefore, the paint film also
 will be inferior. These  sites  will  be prime areas for
 paint chipping and corrosion.
Acid cleaning is the most effective method to remove
this surface condition. While serious, these conditions
are generally localized and should be addressed on a
case-by-case basis. An operator using  a brush or a
sponge soaked  with the cleaner manually wipes the
area  until  the  contamination  has  been removed.  A
light wiping with a water-soaked sponge removes the
excess cleaner and stops the cleaning action.

Phosphoric- or citric-acid  based cleaners have found
use  in this application.  In addition,  surfactants  and
emulsifiers along  with solvents such as  alcohol or
butyl  cellosolve  are incorporated into the  mixture to
aid in  soil  removal and  acid penetration.  The use of
acid cleaning  does  not  approach  that  of  alkaline
cleaning.  Acid  cleaners  are  usually purchased in
several drum  lots and  placed in  the various  areas
where inspection and  repair work is  performed.
However,  this  type of  cleaner  is found  in  all
automotive plants and job shops and is even sold over
the counter in  automotive retail  shops  and paint
stores. Thus,  it  is a  source of solvent emission.
Solvent content varies but averages about 10 percent
by weight of the concentrate. A single  650 Ib net drum
would  contain  65 Ibs  of solvent.   Most of  these
products  are found being used  in areas having only
general ventilation, which  is  very questionable  and
could be  harmful.

The citric acid-based formulations are superior  to the
phosphoric acid  products  because they  do  not
passivate the cleaned  area. Any  residue remaining on
the surface after cleaning is  easily  removed in  the
alkaline cleaner stage. Phosphoric acid  products  can
react with  the  metal to  form  a  thin  phosphate
conversion coating that will interfere  with subsequent
steps.  On the  other hand, if subsequent phosphating
will not be performed, this thin  film  does provide  a
base for paint bonding, but not  one of high quality.
                                                  42

-------
These products  have  been reformulated  without
solvent. In place of the solvent a mixture of high HLB
(hydrophilic,  lipophilic  balance)  and low  HLB
surfactants are used. Surfactants having HLB values
around 3 readily solubilize the oily  deposits  on the
surface and allow quick and effective  action of the
acid on  the  oxidation sites. High  HLB  surfactants
(values of 10 or greater) allow rapid soil emulsification
and make it easier to rinse off the reaction products of
the cleaning action and excess unused acid.

Acid  cleaning of this nature,  while  being  of  a
magnitude  of  use lower than alkaline cleaning,  does
have a place in industry.

Vapor Degreasing
Vapor degreasing  units  basically are devices  for
heating  a  volatile solvent.  By providing a simple
cooling jacket above  the liquid solvent, the  zone
between the liquid  and the  cooling jacket  becomes
enriched with  solvent  vapor.  The freeboard  area
above the water cooling jacket is equipped with
condensing coils to help control any solvent emission
into the  workplace.  Cleaning takes place by  the hot
vapors  condensing on  the  part.  This vapor
condensation  continues  until the part  reaches the
temperature  of  the vapor. The  commonly  used
solvents are  1,1,1   trichloroethane,  trichloroethylene,
perchloroethylene,  and  methylene  chloride.  Vapor
degreasing is  used for  cleaning  many  surfaces
including glass, plastics, and combinations  of metals
and plastics provided the solvent does  not react with
any of these surfaces.

Vapor degreasing is a very effective cleaning method
but it is not capable of producing a chemically  clean
surface. In addition,  it has a number of limitations. It is
not  an  effective   method for  removing   heavily
pigmented soils,  often leaving residues  of the pigment
which resist  subsequent  removal.  Thin sections  of
metal heat almost instantly to  the vapor temperature
 of the solvent  and  little  to no soil  is  removed. To
 produce a truly clean surface to the degree required
 for phosphating  or  plating, a subsequent alkaline or
 acid cleaning  step is required.

 Several  modifications to  existing  vapor degreasing
 units  can  be made to reduce solvent air emissions.
 Increasing the freeboard area above the water cooling
 jacket and reducing the time of transfer of the parts in
 and  out  of  the unit will  improve   the  situation.
 Mechanizing  the lowering and  raising  of the cover of
 the tank to minimize open cover time  and using fully
 loaded racks are very important. Where the parts to
 be cleaned are of a uniform size, equipment designed
 with openings preferably fitted with cold dry air  knives
 can  be very  effective. Maintaining  the equipment in
 good  operating  condition  and   keeping  the
 water/separator  functioning  properly will prolong the
 life of the vapor degreasing system.
Another alternative is to replace the vapor degreasing
unit with an alkaline or  acidic, aqueous-based cleaner.
Alkaline cleaning is finding favor and  in certain areas
has  been proven  to  be  more  effective  than vapor
degreasing. Typical examples where this has occurred
are in  the manufacture of aluminum  computer discs
and production items such as television tube grids or
radio  panels which  contain  a screen-like  series of
minute holes across the surface.

The computer discs are highly polished and mirror-like
in appearance.  It is important to retain this appearance
throughout the manufacturing  sequence.  This  is  a
highly  technical application where cleanliness reigns
supreme. Immersion  alkaline  cleaners  based  on
builders such as  complex phosphates,  biodegradable
free  rinsing,  and  water  soluble surfactants  together
with  specially  formulated silicates  to prevent  any
possible metal attack, are being used  for this purpose.
Such cleaners  are very safe to use from  a personnel
viewpoint and  require  minimal control  to  continue
effective.

Cleaning  of television  shadow masks or other similar
shapes which  contain  a  series of  tiny holes  was
always considered  ideal  for vapor degreasing. It was
considered  to  be  the  only  way  cleaning  could be
accomplished  inside  the  holes.  However, it  was
determined that spray alkaline cleaning was a superior
method  for this  application.  Highly sequestered
cleaners free from silicates or soda ash, which have  a
tendency to  precipitate hard water salts, and very low
surface tension producing surfactants are  required.
After cleaning,  the part is rinsed with a final de-ionized
water rinse and dried in a low heat convection oven.

This  approach leaves the  surface chemically clean,
free of cleaner residue, and  free of thin oily  films
commonly found  after  vapor  degreasing.  Surfaces
thus produced are suitable for phosphating, plating, or
otfier applications.


Paint Strippers
In every  job shop or  manufacturing  site  where parts
are  cleaned and  painted, there is  a need for  paint
strippers. Methylene chloride  is the most widely-used
 solvent for  removing  paint from steel  and aluminum
 surfaces. There is a nationwide research goal to find a
 viable  substitute  for  methylene chloride  as a  paint
 stripping  agent,  but  to  date,  none  has been  found
 despite  many claims  being  made  to that  end.
 Methylene chloride by itself is not too effective as  a
 paint  stripper. It  needs the  help of various  acidic
 activators, such as formic or acetic acid, to be truly
 effective. Formic  acid  is  far  and  away  the  most
 effective  activator available. Inhibitors are added to the
 mixture  to   protect the  metal surfaces  against acid
 attack during the  stripping process and to prevent the
 stripped  bare surface from flash rusting while the parts
 are drying.
                                                    43

-------
 Stripping tanks vary in  size from  several  gallons to
 several  hundred  gallons.  The  methylene chloride
 content averages 90 to 95 percent. Because of its low
 boiling point of 105°F, the tanks generally are fitted
 with lids that can be  mechanically raised or  lowered
 during  use  to prevent evaporative  losses. This
 technique to reduce evaporative  losses  is helpful  but
 not truly effective. At times water seals are employed,
 but these are seriously  lacking in their  capability to
 prevent evaporative  losses, and, in addition, their  use
 serves to decrease the life expectancy of the stripper
 bath. The organic acid activators preferentially migrate
 from the solvent layer to the water layer, where they
 are more soluble. As the migration  progresses,  the
 stripping  efficiency falls  off  until  it  is no  longer
 effective for the purpose  intended.

 Seals are available commercially that have  proven to
 be very effective. These seals consist of highly polar
 components  which  are insoluble  in  methylene
 chloride, but are soluble in water. These  seals, being
 lighter than  methylene chloride, float on  the surface.
 As the stripped part is  being removed from the tank, it
 passes through the seal layer where the seal layer
 displaces the methylene chloride solvent,  leaving  a
 thin  film  of  a water  soluble  component.  By
 incorporating a  rust inhibitor in the seal layer, flash
 rusting  during  drying is eliminated.  Evaporation
 savings using these  seal layers can be as high as 40
 percent. There is  little  to no  tendency for  the
 activators to  migrate into the layer because they  are
 more soluble  in the methylene chloride.  As a result,
 paint  stripping efficiency  remains constant for the  life
 of the bath.

 Products have recently  become  available where  the
 methylene chloride  content has been  reduced by 60
 percent.  Techniques have been  found to produce  a
 stable solution of methylene chloride  in  an aqueous
 medium. In  effect,  the methylene  chloride molecule
 becomes surrounded by  water molecules resulting in
 an in situ water seal. This  approach is certainly novel
 and  it  is  tremendously effective  in  reducing
 evaporative losses.  The activity of the acid  activators
 and inhibitors commonly  employed has been found to
 be enhanced in such a  medium. This technique
 effectively minimizes evaporation  losses and because
 of the lower usage of methylene chloride,  it is a viable
 method for  source  reduction  of a  powerful  paint
 stripping  solvent.

 Many of the techniques to minimize solvent emissions
 for vapor degreasers  can be  applied to cold paint
 strippers. The other approach to eliminate solvents in
paint  stripping is  to consider the  use  of alkaline
materials based  on caustic soda. As a rule,  these  are
solvent free but to be effective they must be used at
temperatures near boiling.

Alkaline strippers are very useful for stripping all types
of paint.  Several disadvantages exist with their use,
 however. Extreme care  must be  exercised  by  the
 operating personnel to prevent burns  resulting from
 skin contact with  hot  stripping solutions. The  risk of
 skin irritation is always present if the  ventilation is
 faulty  and  caustic mist  escapes into  the air.  The
 alkaline  strippers cannot  be used to strip paint from
 aluminum or galvanized substrates since these  metals
 are readily  dissolved by hot alkaline  solutions. Thus,
 while  alkaline  strippers  are widely  used,  they  are
 restricted to removal of paints from steel surfaces.


 Booth Coating Compounds
 Booth  coating  compounds  are  removable temporary
 barrier  coatings which are  applied  to  spray  booth
 walls, gratings, and floors to facilitate entrapment and
 disposal of  accumulated overspray paint. In addition,
 they serve  to provide an  excellent light-reflecting
 surface which is very beneficial  in application of paint
 and results  in a reduced number of rejects. The white,
 dry,  flexible, barrier coatings are considered the best
 type  to use because they afford  the  best light
 reflection. As the paint overspray  accumulates,  the
 barrier  coating is  simply peeled  from  the surface,
 discarded, and a new  barrier coating  is applied either
 by brushing or by means of a paint  spray gun.  The
 entire sequence of peeling the coating from the walls
 of the  paint booth and the  application of a new film
 takes about one hour, depending on the size  of the
 booth.  Half of that  time is  used to allow  the coating to
 dry before use.

 A typical white, booth-coating compound consists  of
 an acrylic copolymer resin  dissolved in  a mixture  of
 methylene  chloride,  xylene,  and toluene and
 pigmented  with titanium  dioxide  to  form  a  stable
 emulsion. Small amounts of plasticizer  are used  to
 keep the dry film flexible and pliable. Approximately 50
 percent  by  weight of these compositions consists  of
 solvent which escapes during drying.  One gal.  usually
 is capable of covering  about 500 ft2 of area at  1 to 3
 mils  thickness.  Each gallon  contains about 6 to 7  Ibs
 of solvent.  Very good local  ventilation  is required
 during  the application  process, and spray equipment
 which contains  any aluminum or galvanized steel parts
 must be avoided because of the danger of hydrogen
 gas forming. Stainless steel spray equipment is  an
 absolute requirement.  There have  been instances
 reported of asphyxiation   resulting  because  of
 inadequate or inoperative  ventilation.  Fortunately,  this
 was  a  temporary  condition  and  the personnel
 recovered completely after being removed to fresh air.

 Recently,   high  solid  formulations   have  been
 developed and  sold  commercially. About 85 percent
 by weight  represents  the  total solids  content  of
 waterborne co-polymer emulsion and  titanium dioxide
 pigment. The remainder is water and  a  small amount
 of a cellosolve-type solvent. Average  VOC content of
commercially available booth  coating compounds of
this type is 0.2 to 0.3 Ib per gal.
                                                   44

-------
These products perform as well as the solvent-based
products, and they possess several advantages over
the solvent-based materials:

•   They are non-flammable;

•   They provide 10  to 20  percent greater coverage;
    and
•   There is no restriction as to construction of spray
    guns.

The high  solids,  water-based  booth  coating
compounds  are rapidly replacing  the solvent-based
products and they are  considerably  safer to apply.
These products are used wherever parts are painted.

Summary

This brief review highlights the use  of  solvents for
parts cleaning and illustrates some of the measures
being  taken by industry  to reduce or  eliminate
solvents.  Not  all of  the alternatives  discussed  are
effective or desirable as a replacement for solvents in
every case. However, viable alternatives  for solvents
are continuing to be sought through R&D.

In areas where solvent usage is necessary, redesign
of  equipment,  modification  of operating  procedures,
and improvements in solvent reclamation techniques
have been examined  successfully and  implemented as
a solvent source reduction method.
                                                   45

-------

-------
                                              Chapter 7
                    Solvent Waste Minimization by the Coatings Industry

                                             Neil H. Frick
                                          Gerald W. Grafter
                                          PPG Industries, Inc.
                                         Alison Park, PA 15101
The  issue of waste disposal is of national concern.
Solvent waste reduction is especially  relevant in the
coatings industry, because the  $30 billion worldwide
coatings market has traditionally relied upon solvents
in large quantities to manufacture, apply,  and clean up
coatings. The intent of this paper is to develop the
reasons for solvent use in  coatings through  looking  at
the product  requirements,  and then to inform you  of
the actions  being taken by coatings  manufacturers,
application equipment  manufacturers, and  end users
to reduce solvent usage.

Functions of Coatings

Coatings can be  broadly defined as decorative and/or
functional materials which  are applied to the  surface
of  an  object.  Inks, adhesives,  and sealants  can be
viewed similarly.  Some common examples  of coated
objects include:

•   Bridges

•   Autos

•   Buildings

•   Photographic film

•   Wall coverings

•   Mirrors

•   Furniture

»   Aircraft

•   Storage  tanks

•   Appliances

These  examples will  help  us to illustrate some
coatings product requirements. A significant fraction of
the list employs metal substrates:

•   Bridges

•   Autos
•   Buildings

•   Mirrors

•   Aircraft

•   Storage tanks

All of these products are subject to corrosion, and it is
through the use of coatings that we are able to  build
long-lasting products  from  metal.  Conse-quently,
corrosion  protection represents  one of  the most
important functional purposes of coatings.

Some other common functional properties of coatings
are:

•   Aesthetics

•   Durability

•   Chemical resistance

•   Flexibility

•   Adhesion

One property on the list is aesthetics.  Each of these
product groups has color, gloss, and  appearance
requirements.  It is no longer true  that you  can  have
your Model T  in any color you want, so  long  as  it is
black.  The  mirror  finish of  your automobile and the
non-reflective  finish  of  a  metal building are  made
possible through coatings.  In addition,  we expect the
appearance of these products to  remain unchanged
after years of  exposure to sunshine, smog, and rain.
Let's call  this durability.  Range tops are exposed to
extremes  in temperature  as well  as  to  a variety of
aggressive materials ranging from abrasive cleaners to
hot grease to  spaghetti sauce stains.  This  is thermal
and chemical resistance.

Aluminum  siding  is a good  example  to  illustrate
flexibility. It is  manufactured by painting wide strips of
metal, cutting  the strips to the appropriate width, and
forming the final shape. The coating must survive the
                                                  47

-------
cutting and forming,  and then retain color and gloss
on your home for many years.

House paint is  an excellent example of a  product
which  must be  field applied  on  a wide  range  of
surfaces  - bare  wood,  brick, vinyl, metal,  new, old,
previously painted, wet, dry, hot, cold. We expect it to
adhere and provide years of protection and beauty.

Plastics represent  an additional set of opportunities:
adhesion, impact resistance, surface defect coverage,
barrier properties,  weatherability  enhancement, and
others.

So  far,  we've  talked  only about the  functional
properties of coatings. Many additional considerations
go into the design of a coating:

•   Functionality

•   Product safety

•   Dry/cure speed

•   Environmental safety

*   Aesthetics

•   Economics

Product  safety   requires a  product which   can  be
manufactured,  transported,  used, and  disposed  of
safely. This necessitates extensive testing  of raw
materials and finished products for health  and
environmental  effects,  flammability,  reactivity, and
corrosivity.  Unacceptable materials are  deleted from
candidacy.

The mention of paint creates an image of a paint roller
and house paint,  hard  work, several hours' drying
time,  and as much  as  several days  to  achieve  full
properties. I would  like especially to call your attention
to drying time.   Model Ts required several  days  for
painting.  This was  a consequence of several coats of
solvent paint and drying  times of hours for each coat.
Imagine today's  automotive assembly  lines producing
greater than 60 cars, per hour, but being bottlenecked
for  days while  the  finish  dries and  is recoated.
Production  speed  requirements  thus have  become
another requirement for coatings design.

We spoke briefly of aesthetics from the point of view
of requirements,  but how does one achieve a  smooth,
sag- and pop-free finished product?

The answer is that it is a design criterion, just  like
color or corrosion protection. Products are applied by
a wide range of methods, including spray,  dip, roll,
curtain,  and  electrodeposition.   Traditionally,  large
quantities of  solvents have played a major role in
achieving acceptable appearance,  and  only in recent
times have alternatives begun to be available.
Coating Formulation

Early  coatings  were  essentially all  solvent-reduced
products  derived from  natural  products  such  as
lacquer,  coal  tar, and  oils.  These  products were
severely  limited by today's standards in their ability to
deliver corrosion  protection,  durability,  and  quick
drying.

Deficiencies  such  as  these,  together with  the
availability of  a wide  variety of  synthetic  organic
building blocks, have led to the development of a wide
variety of synthetic polymers. Some examples include:
    Epoxies
    Acrylics
    Fluorocarbons
    Polyesters
    Urethanes
    Polyamides
These materials provide  substantial improvements in
corrosion  protection,  adhesion,  durability,  flexibility,
drying rate,  and  other properties. " But  this  first
generation  of  synthetic  polymers did  little  to  reduce
the organic solvent requirement.

Reduction and elimination of solvents in coatings  has
been  a priority for many years  at PPG. One obvious
reason is environmental legislation which  limits  the
allowable solvent emission by industry. EPA guidelines
for VOCs in coatings are shown in Table 7-1.

Solvent Reduction

The EPA limits  the amount of solvent  allowed  per
gallon  of  paint  used in various  industries.  These
guidelines are of very limited use today, because state
and local rules, on  a case-by-case  basis, provide for
more  or  less   solvent  usage.  Perhaps  more
importantly, the  industry  has been  able to do better
than  these guidelines  in  at  least  some cases.
Container  sprayliners,  basecoats, and  varnishes
surpass the guidelines.  Coil coating  lends itself to
incineration, and  this is  widely practiced.  So  clearly
there  are  other motivations  for  reducing  solvent
usage. Some  reasons  for  the  reduction  of solvent
usage are:

•   Environmental
•   Product safety
•   Economics
•   Productivity

In  addition  to environmental safety, solvent reduction
or elimination  can  improve product safety  through
reduced chemical exposure and flammability. Solvents
normally  do not  become part of the finished product,
and  as such  become  an expense both in use  and
disposal, which does not add to the ultimate product
value.  Henry  Ford used several  coats  of  lacquer
                                                  48

-------
   Table 7-1.
EPA Guidelines-for Maximum Volatile
Organic Content of Coatings*
                Process
                          Limitation
                           (Ib/gal)
   Can coating

       Sheet basecoat& overvarnish; two-   (2.0)   2.8
       piece can exterior
       Two-, three-piece can interior body    (3.6)   4.2
       spray, two-piece can exterior end

       Side-seam spray                       5.5
       End sealing compound                   3.7
   Coil coating                        (0)    2.6
   Fabric coating                             2.9
   Vinyl                                   3.8
   Paper                                  2.9

   Auto and light-duty truck
       Prime                               1,9
       Topcoat                             2.8
       Repair                              4.8
   Metal furniture                            3.0
   Magnet wire                              1.7
   Large appliance                       , •   2.8

   Miscellaneous metal parts                   0.4-4.4
   Wood paneling
       Printed interior  '                      1.7
       Natural finish hardwood    .              3.2
       Class II hardboard	    2.7

   *  Source: R.W. Tess and G.W. Poehlein, Applied Polymer
     Science, Second  Edition, ACS Symposium Series 285, p.
     689.
because the solids were so  low that  several  coats
were required to provide the required properties, and
consequently days were invested in painting each car.
Improved solids and solventless coatings  can provide
more  film  build per  coat,  and  thus  also  improve
productivity by requiring fewer coats.


Recent Advances

Some recent advances in coatings technology are:

•   High solids coatings

•   Water reducible coatings

•   Powder coatings

•   100 percent reactive coatings

•   Electrodeposition

•   Application efficiency improvements

High solids describes coatings with  improved volume
solids. While natural  lacquers  and early synthetics
could be applied  at 20 to  40 percent volume solids,
high solids products rely not upon  drying alone, but
also upon polymerizing (curing)  as they  dry.  This
allows  the use  of  lower molecular weight  materials
with reduced  solution  viscosities; therefore, volume
solids of  60 to  80  percent can be achieved.  Where
high solids coatings have replaced conventional solids
materials,  solvent  reductions on the  order  of  50
percent have  been achieved. As  we shall  see  later,
equipment innovations multiply this improvement.

Powder coatings are solventless. These  powders melt
and fuse into *a continuous  coating  when  heated.
Obviously, they  represent a 100 percent reduction in
solvent  usage.  They  are  particularly  useful  in  thick
films where excellent chemical resistance is required.
Dishwasher rack  coatings  represent  an  excellent
application of powder coatings. On the other hand,
uses which require excellent  smoothness,  thin films,
or  low  cure  temperature  are  only now  becoming
possible with powder coatings.

A  technology  that does an excellent job of handling
thermally  sensitive substrates  such as plastics, paper,
and wood,  is radiation-curable coatings.  With  this
technology, solvent is replaced by reactive  molecules
which   polymerize  in  place  upon  activation  by
ultraviolet light or electrons.  The  weaknesses in this
technology include  adhesion-sensitive substrates and
complex-shaped particles, although this latter problem
is  now being addressed with a 3D-UV curing process.

A  traditional  problem with waterborne  polymers is
water sensitivity. Progress has been made, however.
Crosslinkable  waterborne  polymers,  reactive
solubilizing  groups,  and  improved  surfactants
represent advances which have  allowed the  use of
waterborne polymers  in  some industries.  Humidity
variations and  flow  limitations  currently prevent
broader  application  of these  products,  especially in
spray applications. Where waterborne products can be
used, solvent reductions ranging  up to  100 percent
can be realized.

A  specialized variety  of  waterborne  coatings are
electrodepositable.  These coatings  are applied  by
immersing the article to be painted in a coating bath
and electrically depositing the paint film on the article.
The process  is exceptionally  effective  at coating
obscured areas  of complex articles. The coatings can
be designed to  provide  outstanding   corrosion
protection,'and  indeed, cathodic  electrodeposition is
largely   responsible  for  the  improved  corrosion
resistance of today's  automobiles. Electrodeposition is
limited  to electrically conductive   substrates.  It  also
serves  to introduce another  concept:  transfer
efficiency.

In  the  past  few  years,  great strides  in  spray
application  efficiencies have been made  by close
cooperation  of the  coatings   user,  equipment
manufacturer, and  coatings  supplier.  In  the  past,
spray efficiencies in the range of  20 to 30 percent on
                                                   49

-------
automotive lines (meaning that only 20 to 30 percent
of each gallon of paint would come to rest on the part)
were  not unusual.  Today, application  efficiencies  in
the range of 60 to 80 percent  with coating solids near
60 percent are not unusual.

The consequences of improved solids  and transfer
efficiency as  compared to low solids,  nonelectrostatic
application, in terms of the amount of coating used  to
apply one kilogram of dry product, are  illustrated  in
Table 7-2.
Table 7-2.
Consequences of Improved Solids and Transfer
Efficiency
          Transfer Efficiency
                         Kg of Reduced
                        Coating Necessary
                        for 1 kg Dry Applied
 Low Solids (21%)
 Low Application Efficiency (30%) 1/(.21) (.3)

 High SotkJs (60%)
 Hioh Application Efficiency (65%) V(.6) (.65)
                            16 ± kg
                            2.5 ± kg
results in enormous  labor savings and substantially
improved labor costs.

You  may think of electrodeposition as  a  process for
applying primers,  but one-coat  finishes  are  now
commonplace, without compromising performance.

Powders  are  commonly  recycled.  Other  spray
technologies  can be  recycled,  if attention is  paid  to
the composition  of the recycled material as compared
with  that of the fresh material.

In the future  you will  see more waterborne coatings,
with  little or no solvent, being electrostatically sprayed
in industries where water products did not traditionally
achieve the performance criteria. Already, high solids
products  have  improved  application  latitude  and
performance  as compared  with  early high  solids
offerings.
The difference between the 16 and  2.5  kg of wet
coating supplied amounts to a reduction of about 80
percent in the  amount  of  solvent  used.  This
represents  a  cost  saving  for  the  paint  user  in
purchase  volume, storage and  inventory costs, and
disposal costs of liquid and solid waste.

Other  methods of applying coatings are even  more
efficient. Electrodeposition  of  coatings onto metal
substrates  improves  the  efficiency  in two  ways.  A
more  uniform  film  results  from this  process (as
compared to spraying), and this reduces paint usage,
while the engineering of coating tank, rinse  recovery
system, and chemistry used allows nearly 100 percent
coating application efficiency.

Roll coating (for flat substrates)  also allows for nearly
100 percent'coating utilization.  Advances in polymer
mechanical  properties   have   allowed  more
manufacturers to change  from  spraying coatings  in
their facility, to the purchase of precoated stock which
is then fabricated and assembled.

Alternative  coatings  technologies   and  improved
transfer efficiency can reduce  solvent  usage  and
minimize waste generation. What may  be less obvious
is that improved product performance  and  application
latitude may make it  possible for you to dramatically
change your  operation. Improved  coil  coatings are
causing the home appliance industry to move from
postpainting to prepainted metal, thereby  eliminating
metal  cleaning, pretreatment and painting operations,
and the associated waste.

The furniture industry  around the world  is moving  to
flatline  finishing and  away from postpainting. This
                                                   50

-------
                                             Chapter 8
       What to do with Hazardous Waste: Regulations, Management, and Disposal

                                        Thomas F. Stanczyk
                                      Recra Environmental, Inc.
                                         Amherst, A/Y 74750
Throughout this  country, industries as  well as
governmental agencies are confronted  with a number
of issues focusing on the  subject of how hazardous
and  contaminated solid waste  should be  properly
managed and controlled. These issues are  receiving
increased attention as regulatory legislation governing
the management  of waste  magnifies in  terms  of
enforcement and performance standards.

As  new regulatory  standards are  promulgated,  the
volumes of  hazardous  waste  could  increase,
magnifying  concerns over capacity, waste acceptance
criteria, and  rising  disposal costs.  The  services
associated  with  waste transportation  and disposal will
continue to  increase in cost through the 1990s.

These  issues dictate that  generators" re-assess  their
existing waste  management  practices  with  the
objective of  instituting policies,  procedures,  and
operating  modifications which  collectively  ensure
optimum chemical control and waste minimization.

This chapter focuses on  source  control strategies
which are effective in reducing waste volumes. Using
categorical waste types,  emphasis  is placed on
reduction strategies that are effective in eliminating
and/or reducing  chemical concentrations  causing
hazards and mobility concerns.

Introduction

In addition  to  the  federally-mandated  treatment
performance and hazard identification criteria, several
state regulatory agencies are placing restrictions and
waste limitations on commercial  TSD operations. The
waste acceptance criteria  associated with treatment,
incineration, and land disposal services are becoming
increasingly more  stringent and restrictive,  placing
additional  burdens on   generators  as  well as
commercial facilities  to  quantify  the degree  of
environmental  concern  by   substantiating  the
properties and content of each wastestream.

Generators  are  finding that the chemistry of a waste
needs  to be well understood  to  ensure  optimum
treatment  performance  as  dictated  by the regulatory
standards  governing waste disposal. In addition, this
understanding aids in the elimination of costly options
and off-spec shipments.

In  an industrial  society that relies on  a multitude  of
complex,  hazardous chemicals,  environmentalists,
scientists,  engineers,  and  lawyers  find  it  is
increasingly  important to understand the chemistry  of
wastes  and their  potential  for environmental
impairment.  The creativity  of many of our nation's
scientists  has  led to the  development  of  literally
hundreds  of thousands of "unnatural"  chemicals
posing variable concerns  relative to  environmental
fate.

About 50,000 chemicals which have been prepared
commercially or have been identified as  potentially
useful chemicals  are  estimated  to appear  on the
Environmental Protection Agency's chemical inventory
list  of compounds.  The exact number of chemical
substances  is  unknown,  but Chemical  Abstracts
Service's  best estimate ranges from 6 to 8  million
substances.  In the United States alone, there are over
5,000 chemical producers and petroleum refiners that
manufacture 50,000  to  70,000 chemicals. Approx-
imately 1,000 new chemicals are introduced into the
market every year. The  complexity  of this vast array
of inorganic and organic matrices raises environmental
issues with  waste  generation.  Waste  elimination,
prevention, and optimum control management each
require a scientific mentality that incorporates a multi-
disciplinary approach to understanding  the  factors
responsible .for waste generation.

Recent and on-going regulatory attention to the issues
and  standards  dictating waste  minimization,  land
disposal  bans,  and  BOAT  performance criteria
magnifies the importance of chemistry and its  role  in
the selection of technologies, process equipment,
chemical controls, and waste management practices.
Operable hazardous  waste management  units  (i.e.,
incineration,  secure landfills, and treatment facilities)
are being  faced  with  stringent  waste  acceptance
criteria encompassing variable degrees of chemical
                                                 51

-------
content verification and  hazard assessment.  Design
performance specifications must account for concerns
centering  around pollutant mobility as defined by the
potential for transport in air  and/or  water environ-
ments.  Proposed  hazardous waste identification cri-
teria employing the analytical procedures involved with
the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP)
places  additional  emphasis on  the  importance  of
understanding mobility concerns within variable waste
matrices.

Industry must  develop  a  better understanding  of
chemical  behavior to  avoid serious  environmental
concerns   resulting  from the  management  of
contaminated waste residues as  well  as  chemical
residues which could  occur  from future process
formulations. This  should take into account process
mechanisms involving chemical  transport,  trans-
formation,  and accumulation  mechanisms  before
wastes  are  generated  and  treated.  Material balances
need to describe  where and at what  concentrations
chemical contaminants are accumulating and affecting
reduction strategies applicable to  recycling or source
implementation. The combined  factors  can be readily
identified using  an audit  approach that emphasizes
chemical and  physical waste  properties  and  their
impact on waste generation and strategic planning.

During  the  last decade, this  country  has seen the
institution of several health,  safety, and environmental
laws  protecting  human health  and the environment
from  an increasing  number of known,  quantifiable
toxic substances. This legislation includes:
    The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
    The  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act
    (:RCRA)
    The Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)
    The  Hazardous  and Solid Waste Amendments
    (HSWA)
    The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA)
    The Clean Air Act (CAA)
    The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
    The Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA)
    The  Federal  Insecticides,  Fungicides,  and
    Rodenticides Act (FIFRA)
In each law, a commonality  exists which addresses
chemical substances, potential routes of mobility, and
hazard assessments  measuring health and potential
environmental risks.  On-going  advances in design
performance standards  have  resulted  in  variable
degrees  of  analytical  sophistication allowing  for
detection  and  confirmation  of complex pollutants
within  various waste  matrices.  Regulatory  per-
formance  standards mitigating  toxicological impacts
have dictated sensitive analyses covering an array of
inorganic and organic pollutants  typically characterized
as priority pollutants.
Priority Pollutants
Waste reduction  audits quantifying feedstock usage
and  material flow must take into account individual
constituents and  their potential for  being found  in
wastes  as priority  pollutants.  Typical  classifications
warranting review are summarized below.
Cyanides
Compounds classified  as  cyanide  compounds,
thiocyanates, and isocyanates are all different in terms
of mobility  and hazard  potential.  Isocyanates  are
hydrolyzed in air to the corresponding  carbamic acid
intermediate. Under  normal conditions, thiocyanates
do  not  dissociate to free  cyanide;  however, under
elevated temperatures and/or  conditions with acids,
decomposition  occurs yielding emissions  of highly
toxic  cyanide  fumes. Cyanide and  ferricyanide  are
soluble  in water with mobility being accelerated in the
presence of alkaline conditions.
Photographic Processing Waste
Wastes classified under this heading generally include
hydroquinone,,  methyl ethyl  ketone,  formaldehyde,
acetic acid, acetone, silver nitrate, silver iodide, silver
bromide,  and  potassium  carbonate.  The organic
constituents range  from  high volatility  (ethanol and
acetone) to low  volatility  (2,4-dinitrophenol).  Waste
types generally  contain  water  soluble  constituents
(i.e.,  chloroform, ether,  acetone,  benzene,  and
alcohol). Other constituents are preferentially miscible
with soluble oils  (acetic  acid,  acetone,  and  methyl
ethyl  ketone). Organic and  inorganic  constituents
associated  with  processing wastes  are  classified as
mildly to highly toxic.


Phthalate Esters

Phthalate  esters  used predominantly in relation to
plastics manufacturing are generally insoluble in water
and  pose minimal  concern  in terms  of  volatility.
Compounds typically found  in this  group  include
diethylphthalate,  benzyl  butyl  phthalate,  di-n-octyl
phthalate, di-n-butyl phthalate, and bis-(2-ethyl hexyl)
phthalate.  The  stated  compounds  are  generally
classified  as  irritants,  with low toxicities  and poor
affinity to photolytic decomposition or hydrolysis.


Volatile Organics
The  non-halogenated  volatile  organics are  soluble in
water to  varying degrees.  Aromaticity will  affect
mobility and adsorption mechanisms. The halogenated
organics are  slightly  soluble  in  water  but they
generally are all very volatile.
                                                  52

-------
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons

Typical compounds  (isopentone,  neopentahe, and
isobutone) vary  in  terms of  properties  influencing
pollutant mobility and stability. Most aliphatics are only
slightly water  soluble.  Compounds  of high  water
solubility are adsorbed to a lesser extent than the less
soluble compounds. Hydrocarbon degradation is likely
to be greater in the oxidized surface layer.

Petroleum Products
Oils categorized as petroleum-based generally contain
straight chain and cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons. Oils
typically used  in industry can  contain low  boiling
aromatic  hydrocarbons  (benzene,  toluene,  ethyl
benzene, xylenes)  and higher  boiling  polycyclic
aromatic  hydrocarbons  (naphthalene,  anthracene,
phenanthrene).  Sulfurized  fats,  polyisobutylene, and
proprietary agents  may be  used in lubricating oils.
Refined  mineral   oil,  ethylene-propylene,  and
chlorinated  paraffin  may be  present  in  cutting oils,
while sodium sulfonate,  sodium rosinate, and sodium
naphenate are used in  soluble  oils. Many of  these
constituents can  pose mobility problems if allowed to
interact  with  other  highly  toxic  and  volatile
constituents.

Correlating  the   presence/absence  of   these
constituents  with feedstock  usage and  process  by-
product generation  becomes  even  more  important
when  it is  necessary  to account for Appendix  IX,
Hazardous Substance  List  (CERCLA),  Appendix  III
(California  List),  and  several state-mandated land
disposal bans accounting for  total organic content. A
cross-reference  of some of the regulations governing
chemical  constituents normally detected  in variable
waste matrices is given in Table 8-1.

Wastestreams shipped off-site for treatment and
disposal are being  evaluated for  the  presence  of
constituents which would restrict acceptance.

Some of the criteria requiring review are:

Physical State:
    Free liquid test  determinations are  dictating the
    need  for volume  reduction  (liquid-solid),  phase
    separation, and  chemical  stabilization effective  in
    pollutant immobilization.

Solubility:
    Iri  addition to  EP  Toxicity and  TCLP, several
    states have  placed  solubility  limitations  on
    common  contaminants  including  metals,   metal
    salts,  inorganic  non-metallics,  reactives,  and
    oxidizers.  Values  exceeding accepted concen-
    trations  require  pollutant removal and/or
    immobilization.
                    •    •     •     •
                    •    •           •
Table  8-1.   Regulatory Standards Addressing Usage
           and Control of Commonly Used Solvents

                 Applicable Regulatory Listing
                                         TCLP
                                          (Part
 Chemical                                  351
Constituents  PP  SARA  HSL  App. Ill  App. IX Prop.)
Acetone            •     •          •
N-Butyl                              •
alcohol
Chloroben-   *
zene
Methyl ethyl
ketone
Methyl
isobutyl
ketone
Methylene    •
Chloride
Perchloro-    •
ethylene
Toluene     •
1,1,1-
Trichloro-    ^
ethane
o,m,p-
Xylenes
                                •     •
  App  Appendix
  PP   Priority Pollutant
  HSL  Hazardous Substance List

Flash Point/Vapor Pressure:
    In addition to restrictions on total organic content,
    several states have restrictions on flash point and
    volatility,  forcing generators to treat wastes in  a
    manner that will suppress  flash  point  or  remove
    constituents of concern.

Total Volatile  Organic Content:
    Federal  and state  land disposal  acceptance
    criteria have limited the total content of volatile
    organics  which  can be  present  in a waste  being
    considered for land disposal.

Total Organic Content:
    Restrictions are in place  which  dictate   total
    allowable quantities of  organic  constituents that
    can be present in a waste categorized as toxic.

There  are several  other  limitations  and  restrictions
addressing mode of handling, special cover, reactivity,
compatibility,  and leachability.

In terms of leachability, the proposed  TCLP procedure
could significantly increase  waste volumes impacting
large volumes of solid  waste that may,  by the nature
of the  generator's current  mode of  handling,  contain
hazardous substances deemed  mobile  under the
proposed tests. Some of the mobility characteristics of
                                                   53

-------
organic constituents identified by  the  TCLP organic
fraction are shown in Table 8-2.

Table 8-2.   Mobility Characteristics of Organic Compounds
                                          Volatility at
                                           Ambient
               Boiling Point Solubility in Water at  Temp, (mm
                  °C       Ambient Temp.	Hg)
Chtorobenzone
Cresds
1,2-Dtchloro-
bonzcno
Ethylacclata
Methyl clhyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl
kolone
Toluene
1,1.1-Trichloro-
elhano
Trichloroethylene
Xylene
Melhytene chlondo
132
192
180
77
80
116
111
75
87
137-144
40
472 ppm
24,000-31,000 ppm
145 ppm
100 ppm
353,000 ppm
200.000 ppm
535 ppm
4,400 ppm
1,000 ppm
183 ppm
16,700 ppm
9.0 (Extrap.)
0.012 (25°)
1.5 (25°)
73.0 (20°)
77.5 (20°)
15.7 (20°)
28.7 (25°)
96.0 (20°)

6.0 (25°)
362.0 (20°)
A  review  of  the proposed  extract  limitations,
referenced in Table 8-3, raises concerns that many of
the wastes commonly containing  these constituents
will fail the test, thus resulting in their re-definition as a
hazardous  waste.

In retrospect, a waste reduction  strategy can utilize a
cause-effect  approach incorporating  existing waste
management  practices  and  wastestream charac-
teristics. By defining pollutants of  concern,  individual
waste types can be prioritized on the basis of volume,
pollutant loadings, and  environmental  impact, taking
into account restrictions on current disposal practices.
This approach will generally result in a re-assessment
of  existing  waste  management  practices  with
emphasis being placed on  source  reduction/treatment
alternatives effective in removing  pollutants.  It  is
applicable  as well to wastewaters, oils, solvents,  air
emissions, and  other  waste types  not  typically
managed by land disposal.  Waste generation profiles
will  allow  for  objective  assessments  of source
reduction, recycling, and treatment. Some of the basic
questions  which  need  to  be addressed with each
waste evaluation are:

•   Is the waste  amenable to  treatment and  land
    disposal in  its existing form? If not, can the waste
    be  modified  in a  manner acceptable to  the
    process as well as the final mode of disposal?

•   Will  the  treatment  process  create a  waste by-
    product more hazardous  and/or  toxic  than  the
    waste originally generated?

•   Can  the  waste  and/or  constituent(s)   be
    segregated  in a  manner that  would  eliminate
    and/or reduce hazard potential and/or toxicity?
•   Can the chemical and/or process resulting in the
    hazardous by-product be replaced or modified in a
    manner eliminating the problem?

Chemical Feedstock Procurement and
Usage
One of the source control strategies warranting review
and implementation deals with the generator's policies
and procedures for chemical feedstock  procurement,
storage, distribution,  and usage.  Some  of industry's
problems  with excess waste generation  occur from:
excess volumes of inventory, off-spec reagents,  poor
controls   over purchasing  and distribution,   no
accountability  of ancillary process  chemical  usage,
and a basic lack of hazard awareness.

One of the objectives of a source control strategy is to
establish  a tracking system  that,  in   addition  to
accounting for inventory, distribution, and usage, will
allow  the  generator  to  correlate the  presence  of
hazardous  substances with feedstock.  The  lack  of
hazard awareness is  generally  one of the major
contributors  to waste generation.  In most cases, the
problems  are  not process by-products  but ancillary
chemicals  (i.e.,  maintenance  chemicals   and/or
pollutant abatement reagents), which contribute to the
hazard characteristics of  a spent residue (liquid  or
solid)  by interaction (gaseous, liquid, or solid).

Material  Safety Data Sheets,  chemical  technical
assays, and  in-house  laboratory  quality  control
samples  all generate chemical  data  indicative  of
hazard potential.  In  addition to  recognizing  special
precautions for handling,  storage,  and disposal, these
data must be assessed for their impact  on waste
generation.  The implication of these data  is often
overlooked.  For example, listed in Table 8-4 are the
properties and hazard identification potential of some
common  chemicals  used  by  maintenance  and/or
process generators.  The  presence of highly  mobile
constituents that are predominately covered on all of
the stated regulatory  lists can contribute to hazardous
waste generation,  especially   since  trade-name
chemicals are rarely assessed for impact on waste
volume.   By  recognizing their  potential  impact,
generators will be able to develop strategies effective
in product substitution and/or segregation. In addition
to eliminating hazards, the  generator will benefit  from
a number  of cost savings.

In terms  of correlating  waste generation with origin
and feedstock usage, it is important to assess material
balances.  A typical  material  balance,  depicted in
Figure 8-1, can be expanded to allow for an evaluation
of the criteria.

In addition to identifying chemical  loadings and causes
of waste  generation, this  assessment  will  provide
strategies  for eliminating  the  cause  by  feedstock
substitution  or process  change  and/or  treating the
                                                   54

-------
Table 8-3. Proposed Toxicity Characteristic Contaminants and Regulatory Levels
Regulatory Level Regulatory Level
HWNO Contaminants (mg/l) HWNO Contaminants (mg/l)
D018 Acrylonitrile 5.0
D004 Arsenic 5.0
D005 Barium 100.0
D019 Benzene 0.07
D020 Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether 0.05
D006 Cadmium 1.0
D021 Carbon disulfide 14.4
D022 Carbon tetrachloride 0.07
D023 Chlordane . .0.03
D024 Chlorobenzene 1.4
D025 Chloroform 0.07
D007 Chromium 5.0
D026 o-Cresol 10.0
D127 m-Cresol 10.0
D028 p-Cresol 10.0
D016 2,4-D 1.4
D029 1 ,2-Dichlorobenzene 4.3
D030 1 ,4-Dichlorobenzene 10.8
D031 1 ,2-Dichloroethane 0.40
D032 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1.0
D033 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 0.13
D0 12 Endrin 0.003
D034 Heptachlor (and its hydroxide) 0.001
D035 Hexachlorobenzene 0.13
D036 Hexachlorabutadiene 0.72
D037 Hexachloraethane 4.3
Table 8-4. Chemical Feedstock Characteristics
Hazardous Potential Regulatory
Feedstock Substance Impact
Kermak 100-W Naphtha RCRA Hazardous
(Spray Lubricant) Waste D001
Heavi-Bodied Paint Methylene CERCLA RQ 1 Ib.
Remover chloride RCRA Hazardous
Waste U080, F002
Cleaner 0954 (Brush Methyl ethyl CERCLA 5,000 Ibs.
Wash) ketone RCRA Hazardous
Waste U 159, D001,
F005
Inhibisol 1,1,1- CERCLA RQ 1 Ib.
Trichloroethane RCRA Hazardous
Waste F002, U226
Oakite 32 (Scale and Hydrochloric CWA & CERCLA RQ
Rust Remover) acid 5,000 Ibs.
RCRA Hazardous
Waste D002
M -50 Solvent 1,1,1- CERCLA RQ 1 Ib.
Trichloroethane RCRA Hazardous
Waste U226, F002
Lubrisil 1,1,1- CERCLA RQ I Ib.
Trichloroethane RCRA Hazardous
Waste U226, F002
D038 Isobutanol 36.0
D008 Lead 5.0
D013 Lindane 0.06
D0 14 Methoxychlor 1.4
D039 Methylene Chloride 8.6
D040 Methyl ethyl ketone 7.2
D041 Nitrobenzene 0.13
D042 Pentachloraphenol 3.6
D043 Phenol 14.4
D044 Pyridine 5.0
D0 10 Selenium 1.0
D011 Silver 5.0
D045 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 10.0
D046 1 , 1 ,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 1 .3
D047 Tetrachloroethylene 0.1
D048 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol 1.5
D049 Toluene 14.4
D015 Toxaphene 0.07
D050 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane 30.0
D051 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 1.2
D052 Trichloroethylene 0.07
D053 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 5.8
D054 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 0.30
D017 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) 0.14
D055 Vinyl Chloride 0.05
> - - .
waste in a manner that will allow for preferential
removal, potential re-use, and/or optimum
immobilization.
Assessing Data for Objective Control
Strategies
This section identifies specific concerns and
strategies for several generic waste types and/or
constituents amenable to minimization by source
control, recycling, and treatment. A summary of
applicable off-site disposal guidelines for various
categorical waste types is shown in Table 8-5. Within
the context of this paper, emphasis is placed on the
reduction strategies for metal-bearing wastewaters,
heavy metal sludges, oils, and solvent-laden residues.
The feasibility of technology usage and cost analyses
is subject to waste matrices and applicable treatment
performance standards.
Metal-Bearing Liquids
There are several mechanisms for isolating metal
   waste matrix.  Precipitation, co-precipitation,  or  co-
55

-------
     Figure 8-1.   Technical approach to reviewing material balances in waste reduction audits.


Input





Output:















Taskl
Chemical Loadings
Physical Properties
Chemical Content,
Volatile Organics,
Metals, Soluble Metals,
Toxic Organics and Inorganics

Physical Properties
Reactivity,
Stability,
Phase Loadings,
Free Liuqid Potential,
Solubility,
Volatility,
Flammability,
Redox Potential
Chemical Properties
Screening Protocol indicative of product quality,
Hazardous Substances,
Priority Pollutants,
Appendix III,
Specific Restricted Parameters identified by
available, current modes of disposal














Task 2
Materials Balance
Input: Synthesis,
Controls Use,
Storage,
Ancillary Chemical Usage and Storage

Output: Production Records
By-Product Releases and Locations
Variations in Releases,
Impacts of Continuous, Intermittent, Batch
Operations
Reaction By-Products
Ancillary Chemical Waste Generation










I











                                                     Task 3
                                                   Mobility Profile
                                        Air:    pathways, releases, quantities
                                        Water:  characteristics, dispersion
                                        Soil:    factors influencing loadings
                                                     Task 4
                                          Strategic Prioritization of Pollutants of
                                        Concern Using Cause-Effect Rating Model
                                              Depicting Origins and Impact
                                                     Task 5
                                           Conceptually Strategize Options for
                                            Pollutant Substitution, Removal,
                                              Degradation and Attenuation
crystallization  are among the  common  approaches to
isolating metal  pollutants  in  aquatic  media.  Typical
reaction mechanisms are depicted in Table 8-6.

Beryllium  and antimony can be  quantitatively  co-
precipitated with a variety of hydroxides depending on
the pH  used.  Sulfides, sulfur,  calcium  silicate,  several
phosphates, sulfates, and several  carbonates are all
documented  for  their  specific application  to  co-
precipitation of  metals  including, but  not  limited  to,
mercury, arsenic, and selenium.

There are several mechanisms whereby organics can
be  applied  as  metal  co-precipitates  providing  the
proper  state of  the metal is  well  understood.  As+3,
Se + 4,  Cr + s,  pb + 2,   Fe + 2,  and  Fe + 3  Can  be
concentrated  by  co-precipitation  using diethyl-
dithiocarbamate. Thionalide has  been  used as a co-
precipitate  for arsenic and  antimony at ppb levels in
highly  elevated salt  environments.  Other  reagents
having documented success and potential applicability
to source  reduction  include  co-precipitations with
quanidates,  thioxinates,  EDTA,  alphamercapto-
benzothiazole, cupferron, and phenylfluorone.
Another strategy having application  to  metal  isolation
and potential recycling is electrodeposition.

Other methods, each having specific application to the
isolation  and concentration  of  metals  include:
evaporation;  freezing;  sorption,  which  includes
absorption, adsorption,  ion-exchange, membrane, and
combinations thereof; solvent extraction; and reverse
osmosis.  Despite  the  many  advantages  of  pre-
concentration  techniques, physical  and  chemical
variables  having  the   potential  for  reducing
performance  efficiency must be considered.  Some
                                                    56

-------
Table 8-5.    Off-site Disposal Guidelines
              Reclamation
                                         Treatment
              Disposal
 Categorical
   Waste
   Types
 Sol-    oils
vents
 Neu-   Oxida-   De-     De-     Phys-   Phys-    Fuel   Incin-
traliza-    tion     wat-    vola-     ical     ical     Sup-    era-
  tion             ering    tiliza-    Stabi-   Blend-    pie-    tion
	tion    lization    ing     ment
Secure   Waste
Landfills   Water
          Treat-
           ment
Deep    Treat-
Wells    ment
         Facil-
          ities
Soluble Oils
Insoluble
Oils
Halogenat-
ed Solvents
Non-
Halogenat-
ed Solvents
Solvent-
Laden
Residue
Oily
Residue
Paint
Residue
Concen-
trated Acids
Alkali
Cleaners
Oxidizers
Aqueous
Neutral
Solutions
Aqueous
Solutions
Contaning
Soluble
Organics
Cyanide
Solutions
Reactive
Solids
Sulfide
Solutions
Contamin-
ated Floor
Sweepings
Solvent-
Laden Rags
Metallic
Sludges
Soaps/De-
tergents
Organic
Tars/
Sludges
Toxic
Organics/
Pesticides
                                                               57

-------
           Table 8-6.   Precipitation reactions.
Cd+2
Cr*3
Co+2
Cll + 2
Ba*2
Ba*2
Pb+2
Pb*2
Mn*2
Mn*2
Hg*2
Ni*2
Zn*2
+ 2OH'
+ 3OH-
+ 2OH'
+• 2OH"
•f CO3-2
•(• S04-"
+ C03-3
+ 2OH'
+ C03-2
•»• 2OH'
+ SO4-2
+ 2OIT
+ 2OH'
-> Cd(OH)2
-> Cr(OH)3
-> Co(OH)2
->• Cu(OH)2
-»• BaCO3
-* BaSO4
-^ PbCO3
-> Pb(OH)2
-* MnCO3
-» Mn(OH)2
-^ HgS04
-* Ni(OH)2
^ Zn(OH)2
i,
1,
1,
i.
i,
i,
1.
i.
i,
i,
i,
1,
1,
Ksp -
Ksp =
Ksp =
KSP =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
Ksp =
2.8
7
2
2.2
1.6
1
1.5
4
8.8
1.6
6.8
2
7
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10-14
10-31
10-16
10-20
10-9
10-1°
10-13
10-15
10-11
10-13
10-7
10-18
10-18
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25 °C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
@ 25°C
           Ksp -   Solubility product value
examples  of the stated metal removal strategies are
summarized as follows:

•   Evaporation of wastewaters to recover metals of
    specific reuse value (e.g., mercury).

•   Evaporation  with  reduction  to  remove metal
    halides and oxyhalides of selenium and tellurium.

•   Activated  carbon,  oxidized with nitric  acid,  has
    been  used to extract divalent  nickel,  cadmium,
    cobalt, zinc, manganese, and mercury,  from
    wastewaters including brine solutions.

•   Zeolite extraction  of copper,  nickel, zinc,  and
    cobalt.

•   Starch xanthate as an insoluble material was used
    to extract metals without pH dependency.

•   Several  natural  materials (e.g.,  peat  moss);
    protein-containing  species (wool,  hair,  feathers);
    peanut skins; walnut meal; and various woods,
    including  cellulosic materials, have extracted
    metals from aqueous media.

•   Shredded  tires,  including carbon  black,  were
    documented as additives to remove mercury from
    aqueous solutions.

•   Chelating polymer resins are employed to remove
    trace metals.

•   Cation exchange  resins  have been used  to
    separate many transition  metals such as Fe(lll),
    Cu(ll), Zn(ll), Ni(ll), Ag(l), Mn(il), etc.

•   Chelate-type complexes  have  been documented
    with oximes,  hydroxyquinolines, nitrosophenols,
    naphthols, dithiocarbamates, xanthates,  and high
    molecular weight amines.

Some of  the  summarized  waste  management
strategies having application to industrial wastewaters
including  those  containing  metals  as  prime
contaminants are illustrated in Figure 8-2.


Heavy Metal Sludges
Chemical  precipitation of  wastewaters  containing
soluble and/or suspended concentrations of metallics
and  salts (sulfate, phosphate, fluoride)  will  generally
produce  insoluble by-products requiring  liquid-solid
phase separation. The separation technologies may
involve  one of many  commercially  available
dewatering units  including units  having  application to
thermal drying.

The  resulting solid by-products are generally referred
to as  sludge. The  physical properties (e.g.,  solid
content, free liquid potential) and chemical content of
these sludges can vary significantly as summarized in
Table 8-7.  The  concentrations  of hazardous
constituents  in the  sludge  matrix will  generally  be
dictated   by chemical  usage and  the  type  of
operation(s).  However, these are not the only factors
influencing waste properties and the  requirements  for
additional  sludge treatment. Plant  practices  generally
governing  source control  (i.e.,  material  usage,
transfer,  segregation,  packaging, and/or storage) can
play  an  important  role  in  any treatment strategy
encompassing sludge  reduction,  purification,  and/or
immobilization. Many of the wastewaters contributing
to the sludge matrix have the potential for  containing
variable concentrations of soluble organics.  These
                                                  58

-------
Figure 8-2.   Waste management strategies having application to wastewaters.
     Wastewaters
      Containing
                                                                     Preferential
                                                                      Pollutant
                                                                    Removal and
                                                                       Reuse
                        s-TOC
—
—
	
	
—

—
• 	
	

—
	
Air Stripping
Steam Stripping
Precipitation
Hydrolysis
Oxidation
UV
Adsorption
Absorption
Biological
Oxidation
Thermal
Distillation
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
	 1
                 Preferential
               Pollutant Removal
               for Detoxification
               and/or Potential
                   Reuse.
organics can originate from residual  oil  and grease,
cleaning solutions, metal finishing operations,  and
chemical detergents. These organics can be mobile in
aqueous  media  as  well  as  attenuated  and
concentrated  in  the sludge  matrix.  The  resulting
properties  could  pose problems  relative to optimum
treatment  performance,  sludge  stabilization,  and
disposal costs. As such, optional strategies should
focus either on liquid/solid phase separation strategies
and/or immobilization technologies. An overall strategy
is summarized in  Figure 8-3.  Some of the  operating
considerations  impacting  selection and  performance
are summarized below.


Liquid-Solid Phase Separation
As previously noted, the total solids content as well as
the chemical  loadings  of heavy  metal  sludges  can
vary  significantly.  The  organic  content  will  typically
represent the volatile  fraction, but the  presence of
higher  molecular  weight  aliphatic   and  aromatic
organics  cannot  be  discounted.  For  example,
phenolics can be found in many sludges as a result of
their use as a biocide in many soluble oils which are
partially absorbed during the  chemical precipitation
process.                         '             •

Liquid-solid  phase separation  strategies can focus
primarily  on optimum  volume  reduction,  but this
approach  may not ensure  optimum  immobilization  of
the pollutants.  Ideally,  soluble  organics should  be
removed  before  the  chemical  precipitation phase;
however,  if this  approach  is  not feasible,  reduction
strategies should be  assessed^ in terms  of  reducing
volume as well as hazards  potentially characteristic  of
the constituents comprising the sludge.  In this regard,
emphasis should  be placed on technical options which
are effective in  optimizing, the  removal of entrained
liquids,  whereas liquids can be defined  in this context
as water as well as volatile solvents.

Moisture removal  by  mechanical  means  (e.g.,
vacuum,  centrifugal,  and/or  pressure  dewatering
systems)  can prove  effective in reducing  volume;
however,  the entrained  organic  content  is  generally
concentrated,  jn  some  cases,  dewatering  can
increase pollutant concentrations to an extent where
                                                   59

-------
       Table 8-7.    Typical Properties and Content
                  of Metal Hydroxide Sludges
Constituent/Characteristic
Cadmium
Hexavalent chromium
Nickel
Cyanide (complexed)
Copper
Zinc
Aluminum
Arsenic
Barium
Mercury
Silver
Lead
Selenium
Tin
Chromium (total)
Titanium
Iron
Phenol
Volatile organics
Fluoride
Ammonia
Water
Phosphates
Detergents
Alkalinity
T.O.C.
Sulfide
Specific gravity
DH
Cone. Range (%)
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
0-50
1.0-1.5
5-14 units
the resulting sludge properties are  more  hazardous
than the waste originally generated.

Unlike moisture removal by  mechanical means, the
option of thermal drying relies on heat to evaporate
moisture and other  volatile  liquids producing as a by-
product a dry, granular solid. Upstream  processing
can create chemical and physical  variations in particle
size,  level  of impurities, and capillary size,   each
variable having distinct  effects  on  the residual by-
products and drying performance. A number of new
innovations in drying are making this option attractive
and optimum in terms  of preventing  fouling, reducing
residence time,  and  off-setting  energy  costs  by
increases in disposal costs. The technology can  have
wide applications  yielding a number of benefits if the
chemistry of the sludge and the factors influencing the
mobility of water  and/or  volatile constituents are well
understood.  Consider the following benefits achievable
with drying:
    Filter cakes can be reduced an additional 60 to 80
    percent by volume  optimizing reduction  of waste
    volume.

    The dried residues will display physical properties
    amenable to direct disposal via landfill.

    Purification techniques requiring metal reclamation
    and  reuse can  be  made  feasible, minimizing
    requirements for treatment.

    The  dried residues  can  be treated  in a manner
    that  will  remove  volatile  organic constituents  to
    levels  that will  meet  EPA's  land  disposal
    standards including  the TCLP  performance
    standards.

    The metal constituents found in the sludges are
    effectively immobilized and amenable to  potential
    delisting of hazardous characteristics.

    Disposal  costs can be significantly reduced by as
    much as  60 to 70 percent.

    Pay-out  analysis  shows capital  investment
    recovery  within relatively short periods of time.

    The risks associated with large volumes  of waste
    being shipped off-site will be significantly reduced.

    Off-spec  charges and  the  potential need  for
    solidification  are eliminated.
Stabilization/Solidification
In  light  of  the  stated  regulatory   trends,
stabilization/solidification (S/S) technologies have been
applied with  inorganic  and,  to  a limited  degree,
organic wastes with the primary goal of ensuring the
safe,  ultimate disposal  of  hazardous  waste through
landfilling or other applicable alternatives. The primary
goals of S/S, irrespective of methodology, are:

•   To improve  the  handling,  load bearing capacity,
    and physical characteristics of the waste.

•   To  decrease  the surface  area  across  which
    transfer or loss of contained pollutants can occur.

•   To limit the solubility of any pollutants contained in
    the waste.

•   To detoxify and/or remove pollutants of concern.

S/S  technologies utilizing cementitious/pozzolanic
reagent(s)  have  been  successful  in  attaining the
stated goals  for  wastes  categorized  primarily  as
inorganic.  S/S  technologies   have   reportedly
demonstrated limited success  in  preventing the
dissolution  of  organic  constituents  into  the
environment. This is  not to say that an organic waste
cannot be  physically  solidified; it  simply  implies that
conventional  S/S applications  have  had  limited
success  in  actually  stabilizing an  organic;  whereby
stabilization may be  defined as a  process of fully or
partially  bonding organic  waste  by  addition  of  a
                                                   60

-------
Figure 8-3.  Waste management strategies applicable to metal hydroxide sludges.
                                           Consolidate Sludge on the
                                               Basis of Hazard
                                                Characteristics
                                              Optimize Liquid-Solid
                                               Phase Separation
                Conventional
                Application
                •  lime
                •  kiln dust
                •  cement
                •  alkali/pozzolanic
                  Cement/Polymeric
                    Application
                                                                                  20-50%
                                                                                  Reduction
                                                                             Thermal Drying
                                                                             •  Continuous
                                                                             •  Semi-Continuous
—I     Encapsulation
                                                     60-80%
                                                     Reduction
                                                                Extraction for
                                                               Metals Recovery
                                            Consolidate sludge on the
                                                Basis of Hazard
                                                Characteristics
                                                   Thermal
                                                 Degradation
                                                                                 Pelletize/
                                                                                Densification
                                                                                 Chemically
                                                                                  Stabilize
                                                                                 and Delist
                                                                       Purification/
                                                                         Reuse
                                                 Detoxification
supporting medium,  a  binder,  or,  if  necessary,  a
modifier.  In  the  context  of the  stated  goafs,  a
stabilization process will involve a chemical interaction
between  the  waste  and  a  binding  agent.  Few
incentives' for the  development  of  stabilization
techniques for  organic waste have been available until
recently promulgated regulatory trends have  made it
economically attractive  to  optimize  the performance
and applicability  of  stabilization  technologies  for
organic waste.

With  respect  to  organic  waste,  literature  provides
limited  references to  the  potential mechanisms of
bonding or of  interferences to  bonding  in stabilized
waste.  The following mechanisms are generally cited
and utilized:
                                            •   macroencapsulation;

                                            •   microencapsulation;

                                            •   adsorption; and

                                            •   physical/chemical fixation.

                                            With organics, the  stated  mechanisms may  involve
                                            one or more of the following bonding mechanisms:

                                            •   Physical  entrapment  within  an  impermeable
                                                coating  which is indefinitely stable under physical
                                                and chemical conditions. This mechanism, which
                                                is  strictly  questionable,  would  appear to  have
                                                limited  applicability  in  attaining EPA's  proposed
                                                performance standards.
                                                     61

-------
•  Physical  entrapment in which  the waste  is
    heterogeneously,  but fairly,  dispersed within a
    solid matrix. The concepts of microencapsulation,
    which generally entails  blending of incompatible
    chemicals, warrant additional  evaluation in light of
    recent developments involving  cement/polymer
    techniques.

•  Chemical fixation  which, unlike  microencap-
    sulation,  will rely  on chemical interaction  varying
    from the relatively weak London  dispersion forces
    of two non-polar materials to very strong chemical
    bonds.

•  Fixation  which  involves  dispersing  a waste in a
    porous  solid   matrix  and  relies  on physical
    adsorption (London  dispersion or Van der Waals
    forces) or  chemisorbtion  (formation of chemical
    bonds).

•  Colloidal  dispersion of a  waste  in  a  solid. This
    combination of microencapsulation  and chemical
    fixation techniques warrants additional evaluation
    in terms of defining  the mode of bonding and the
    factors influencing intermolecular interactions  or
    chemical bonds.

•  Polymerization and  waste interaction  allowing  for
    the  generation of solid hydrophobic  material. This
    concept would  appear applicable to the inclusion
    of unreactive  waste  materials.   Expanding  this
    concept in line with  conventional S/S concepts
    warrants further development.

With  each  stabilization  strategy,  a major  factor
influencing performance is the chemical content of the
waste. One of the problems generally encountered  in
developing a stabilization process centers around the
complexity and  variability of  constituents and their
respective properties  under  the  conditions of each
treatment scenario. As an example, petroleum  refining
products contain numerous and  varied  intermediate
and finished products, including but not limited to oil,
benzene,  butadiene, coke,  kerosene, paraffin  wax,
and  phenol.  Once the  waste properties  have  been
identified, individual mechanisms can be developed  in
a manner that will produce a  stabilized  product
displaying properties meeting EPA's  performance
standards for land disposal.

Additional information  which must be surmised from
waste characterizations will  include  data quantifying
hazard  potential. In this  regard, evaluated strategies
should quantify issues pertinent to waste stability, free
liquid  generation, gaseous emissions,  material
handling,  reactivity, toxicity, ignitability, chemical
compatibility, the need  for liquid-solid  and/or  liquid-
liquid phase  separation,  and  the need for chemical
pre-treatment.

With the presence of organics in a sludge matrix, the
majority of the constituents of concern  are generally
volatile in nature.  As such, developmental activities
need to account  for factors  which could  inhibit the
application of conventional S/S technologies, such as:

•  material handling requirements;

•  reagent selection and dosage;

•  mode of reagent application;

•  potential for chemical waste interaction;

•  pretreatment of waste  lending  itself to pollutant
    removal and/or detoxification; and

•  verification of  product specifications and  bonding
    mechanisms.

For the purpose of a comparative analysis, the results
attained  after dewatering,  solidifying,  and drying  a
control  residue  containing  a high  concentration of
volatile organics and  water were  identified in terms of
changes  in  total  solids  and  residual  volatiles.  The
results are schematically illustrated in Figures  8-4 and
8-5.


Solvent-Laden Residues

Solvents  comprised  of  alcohols,  amines, ketones,
esters,  and  other  aliphatic/aromatic  hydrocarbons
have  a   number  of principal  end-use  markets
encompassing  paints, coatings,  inks,  process  use,
metal  cleaning,  dry  cleaning,  and adhesives.
Applications  generally  include  aerosol propellants,
carriers for  coatings, disinfecting  agents,  reaction
medium,  chemical  intermediates,  and  dissolved
mediums  for  cleaning.  The wastes generated  from
these applications include contaminated inerts  (rags,
filters); residues from the  manufacture of  paints  and
inks; spent  solvents   from dry  cleaning,  parts
degreasing, and  electronic manufacturing;  semisolid
recovery/distillate  residues: wastewaters  containing
soluble solvents; unused inventory; and contaminated
soils. An overall control  strategy for solvent wastes is
depicted in Figure 8-6.  Waste management practices
applicable to solvent-laden  residues are summarized
in Figure 8-7.

Distillation, whether  it  involves  fractional  or  batch
processing,  has  found  wide  application  for  the
recovery  of solvents.   Many of  the  byproducts,
characterized as bottoms or still residues, still display
hazardous characteristics reflecting the presence of
residual  concentrations  of solvents.  The  solvent
fractions typically  found in these residues can vary
significantly,  raising issue  with   environmental  con-
cerns  dealing  with  waste  compatibility,  mobility,
ignitability, and toxicity. Many of the commonly utilized
solvents characteristically display relatively high water
solubilities causing  concern  over  their effects on
TCLP results. The properties of these residues are
restricting  land  disposal and   dictating  thermal
destruction.  As  an  alternative  to  incineration,  the
                                                   62

-------
Figure 8-4.    Percent total solids as function of treatment.
       Drying
       Solidification
       Dewatering
       Control
                                       20
                                                         40
                                                                            60
                                                                                               80
                                                                                                              100
 Figure 8-5.   Residual volatile organics as function of treatment.
       Control
       Air Stripping
        Steam
        Stripping
        Dewatering
        Drying
        Solidification
                                      20               40                60

                                                 Volatiles (Weight Basis)
                                                                                            80
100
                                                         63

-------
Figure 8-6.   An overall strategy applicable to the control
            management of solvent-laden residues.
         Source control
      Control purchasing
      Hazard awareness
       training
      Tracking chemical
       distribution and
       usage
      General housekeeping
      Assess potential for
       chemicai substitution
      Accountability
      Segregate feedstock
       on the basis of
       compatibility
          Treatment
      Blend for off-site
       purification/reuse
      Segregate and blend
       for off-site fuels
      Segregate and blend
       for off-site
       detoxification
      Blend for treatment
       and volume
       reduction
      Safe disposal
     Recycling
Return unused
 chemicals to
 vendors
Assess need on waste
 exchange
Assess potential reuse
 applications at other
 plants
Segregate for off-site
 product reclamation
Segregate for reuse
 as fuel supplement
whereas others require that the physical properties be
modified to  allow  for  direct application.  Equipment
evaluation  criteria  will take  into  account  moisture
content, bulk density,  particle  size, pH, boiling point,
temperature, abrasiveness,  explosive  limits,  and
sensitivity  to heat.  Among the  units  available  for
treatment are the:

•   Blaw-Knox Vacuum Drum Dryer;

•   Luwa Thin Film Drying and FILMTRUDER Polymer
    Processing Systems;

•   Nara Paddle Dryer/Processor;

•   HoloFlite Processor; and

•   VRS System.

There are a  number of other systems available, each
dictating evaluation  in terms  of  optimum treatment
performance.

In  terms of removing  all residual  solvents  and
eliminating  the  hazard  characteristics,  drying  can
prove feasible; however, each application is subject to
verification.  Some of the strategies applicable  to the
solid by-products of drying  are summarized  in  Figure
8-9.
mobility concerns  can be eliminated by preferentially
removing solvents  that are found in the bottoms matrix
as  mechanically and  chemically  bound  liquid.  One
option for  removing these  liquids deals  with recent
innovations in drying with and without  agitation.
Innovations with indirect treating sources, i.e., thin-film
dryers,  have  made this- option  feasible  for
devolatilizing very viscous residues including  polymers
and adhesives. In the context of a master strategy for
solvent-laden residues, drying does compare  favorably
with  alternative  thermal  destruction  techniques
especially if the treated byproducts can be reclaimed.
A typical strategy is referenced  in Rgure 8-8.

With  drying, it is  important to remember  that  heat
transfer varies with each phase of drying. In retrospect
of  the  objective  requiring  optimum  reduction  and
solvent removal, the "system must compensate for the
operating  conditions typically  experienced  after  the
critical moisture point (i.e.,  the  point  in the drying
cycle where the drying rate  drops and the liquids
which  wetted  the  solids disappear). The falling rate
can be controlled  by  the  physical  properties of the
entrained  liquid and  solids, capillary  size,   glazing,
pressure  gradients between  trapped liquids,  and
vapors. Agitation can enhance  treatment performance
by rapidly bringing  particles into contact with the heat
transfer surface.

There are a number of commercially available dryers
having application to hazardous waste residues. Some
of the units are capable  of treating wastes  directly,
                      Packaged Laboratory Chemicals

                      A number  of  waste  categories  representing  small
                      quantity hazardous wastes can  be  very  costly  to
                      package, control,  and dispose of. This  category  of
                      waste,  often  referred  to as  packaged  laboratory
                      chemicals,  is  also  being scrutinized  in  terms  of
                      verifying  contents   and  conformance  with the
                      acceptance criteria of a commercial TSD facility. The
                      costs  for disposal can be significantly  reduced  by
                      instituting a control  management program  that will
                      allow constituents  to  be segregated on the basis  of
                      their  properties,  composition,  and  hazard.  Control
                      management strategies  are summarized in Figure  8-
                      10.

                      Within this category are problems  generally associated
                      with the disposal  of  small containers  of solvent.  A
                      typical  control   management   strategy  having
                      application to these wastes is referenced in Figure  8-
                      11.
                      Waste O//s and Oily Residues

                      Waste oils, for the most part, can be categorized  as
                      soluble and insoluble.  The  degree  of contamination
                      and their potential hazards  generally will be dictated
                      by usage  and   control  management practices.
                      Common contaminants may vary within  one or more
                      of the following chemical categories:  metafiles, volatile
                      halogenated  and  non-halogenated organics,
                                                    64

-------
Figure 8-7.  Waste management practices applicable to solvent-laden residue.
                      Characterize
                     Residue on the
                    Basis of Content,
                   Matrix and Mobility
          Reclamation   N
            Reuse     J
                  ~L
 Halogenated Aromatics
 Non-Halogenated
     Aromatics
 Halogenated Aliphatics
 Non-Halogenated
     Aliphatics
 Semi-Volatile
     Halogenated
     Non-Halogenated
 Combined Mixtures
Solid
Content
Ash
Flash Point
BTU/lb
Layering
Viscosity
Reactivity
                                                              Treatment to
                                                                Enhance
                                                                Recovery
                                          Elimiric-i Concerns
                                          Relating , Volatility
semivolatile  organics,  toxic organics, and  inorganic
salts.

Strategies typically will  focus on phase separation with
the objective of purifying the oils for fuel supplements,
re-use, and/or alternative  industrial application. Some
of the applicable strategies are summarized in Figure
8-12.
Summary

This paper provided  a number  of strategies and
justification  for managing  and controlling hazardous
and contaminated solid waste. The trends in disposal
costs,  available TSD services,  and  regulatory
legislation  are  providing  the  impetus  to re-assess
existing practices, to minimize waste generation, and,
wherever feasible, to eliminate hazard potential.

To  ensure  compliance  with   new  treatment
performance standards, the chemical composition and
properties of a waste need to be well understood. The
chemistry of  hazardous  waste is becoming  a very
sophisticated science dealing  with the  structure,
composition,  and  properties  influencing  the
transformation,  mobility,  and  toxicity  of  chemical
constituents within a multimedia environment.

Control management  must  focus  on the  source as
well  as the "end  of the  pipe."  In-plant policies and
procedures should complement treatment in a manner
that  yields  a control  strategy that enhances the
potential for waste reclamation and reduction.

The  cost/benefits associated  with any one  of the
described source control strategies can  be  easily
recognized.  Disposal costs for services  involving land
disposal could conceivably triple  over current prices
by the mid-1990s. To sustain current price schedules
for residues dictating land disposal through  the 1990s,
generators will need to achieve a 60 to 70  percent
reduction in waste volumes typically generated at "the
end  of pipe."
                                                    65

-------
  Figure 8-8.   Waste management strategies for solvent-laden residue.
f Waste So.vent ~) 	 > I vSKSro
^ Uquids/Semi-Solids J 	 ^ Recove^euse

L incmerati
•* >•

	 ^ still Residue —


1 Viscous Sludges ] 	
\ -*•

^ A. " uryiny

Content 0.5-30% '
J| Pretreatment 1

-J

^ (_ Treatment J
^ Water J)
	 . Solvent
* Reuse/Disposal
v ^
r
, 	 ,
[ Solid ]
1 Soil/Debris I 1 Reuse/Disposal 1
Figure 8-9.   Strategies applicable to solid by-products of drying operations.
        Sludges
        Viscous Paints,
        Adhesive
        Inks
nissions /
Soils ^
tydroxide

s,
oatings,
Debris i

^


A






\ nt
k * u>

^
Cv



vinn 	 h DfV Solids



Vastewater^

                                                                       Recovery/Reuse Options
                                                                       •   Extract, Metals
                                                                       •   Pigment Reuse
                                                                       •   Resin Recovery
                                                                       •   Aggregate Reuse
                                                                       •   Feedstock Reuse
                     Optional Pretreatment
Disposal Options
    Direct Landfill
    Pelletize, Encapsulate and
    Landfill
    Extract,  Burn as Solid Fuel
    Pelletize, Burn as Solid
    Fuel
    Direct Incineration
    Aggregate, Stabilize
                                                              66

-------
                               Figure 8-10.  Control management strategies for packaged
                                            laboratory chemicals.
                                Combine compatible liquids
                                                         Where feasible blend in 55-gallon
                                                                    containers
                                 Segregate chemicals on the
                                  basis of chemical content
                                     and hazard potential
                                          Corrosives
                                           Oxidizers
                                       Flammable solids
                                      Reactive substances
                                        Organic solids
                                                    Packaging guidelines
                                  Remove and bulk consolidated liquids where feasible
                                  Minimize void space in bottles containing chemicals
                                  Optimize placement of containers in each drum
                                  Establish satellite segregation and consolidate at the source
Figure 8-11.  Control management strategies for containers of waste solvent.
                                     Segregate containers on the basis of properties, chemical
                                                   content and compatibility
                                                            1
                            Liquids

    Segregate halogenated and nonhalogenated liquid solvent
    Optional removal of immiscible water layers and/or
       suspended solids
    Blend compatible mixtures of solvent in 55-gallon containers
       and/or tanks
    Resulting blends shipped off-site for
       - Reclamation
       - Synthetic Fuel
       - Treatment
                   Semi-Solids/Solids

Segregate halogenated and nonhalogenated residue
Optional removal of free liquid
Sub-segregate categories on  the basis of flash point,
   chemical content and toxicity
Blend compatible residues
Resulting blends and/or individual containers:
   - Off-site reclamation
   - Off-site incineration
   - Off-site treatment
     followed by stabilization
                                                             67

-------
 Figure 8-12. Management strategies applicable to residues categorized as waste oils and oily residues.
            Chemical Properties

                Metallics
                Volatile Organics
                Semi-Volatiles
                Toxic Organics
                Salts
                          Characterize Residues
                                 _£
                                                 Segregate on the Basis of
                                                 Physical/Chemical Properties

                                                     Soluble Oils
                                                     Emulsified Oils
                                                     Insoluble Oils
                                                     Oily Sludges
                                                     PCB-Contaminated Oils
                            Liquid/Solid Phase
                              Separation
        Decantation
      J  C
          Filtration
                   Membrane
                   Treatment
                                                Distillation
             Devolitalization   J
                     Stabilization
                                     Biodegradation  _J
            Extraction
                                               Fuel Blending
     Extraction
jr
Distillation
 j   f Absorption   j   f  Chemical  |    [
'   v	>   (Treatment  J    ^
                                                                     Halogenation



1
1
r
 Thermal
Treatment
                      (f    Purification  ^)
                                                                         (^    Detoxify   ^)
         Fuel
        Blending
              Reclamation/
                Reuse
                  I         [    Recycle    ]
References

1.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  40 CFR Part
    268, Appendix  III  List of  Halogenated  Organic
    Compounds Regulated Under Section 268.32.
2.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  40 CFR Part
    264, Appendix IX Groundwater Monitoring List.
3.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  40 CFR Part
    372  SARA, Toxic  Chemical  Release Reporting,
    Community Right-to-Know.
                                          4.   Environmental Protection Agency, 40 CFR Volume
                                              51, No.  114, Part 261.24, June 13, 1986 Proposal
                                              TCLB.

                                          5.   Stanczyk, Thomas F.  "Reduction Strategies for
                                              Solvent-Laden Residues, Heavy  Metal  Hydrozide
                                              Sludges."  1987  Technical  Strategies  for
                                              Hazardous  Waste  Production   and   Control,
                                              Government Institutes.
                                                     68

-------
                                             Chapter 9
                       Waste Reduction for Chlorinated Solvents Users

                                        E. Richard Randolph
                                         Dow Chemical, USA
                                           Midland, Ml 48674
Numerous examples have shown that waste reduction
programs result in a cleaner environment, less worker
exposure to chemicals, and significant savings in fuel,
feedstock, and environmental control costs.

To  illustrate some principles of waste management,
internal and external efforts to  reduce waste from the
use  of  specialty chlorinated  solvents  (including  a
description of  in-house recycling),  factors influencing
solvent  consumption,  and issues  in  solvent waste
disposal are described.

Waste Reduction: Background

Dow has practiced waste reduction since the 1960s
when  Chief  Executive  Officer  Carl  Gerstacker
developed  a pollution control  plan  that called for
employee involvement and rewards for achievement.
He  sought to improve yields, reduce waste, and find
ways to use waste. Waste disposal  was a  last resort.

Significant  dates in   the  regulatory and legislative
history of waste reduction include:  1976,  when the
Environmental  Protection Agency  listed  waste
reduction at the top of a preferred hierarchy for waste
management; and  1984,  when  Congress defined the
desirability of waste reduction as a national policy.

In  1987,  the internal  efforts  that  grew  from
Gerstacker's plan  were  grouped  under a  program
called WRAP - Waste Reduction Always Pays.

The importance of a plan such as  WRAP is that it is
long-term,  and formalizes  past, present, and future
waste reduction  efforts to track progress and  chart a
course (see Figure 9-1). Goals are to:

•   Reduce waste in all media.
•   Create a disposition toward waste reduction.
•   Provide incentives to  reduce waste.
•   Recognize excellence in waste  reduction efforts.
•   Save money (including avoided costs).
•   Lessen future liability.
 Figure 9-1.   WRAP flow chart.
        Develop historical benchmark for each process
    Inventory all losses to air, water, land (quantity and quality)
                 Identify source of losses
           Prioritize (volume and screening method)
              Determine cost effective actions
                   Allocate resources
                   Implement actions
            Document and report progress routinely
             Communicate internal and external
                 Plan for future reduction
Waste reduction can be defined as:

•   Any  in-plant practice  or process that  avoids,
    eliminates,  or reduces  waste so  as  to  reduce
    environmental risk to any media.

•   The treatment, reuse, or recycling of any material
    that reduces the volume and/or  toxicity of waste
    prior to final disposition.
                                                   69

-------
The  Louisiana  Operations  Division - a  large,
diversified, manufacturing division - provides excellent
examples of success in waste  reduction.  In the past
decade,  hydrocarbon  emissions dropped  by 92
percent  and chlorinated hydrocarbon  discharges  to
water dropped by  98 percent,  while  production
increased from about 8 billion to 12 billion Ib/yr.

The division utilized techniques  such  as improving the
purity  of raw  materials, improving  instrumentation,
using on-stream analyzers, using  process  analysis by
statistical methods, and improving maintenance.

Trends in  Chlorinated Solvents Use

Specialty chlorinated  solvents  include  1,1,1-
trichloroethane, trichloroethylene,  methylene chloride,
and perchloroethylene.  The  diverse applications for
these products include metal cleaning (by means of
cold cleaning and  vapor  degreasing),  dry  cleaning,
chemical processing, and production  of fluorocarbons,
aerosols,  paint removers,  adhesives,  coatings/inks,
and blowing agents.

The demand for metal-cleaning solvents far outweighs
the demand  for  chlorinated  solvents  for any other
application (see Figure 9-2). It is more  than twice the
demand for dry cleaning solvents and three times the
demand  for  fluorocarfaon  production  solvents. Dry
cleaning and fluorocarbon  production are the second
and third  largest applications  for chlorinated  solvents,
respectively.

Metal-cleaning  solvents represented  38.2  percent  of
the total demand for chlorinated solvents in 1984, and
34.6 percent of the total in  1987. Although demand for
metal-cleaning  solvents dropped  139  million  Ibs  in
those three years - a decline disproportionate to the
194-million-lb drop in total  demand - metal cleaning
still is the most significant application  for these four
chlorinated solvents in the United States.

Conservation and efforts to encourage more efficient
use of solvents have contributed to both the decline in
demand  for  all virgin  chlorinated solvents  and the
decline in use of virgin chlorinated solvents for metal-
cleaning applications.

Recycling Through Contract Reclamation

Many chlorinated  solvents  users hire companies with
the technology to  reclaim  solvents  from  waste
sludges.  The  growth of  contract  reclamation  is
illustrated in Table 9-1.

When recycled solvents enter  the marketplace, the
demand  for  virgin  solvents drops  correspondingly.
Recycled  solvents come primarily  from  metal-cleaning
applications.
      Table 9-1.    Contract Reclamation
                               % of all solvents
             Pounds reclaimed (in    users buying
       Year       millions)       reclaimed solvents
1977
1982
1986
1990
69
147
268
310 (estimate)
20-25

75-80

As   shown  in  Figure  9-3,  the  demand  for virgin
chlorinated solvents  was sluggish  between 1971  and
1980  and has fallen  since  1980.  That  decline
corresponds  almost  directly  to the  increase  in total
pounds of reclaimed solvents on  the  market since
1980.

Some of  the characteristics of contract reclamation
are that it:

•   Can provide analysis.

•   Can provide partially or fully restabilized recycled
    solvent.

•   Is an environmentally secure process.

•   Allows for disposal to fuel blending.

Recycling  Through In-House Reclamation

While the contract reclamation industry  was growing,
chlorinated solvents  users  also were finding ways to
recover solvents in-house.  In 1983, 52 percent of the
customers that  Dow knew  were  using chlorinated
solvents, were recovering  in-house. That figure was
up to 64 percent in 1987.

The use  of  in-house stills to recover solvent and
concentrate waste typically  results in  up  to a  20
percent reduction  in solvent use. In-house solvent
recovery is tantamount to source reduction because it
eliminates a need for virgin  material.

Some  of the  characteristics  of in-house reclamation
are that:

•   Solvent usually is not cross-contaminated.

•   Recycled  solvent can  be blended with  virgin
    solvent for reuse.

•   Solvent must be analyzed for stabilizer strength.

•   Waste  sludges  go  to  a disposal contractor  or
    reclaimer.

Distillation  recovery equipment  falls into  three
categories: process  stills,  in-house solvent  recovery
equipment, and thin-film  evaporators. In addition, the
vapor  degreaser can be  used  as  a quasi-still  by
means of the  boil-down procedure (see Appendix A).

Process  stills are  used in conjunction with  vapor
degreasers.  Dirty  solvent from  the  sump  of  the
                                                  70

-------
 Figure 9-2.   Applications/end uses for specialty chlorinated solvents.
     1984 Volume
     (MM Ibs.)
     800
     700
     600
     500
     400
      300
      200
      100
                     754
                                 344
                                            208
                                                       186
                                                                                          203
                                                                               137
                    Metal        Dry-        Fluoro-
                   Cleaning      cleaning      carbons
                                          Produc-
                                            tion
Aerosols
 Chemical
Processing
 Industry
  Paint
Removers
Other
degreaser is pumped to the still for distillation,  then
returned to  the degreaser's  offset clean  solvent
storage tank.

A degreaser with a still does not have to be shut down
and  cleaned ,to  remove  contaminants as often as  a
degreaser without  a still.  Periodically,  the still  is
opened and the sludge removed while the degreaser
continues operating. This process is called continuous
distillation  and  can produce  a  waste  that  is
approximately 25 to 50 percent  solvent.

Process stills are often steam heated, but can also be
electrically heated or steam fired. Their recovery rates
are expressed in gallons per hour, and typically run
from  30 to  200 gal/h. About  62  percent  of Dow's
larger  customers  recovering  solvents  on-site  use
process stills.

In-house solvent  recovery  equipment  offers  a
specialty technique for minimizing  solvent waste and
 eliminating  the need to  send  spent solvent to  an
 outside reclaimer. To recover solvent, spent solvent is
 collected and stored until enough accumulates to fill a
 still. The  contaminated solvent is pumped into the still,
 distilled,  and recovered in  drums or storage tanks.
 This is called batch  distillation and removes 70 to  95
 percent of the solvent in the waste.

 Larger units  use  the  same type of equipment  as
 process  stills, except  that  they are not  necessarily
 used in conjunction with vapor degreasers.

 Some newer, small-capacity units (5 to  25 gal per
 batch) are electrically heated and recover solvent over
 a long period, typically about eight hours. Based  on
 hundreds of  calls on  customers  over the past four
 years, Dow estimates only  about  one to two percent
 of customers recovering  solvents on-site are using
 these mini-stills.
                                                    71

-------
     Figure 9-3.   U.S. demand for chlorinated solvents.
          2,500  r-
          2,000
          1,500


     MMLb


          1,000





           500
                         Total Virgin

                         Virgin MC
                         Reclaim
               1971
                           1974
                                         1977
                                                      1980
                                                                   1984
                                                                                1987
                                                                                             1990
Thin-film evaporators are used for high-volume solvent
recovery. Their application is primarily for continuous
feed, and capacities range  "from  50 to  500 gal/hr.
Solvent recovery is 90 to 95 percent.

Recovered solvent fits  into  one of  these  three
categories:

•   Clean solvent.

•   Clean solvent with the measured addition of acid
    acceptor.

•   Clean solvent,  analyzed  for  inhibitor content  and
    restabilized with  both acid  acceptor  and  metal
    stabilizers as required.

The latter two categories usually are obtainable only
through contract reclaimers.

The recovered solvents  that are  obtained  from  in-
house distillation  usually can be used directly in the
cold  cleaning or  vapor  decreasing  process  as  a
replacement  for  some virgin  solvents. However,
because the quality of recycled solvent can vary, it
should be monitored by analysis and used only  as a
blend with virgin solvent.  The user of either in-house
or contract-recovered solvent should be aware of its
relative quality to be sure it is suitable for the intended
use.

Fortunately, in-house distillation is not often subject to
cross-contamination, and blending with  virgin solvents
during reuse should keep stabilizers within satisfactory
limits.

In some cases,  however, it is necessary  to restabilize
recycled solvents in-house when inhibitor depletion is
excessive and  unavoidable. An example  would be to
add acid acceptor  to trichloroethylene  that has  been
depleted by  carbon adsorption recovery. Some,  not
all, stabilizers are provided commercially in a safe and
effective manner.

The  quality  of  recovered  solvents  may  vary  for
reasons  including  stabilizer  depletion  and  cross-
contamination with other solvents or compounds.

Problems  that  can  occur  because  of improperly
stabilized solvent include:

•   Dilution  of  fresh solvent,  which  can  shorten
   solvent life.
                                                    72

-------
•   Reduced  acid  acceptor  content. This can
    decrease the margin of  safety before an acid
    condition develops in cases of stress.

•   Reduced  metal  stabilizer  content,  which
    decreases or eliminates protection from corrosion.
    Corrosion  produces acid that  degrades solvent
    and consumes acid acceptor.

•   Excess stabilizer content, a potential flammability
    hazard.

•   Improper  stabilizer ratio,  which  reduces  the
    effectiveness of metal stabilizers.

•   Contaminated  solvent.  Such  contaminants  as
    aromatics  in  methylene  chloride and  1,1,1-
    trichloroethane  in  trichloroethylene can  cause
    reactions  that  result in  an   acid  condition,
    especially in the presence of aluminum.

•   Excess water.  This shortens solvent life, causes
    greater vapor loss, and creates corrosion  and/or
    spotting  on the work.

Depending on the equipment utilized and the nature of
the production process, waste solvents and  residues
from  in-house distillation  are sent out for further
reclamation  or disposal (see Figure 9-4). As a  broad
rule  of  thumb, solvent wastes  containing  up  to  30
percent oil  are  forwarded to  contract reclaimers.
Solvent wastes containing 30 to 90 percent oil are
sent to fuel  blenders through a waste broker. Wastes
with more than  90 percent oil are sent directly to
disposal via thermal destruction.

Fuel blending  is  by far the most common and most
cost-effective  way to dispose  of solvent waste.
Because the hazardous waste-burning facility usually
is  large, it works on  a bulk-fuel basis.  Therefore, the
average waste generator  does not deal directly with
the burner, and probably not even with the large bulk-
fuel blender  that  is supplying that burner. Rather, the
average generator deals with an intermediary such as
a reclaimer,  waste broker, or solvent distributor who
can bulk up the waste volumes economically.

Some  chlorinated  solvents users  enhance solvent
recovery with steam sparging, stripping,  or specialized
collection  systems such as  double distillation.  Such
techniques,  practiced on  large quantities  of waste,
allow chlorinated  solvents users to reduce their  waste
production substantially and fall  more in the  realm of
waste management than waste reduction.

The major incentive to practice solvent  reclamation is
to  save money. For the same reason,  solvents  users
are insisting on  tighter machines  that waste less
solvent, and are  looking for  even more ways to use
solvent more efficiently.
Waste Reduction: Customer Assistance

In  1976, the  Environmental  Protection Agency
contracted  a  study  to  support  new source
performance standards  for  solvent  metal-cleaning
operations.

Under that contract,  K.S.  Surprenant  and  D.W.
Richards  identified  and  quantified  emission control
techniques being practiced at that time. They included
use  of covers, liquid absorption, carbon  adsorption,
use  of  refrigerated  freeboard  chillers, refrigeration
condensation, and good operating techniques.

The  study indicated that  inefficient cold cleaning and
vapor degreasing were responsible for a large portion
of the solvents that were emitted to the atmosphere
and  therefore  wasted.  Since  there  were  many
techniques to improve efficiency and  reduce waste
during these operations, the study reinforced the need
and commitment to assist solvents users.

The  effort  has  become  the Waste   Reduction
Assistance Program, which  has four elements:  field
support  services, product  stewardship, training and
seminars, and literature.


Field Support Services

In 1986,  44 percent of the calls made  by  chlorinated
solvents technical service personnel  related to waste
reduction. In  1987,  53 percent  involved  waste
reduction. Waste  reduction-related field support
services include:

•   Process troubleshooting,  including visiting the
    plant  to identify  problems, as  well as handling
    inquiries over the phone.

•   Vapor degreaser  inspections to determine if there
    are problems with  the design or maintenance  of
    the degreaser or associated equipment.

•   Recommendations  covering   all phases  of
    degreaser operation, including heat balance, water
    handling, and parts handling.

o   Engineering  consultations  involving cleaning  of
    metal  and design of equipment.

•   Waste-  and emission-reduction  recommenda-
    tions.
Product Stewardship

Examples of product stewardship as it relates to waste
reduction  are  locating  and  monitoring  vapor
concentrations in the workplace and suggesting ways
to reduce  them.  Monitoring  includes  taking  halide
meter readings and.  dosimeter readings, as well as
                                                  73

-------
               Figure 9-4.  Hazardous waste disposition flow chart.
conducting professional industrial hygiene surveys in
some cases.
solvents and reduces the volume of solvents requiring
recycling or disposal.
Training and Seminars
Training is one of the most important facets of waste
reduction.  Topics  include  product  application,
maintenance,  the  theory  of  vapor  cleaning,
environmental and regulatory updates,  and  safety.
Programs can take place in groups or one on one and
are available to  distributors of  chlorinated  solvents,
distributors'  customers,  direct customers,  and  the
producer's own field personnel.
Literature
Waste reduction is covered in solvent Material Safety
Data Sheets,  Product  Stewardship  Manuals,
application brochures, newsletters (see Appendix B),
and other publications.

These four elements, practiced together, constitute a
formidable solvent-management- program that is much
stronger than any one of them practiced alone.

Factors Influencing Solvent Consumption

Most of the techniques for  reducing waste during cold
cleaning and vapor degreasing are easy to follow  and
improve the efficiency with which the operations  use
solvents. Every pound of solvent  conserved results in
the equivalent pound  of reduced" demand  for virgin
Cold Cleaning
Good operating practices are essential to curb solvent
consumption  during  cold  cleaning  - and  they are
mostly  a matter of common sense.

To minimize evaporative losses:

•   Use covers.

•   Use a  water  layer on top of the solvent where
    acceptable.

•   Use a  coarse spray or solid stream  of solvent
    instead of a fine spray.

•   Control ventilation.

•   Place  wipe rags in a closed container  and use
    them again wherever possible.

•   Minimize open surface area.

•   Use a deep tank with a high freeboard.

•   Use specially  designed containers with  automatic
    lids and drains.

•   Drain  parts properly to capture  as much of the
    solvent as possible.
                                                  74

-------
•   Don't use compressed air sprays to blow dry parts
    or to mix cleaning baths.

To reclaim solvent:

•   Capture and distill any waste.

•   If a vapor degreaser is available  that  uses  the
    same  solvent,  the  waste cold cleaning solvent
    simply can be added to it.


Vapor Degreasing

Reclamation of reusable solvent from waste sludges is
important,  but only  about 15 to 30  percent of  the
solvent  used  for metal cleaning  by vapor degreasing
becomes  waste.  The  other  70  to  85  percent is
eventually lost to evaporation - after multiple uses in
the  system  - through  inefficient operation  and
maintenance  of the  degreaser  and  associated
equipment. Techniques  to  reduce  overall  emissions
from  a degreaser,  and  to  fine  tune  degreaser
operation,  conserve some of that 70 to 85 percent.

Specific suggestions  for minimizing solvent loss and
reducing the  cost  of  using  solvent during vapor
degreasing fit into seven  general categories.

1.  . Ensure proper degreaser operation.

    Leave the unit on to maintain the vapor level
    unless it will not be in use for long periods of time.

    Do  not expose heating coils to vapor.  This
    could  result  in a breakdown of the  solvent and
    corrosion problems in the unit, in  addition to loss
    of solvent.

    Provide  proper  maintenance. Remove visible
    corrosion and repair leaks.  Repairing leaks alone
    can result in up to a 50 percent reduction in
    solvent loss.

    Use and  maintain  appropriate design  and
    safety devices.  These devices  include solvent
    level controls and vapor,  condenser  water, and
    boiling sump thermostats.

2.   Maintain proper heat balance.

    Use the least amount of heat required to keep
    the  solvent at a  slow  boil and to  give  adequate
    vapor  production. High heat  provides  only rapid
    vapor recovery, not improved cleaning.

    Regulate  the cooling level either by adjusting
    the  temperature of the cooling water or by altering
    the  flow rate of the cooling water.  The vapor level
    should balance at the midpoint of the  condensing
    coils; a fluctuating vapor level pumps the vapor-air
    mixture out of the unit.

3.   Minimize vapor diffusion.

    Reduce exhaust velocities to provide adequate
    protection  of workers, yet not draw vapors out of
    the  degreaser. Adjusting  exhaust velocities can
    achieve up to a  50 percent reduction in  solvent
    loss.

    Cover  open-top  degreasers, especially  during
    idle  times. This  is  the most significant  solvent
    conservation method; it can reduce solvent loss
    up to 55  percent. Sliding covers do  not cause
    turbulence when moved, unlike hinged covers.

    Extend  the  freeboard.  Units  with  freeboard
    heights that  are  40 percent of the  width  of  the
    degreaser  can use up to 40 percent  more solvent
    than units with ratios of  75 to 100  percent.

    Use cold  traps,  an upper set of very  cold coils
    that cool the air above the vapors. Properly used,
    cold traps  provide a dense air blanket that helps
    prevent vapor escape.

    Cover  the  water  separator to prevent any
    possible vapor loss.

    Check the water jacket for proper water flow and
    temperature  on the outside  of the  degreaser to
    prevent migration of hot vapor up the side walls,

    Prevent drafts over  the degreaser.  Fans, air
    conditioners,  heaters,  windows,  doors, general
    plant air  movement, and  equipment movement
    can  blow the  vapor-air mixture  out  of  the
    degreaser.  Locate  the degreaser  to  minimize
    natural  drafts or  use baffles to prevent upset of
    the  vapors and  achieve  up to  a 30 percent
    reduction in solvent loss.

    Also, vapor control with lip vent or hood exhaust
    may be too forceful, so reduce exhaust velocity
    to the minimum level that provides  proper vapor
    control in the working area.

    Some  semi-closed machine designs tend  to
    channel  and  reinforce  air  current  through  the
    machine,  especially if  power-exhausted.
    Rearranging  air  movement in the room helps to
    eliminate the windtunnel effect.

4.   Minimize water contamination.

    Avoid adding water. This is important to  prevent
    depletion  of  stabilizers, which results in  solvent
    decomposition and corrosion from acid formation
    by  hydrolysis. Condenser coils,  cold  trap coils,
    and the water jacket can be  too cold, resulting in
                                                  75

-------
    condensation  of atmospheric moisture.  Also, wet
    parts  can  introduce  water,  particularly as  a
    component of water-soluble cutting oils.

    Dewater the  solvent. A water separator should
    be able to reduce dissolved water in the solvent.
    Also, skim floating water off the top of the solvent,
    since  this represents  excessive water content.
    Water and solvent form an azeotrope  at boiling
    temperatures.  The azeotrope has a lower density
    and higher diffusion  rate than dry solvent vapors
    and is harder to contain.

    Install a separate water trough for refrigerated
    coils. Cold trap coils can build up a heavy dew. A
    separate  discharge  for  this  condensate  is
    necessary to  avoid introducing  the water to the
    solvent at a  common water  separator, which
    reduces  the water separator's  effectiveness  and
    perhaps could overload its capacity.

5.  Establish proper workload handling.

    Ensure  parts are up to temperature  before
    removal. The cleaning cycle isn't complete  until
    the  parts have  reached  the temperature of the
    vapor so  that  condensation  has ceased.  If
    condensation  is  still forming,  solvent carryout will
    increase.

    When cleaning  metal  parts  with spray,  spray
    below the vapor zone. Spraying above the vapor
    zone  generates  a vapor-air mixture  which  is
    immediately lost. Also, falling droplets of  solvent
    disrupt vapor  interface, causing more  vapor-air
    mixing. Spraying  below"  the vapor  zone   can
    achieve up to a five percent reduction in  solvent
    loss.

    Move the work slowly. (See Appendix C for
    instructions on using the stop-and-go  technique.)
    Control the hoist speed to  less  than 11  ft/min of
    vertical travel  and  ensure the  proper  conveyor
    speed.

    Don't overload the degreaser. Too large a mass
    of metal  creates inefficient cleaning, excessive
    vapor  drop, slow vapor  recovery,  and  longer
    cleaning  cycle,  resulting in increased solvent
    consumption.

    Use properly sized  baskets.  Large baskets  that
    fill the area of the degreaser opening  create  a
    piston action  when  entering and leaving.  This
    forces vapor  out,  which creates  more solvent-
    vapor-air mixing. The basket should have an  area
    of less than 50 percent of the degreaser opening.

    Drain  the parts.  Solvent  not allowed  to drain
    properly  from  parts  is  lost   immediately  to
    evaporation  outside  the  degreaser. Adjust  the
    spacing in  the  baskets or the racks so drainage
    can occur.

6.  Avoid  solvent  carriers  and  solvent-absorbent
    materials.

    This includes such items  as ropes, spacers, and
    wooden covers. Also, don't clean shop rags or
    gloves in  the  degreaser.  Up  to five  percent
    savings in solvent are possible  here.

7.  Ensure proper solvent condition.

    Remove metal fines and parts, sludge, and oil
    buildup. Oil content should not go above 25 to 30
    percent. Accumulation of  metal fines and debris is
    one of the major causes of acid degreasers.

    Maintain inhibitor levels.  Depletion  of  inhibitor
    levels could result in a  catalytic breakdown of the
    solvent to form  hydrochloric acid  or metal chloride
    complexes, causing corrosion.

    Use the  boil-down  procedure  to  conserve
    solvent. (See Appendix A.)


Modifications to Existing Degreasers

To  improve the  efficiency with which a  degreaser
uses solvent:

•   Install automatic slide covers.

•   Increase freeboard height.

•   Install refrigerated freeboard chillers.

•   Use carbon adsorption lip  exhaust.

•   Install programmable transporters.


Case Histories
  *
Below  are two examples  of how waste  reduction
benefited chlorinated solvents users.

One user consumed 500,000 Ibs of trichloroethylene
per year  in eight  large  cross-rod degreasers  with
process  stills  attached.  Waste  from the  stills  was
dumped  into a storage tank  about every  two  days,
then collected in drums for disposal. Waste  amounting
to about 20 drums  a month was collected  from each
still.

To  minimize waste and  reclaim more  solvent,  thus
reducing costs, the user now pumps the waste  from
each still into a holding tank.  About every two weeks,
the  waste is redistilled and  steam sparged  to remove
as much solvent as  possible.
                                                 76

-------
 This procedure reduces  waste from  20  drums  a
 month  to  five  drums  a month  and reduces virgin
 solvent consumption by 15 drums a month.

 The second  user has  a 3 ft-by-5 ft, open-top vapor
 degreaser to  clean  and  finish  parts from other
 companies. Investigation of why the degreaser  was
 cleaning poorly turned up two problems.

=.. First, the cleaning basket was too large. It was acting
 as a piston, pushing  out  vapors  each time it  was
 lowered into the degreaser. This increased the vapor-
 collapse amount and  shortened the actual  cleaning
 time.

 Second, the disk-like  metal parts  were stacked too
 closely in the basket, resulting in inadequate cleaning
 and solvent entrapment.

 Reducing the size of the cleaning basket and stacking
 parts differently allowed the user to improve cleaning
 and reduce virgin  solvent consumption by  up to 50
 percent by reducing  dragout  and  eliminating  the
 pumping action from the excessive vapor collapse.

 Waste Disposal Issues

 Even with  the  most efficient waste  reduction efforts,
 waste  disposal  still  is  necessary.  That  means
 environmentally sound  reclaimers,  proper  disposal,
 and fuel blending/burning - usually  in cement kilns or
 industrial furnaces - are important.

 Many commercial reclaimers manage their wastes as
 fuel. In  1981, 18 percent  of the  waste from
 commercial reclamation of chlorinated  solvents  was
 managed as fuel. By 1986, the total was  49 percent.
 Some experts would put today's figure at more than
 90 percent. Disposing  of this type of waste through
 fuel  blending/burning has become  even  more
 significant as restrictions on disposal in landfills have
 increased.

 Burning wastes that have been blended  into fuel in
 cement  kilns is particularly efficient. Not  only  are
 wastes used as energy, but the  chloride ions  from
 chlorinated-solvents waste  are incorporated  into  the
 cement. Without fuel blending and subsequent burning
 in  cement  kilns,   there  would  .be  inadequate
 commercial incineration capacity for the wastes  that
 are being generated in the United States today.

 Conclusion: The Benefits of Waste
 Reduction

 Reducing waste from the use of chlorinated  solvents
 for  metal cleaning  means lower  solvent costs  and
 lower waste-disposal costs. The improved efficiency
 that  helps  reduce  waste  also  means  improved
cleaning  with no  increase in  solvent usage, another
savings.

Assisting chlorinated  solvents  users  with  waste
reduction attracts new customers,  maintains existing
customers,  reduces  their liability exposure,  and
maintains the viability of the solvents marketplace - all
economic motives.

Other  significant reasons  for  practicing  waste
reduction -  to lower worker  exposure to vapors,  to
reduce solvent loss to the environment, and to comply
with  health  and  environmental  laws - also have
economic benefits.

Since many  of the benefits of  solvent waste  reduction
relate to  cost savings, more credibility is given to the
assertion that voluntary waste reduction will work.

Waste  reduction  efforts and  long-standing  environ-
mental  and  product  stewardship  programs
demonstrate  a   commitment  to  protecting  the
environment. But  waste reduction  is just one  part  of
waste  management.  So  safe,  permanent  waste
disposal  and compliance with state and  federal  laws
still are top priorities.

Yet the bottom line really is  that  electing to  take a
responsible approach to waste reduction  makes good
economic sense. WASTE REDUCTION  ALWAYS
PAYS.
                                                 77

-------
Appendix A
Procedure for boil down of a still/degreaser
When the temperature in the boiling sump of the still
reaches  194°F  (using  trichloroethylene  as  an
example), concentrate the sludge in the still. Turn off
the transfer pump and close the gate valve in the dirty
solvent  line. Continue to  distill until the  liquid  level
reaches  the recommended  minimum  level  of  two
inches above the heating element(s).

Turn off the heat in  the boiling sump and  allow the
solvent sludge  to cool to 90 to  100°F before draining.
Drain the solvent into a 55-gal drum(s). Remove parts,
metallic  fines  and chips, or other  insolubles  by
filtration or decantation. Give particular attention to the
area under the heating elements.

Close the drain  valve. Open the  gate valve in the
solvent  line  from  the degreaser boiling sump to the
still boiling sump. Turn on the transfer pump.
Once the liquid level  reaches  2 inches  above the
heating element(s), turn  on  the  heat.  Add  the
necessary virgin  solvent  to  the clean  dip  of the
degreaser to  properly  maintain the  needed liquid
levels in all chambers of the degreaser and still.

Add the sludge solvent  that was placed in the drum(s)
back into the still boiling  sump  at the next boil-down
when the  solvent reaches the minimum level of two
inches above the heating coils.

After the third or fourth  boil down, send a sample from
the sludge drum to a laboratory for determination of
nonvolatile  content. When  the  oil  concentration
reaches 60  to 70  percent,  dispose  of  the  sludge
material in compliance  with regulations governing the
disposal of   waste products.  Thermal  destruction
through fuel  blending or incineration is recommended.
                                                  78

-------
Appendix B
             SOLVENT
            Specify Do^ ... For Quality Solvents, Unmatched Technical Support
                                                    Vol. 2 Number 1 • January 1988
      Waste Reduction «•> Waste Minimization
       The management of hazardous waste in  toxicity and/or hazard potential, and can
      the United States has become an impor-  result in reduced volumes of \
      tarn issue to industry, government, en-  duced. Wasti
      vironmental groups, the public, and Uic_
      media. Government reg
      mil pro

                                  \anges" include im-
                                  \ procurement prac-
                                  \>uming that lead to
                                   olume, toxicity or
                                    waste products

                                   V refer to modifi-
                                    nent or installs-
                                    ( resulting in a
                                    e. The addition
                                    tes that reduce
      Solvent
    ^-•SSSS;
    'Mss-sw^
    *^0SlUeV*eoor
frw
 .C°"S
           Vse of ta-House Solvent Reclamation

           Basing for G~*»--
                                 final recovery.



                                     79

-------
Appendix C

Stop-and-go technique
The following procedure was developed  to  reduce
solvent concentration in the ambient  air  near the
degreaser.  It also will reduce the solvent loss from a
degreaser.

Lower the  work  load  into the vapor zone at a slow
speed. Otherwise, an excessive wave formation of the
vapors will push an unnecessary amount of the vapors
out of the degreaser.

The vapors will collapse as the  work load enters the
vapor zone. Whenever the vapors have  dropped two
to four inches, stop the  load until the vapors stabilize
or start to recover. At this point,  lower the load further
until the vapors have  dropped  another two to four
inches.
This stop-and-go  method  of  entry  prevents  solvent
vapors from being pushed out of the degreaser by the
plunger effect of  the  work load. It  allows maximum
vapor recovery with shorter cleaning cycles.

Once the work load is covered by the vapors,  it need
not be lowered further.  Maximum area between the
work load and the boiling sump gives optimum vapor
recovery. The work load should never sit on top of the
boiling sump.
Remove the  work load  in increments of two to four
inches  with  pauses to  allow  the vapors  to  be
entrapped in the freeboard area. This decreases vapor
drag out.  Once the work load has cleared the vapor
zone, it should remain in  the freeboard  area until all
parts are dry and no solvent drips from the work load.
NOTICE:

Dow believes  the  information  and recommendations
herein  to be accurate and  reliable.  However, since
any assistance furnished by Dow with reference to the
proper use and  disposal of its products is  provided
without charge, and since use conditions and disposal
are not within  its control, Dow  assumes  no obligation
or liability for such  assistance and  does not guarantee
results from use of such products  or other  information
herein; no warranty, express or implied, is given nor is
freedom  from any  patent owned by Dow or others  to
be inferred. Information herein  concerning laws  and
regulations  is  based  on  U.S.  federal  laws  and
regulations except  where specific  reference  is made
to those  of other  jurisdictions.  Since  use  conditions
and  governmental  regulations  may differ  from  one
location to another  and may change with time, it is the
buyer's responsibility  to determine whether Dow's
products  and services are appropriate for buyer's  use,
and  to  assure  buyer's  workplace  and disposal
practices are  in compliance with laws, regulations,
ordinances, and   other  governmental  enactments
applicable in the jurisdiction(s)  having authority over
buyer's operations.
                                                 80

-------
                                             Chapter 10
                            On-Site Reuse and Recycle of Solvents

                                         Robert H. Salvesen
                                   Robert H. Salvesen Associates
                                        Red Bank, NJ 07701
In-plant reuse and recycle of solvents is an accepted
practice in many  industries.  This  paper  reviews
practices  and  equipment  which are  appropriate  for
cleaners of parts and equipment.

Only  non-halogenated  solvents are  discussed. The
major types of solvents utilized are hydrocarbon (such
as mineral spirits and naphthas) and oxygenated (e.g.,
MEK, MIBK, ethyl acetate, and alcohols) materials.  By
proper  segregation,  labeling,  and  management,
essentially all solvents can be recycled.

Information is provided on the types of solvents which
can be  recycled,  equipment available, and economic
factors  for consideration. In addition,  examples from
industry on how recycling works are provided.

Introduction

Solvents used in  most industrial operations serve  as
cleaning agents or reaction  media. In  most cases, the
solvents are not consumed, but are contaminated  by
other  substances.  The  solvents are  disposed when
the contaminant level exceeds  certain criteria limits.
These limits  can  vary  widely  depending upon  the
particular  process.  For  example, for engine parts
cleaning, the solvent may  contain 30 to  40 percent
fuels,  oils,  water,  and  solids before  it needs  to  be
replaced. In other  cases, high purity  is required and
contamination  exceeding  a  few parts  per  million
signals  a  time to  change solvents.  Thus, while  the
composition of used solvents can vary considerably,
the methods for reuse and recycling are applicable to
many process operations.

This chapter deals with non-halogenated  solvents
used in parts and  equipment cleaning and will cover
the following:

•   Types of solvents used.

•   Generation and properties of used solvents.

•   Options for reuse/recycling.

•   Waste reduction practices and examples.
Types of Solvents  Used

Hydrocarbons

Hydrocarbon  solvents used  for parts and equipment
cleaning  may be derived from petroleum, coal tar, or
natural sources.  Petroleum  and coal  tar products
include the following:

•   Aliphatic  naphtha such  as VM&P  naphtha and
    mineral spirits (low and high flash).

•   Aromatic naphtha.

•   Toluene.

•   Xylene.

•   Isoparaffinic solvents.

The most common  natural   hydrocarbon  solvent is
turpentine.  Some  proprietary solvents  may  contain
mixtures  of some of the above along with lanolin (to
reduce skin  irritation), detergents (for water rinsing),
colorants, perfumes, and other additives.


Paint Thinners
Paint thinners vary in composition to suit the  specific
paints used. These types of  solvents can contain one
or more  of the following hydrocarbon or oxygenated
materials:

•   Petroleum or coal tar naphtha.

•   Isoparaffinic (odorless) solvents.

•   Toluene.

•   Xylene.

•   Ketones.

    -  MEK (Methyl ethyl ketone).
    -  MIBK  (Methyl isobutyl ketone).
    -  Others.

•   Esters.

    -  Ethyl acetate.
                                                 81

-------
    -   Butyl acetate.

•   Alcohols.

    -   Methyl.
    -   Ethyl.
    -   Isopropyl.

•   Glycol Ethers.

    -   Cellosolve (butyl, etc.).

Paint thinners are included  because cleaning of parts
and  equipment may often  precede  painting  and you
may  wish  to  recycle thinners  along  with  other
solvents.


Other Materials
For the sake of completeness, mention  is made  of
other organic and inorganic materials used for parts
cleaning. These are heavy-duty cleaners and paint
strippers, as noted below.


Organic Materials
These are generally mixtures of three or more  of the
following solvents:
    Methylene chloride.
    Mineral spirits.
    Toluene and/or xylene.
    Ketones.
    Esters.
    Alcohols.
    Phenol or cresols.
    Glycol ethers.
    Wetting agents.
Suppliers  produce proprietary mixtures which may
also contain  surfactants,  colorants,  perfumes, etc.
Since the above are mixtures, common practice is not
to recycle these materials in-house, but large volume
users could do so. The  recycled product should  be
reformulated; however, and thus the recycler must be
knowledgeable in this technology.


Aqueous Systems
Acid and alkaline solutions have been used for heavy-
duty cleaning for  many  years.  Included  in  these
categories  are  organic  amines,  which are alkaline
ammonium type compounds.  This  chapter will not
cover recycling of these materiajs.

Generation and Properties of Used
Solvents

Generation Processes
Used solvents may  be  defined as  any solvent
contaminated with  other liquids  and/or solids  which
render it unsuitable for its intended purpose. Cleaning
solvents are generally  used in operations  involving
spraying,  physical or vapor  washing,  dipping, hand
brushing,  etc. The major contaminants are fuels, oil,
grease,  water,  dirt,  metals,  paint,  and  other
substances, depending upon the usage.


Cold Cleaning

The major nonvapor methods for cleaning parts and
equipment involve the following:

•   Wash  Stations  -  in  this operation,  solvent
    generally is circulated  by pump  and  the part
    washed continuously  with a  stream  of  liquid.
    Dissolved  materials accumulate in  the  solvent,
    and solids  are often  removed with screens  or
    filters.

•   Spray  Booth  - solvent  is  aspirated  from  a
    container, mixed with air, and impacts the part to
    be cleaned. The sprayed solvent is collected and
    recirculated. Soluble materials  accumulate and
    solids are  removed as  noted above.   Organic
    vapors generally are carried out the exhaust and
    may or may not be collected and recycled.

•   Dip Tank - a large container of solvent is used for
    immersion of the part in  solvent.  Mixers  may be
    added to accelerate cleaning. As above, soluble
    and insoluble materials accumulate. Some  solids
    may settle out.

•   Hand/Bucket Cleaning  -  this  is the  simplest
    operation,  commonly used by  small  operators.
    Brushes or  rags  are often used to remove  tough
    dirt.

In all of the above processes, the solvent continuously
degrades  in quality because of accumulation of both
soluble  and  insoluble  materials.  The  amounts  of
various soluble and insoluble contaminants allowed to
accumulate before changing solvent are a function of
process requirements.


Vapor Degreasing

In  vapor degreasing, the  parts to  be  cleaned are
suspended above the liquid and are cleansed by warm
vapor condensing on the component. The  condensed
solvent  and contaminants are  returned to  a  reservoir
where water, dirt, oils,  and  other  contaminants are
collected.  Clean vapors are  continuously available  to
wash the  parts.  Solvent  is  changed  only  when
contaminants and sludge build up enough  to interfere
with vapor cleaning. Many units have separate solvent
distillation  equipment as an integral part of the  system.


Properties of Used Solvents

Typical  properties  of used  and virgin (or recycled)
hydrocarbon  solvent (mineral spirits)  are given  in
Table 10-1.  This example  would be typical of  usage
                                                  82

-------
Table 10-1. Properties of Used and Recycled
Test Test method
Flash point, TCC, °F ASTM-D-56
Distillation, °F ASTM-D-86
IBP
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
FBP
Residue
Chlorine content
Water, oil & sediment,
% ASTM-D-95
Appearance Visual
Mineral Spirits
Used solvent
< 100-1 20

150-330
150-340
170-340
300-345
320-350
325-350
330-370
340-390
350-400
400-600
Above 500
30 % Vol (max)
<0.1
2-20
Brown/black
Reclaimed solvent
102-110

315-330
320-340



325-350



330-365
350-400
2-5 %Vol
<0.1
<0.1
Clear/white
for  cleaning gasoline  engine  parts.  The  major
contaminants are as indicated below.

•   Gasoline - this is indicated by the low flash point
    and low boiling (less than 320° F)  components.
    The used solvent may contain 10 to  12 percent
    gasoline.
•   Water - water can be detected by various means.
    In  the  example given,  it might show up  as a
    separate fraction during  the  distillation.  It would
    also be detected in the Water, Oil,  and Sediment
    Test.

•   Oil and Sediment - dissolved lube and other oils
    would be detected in this test as well as sediment.
    By proper distillation, the  contaminants  can  be
    removed and the reclaimed solvent will meet new
    or virgin product specifications.

Other pure  organic materials  which might be used as
cleaners, such  as MEK, ethyl acetate,  and others,
might  have  similar  contaminants, and  can  be
reclaimed to original specifications.

Paint thinners are a special case. Since thinners are
blended  products and  formulated  to meet specific
volatility and solubility requirements, their reclamation
for  use as paint thinners  generally   is  not
recommended.  However,  used  paint thinners are
generated mainly from  cleaning  of brushes, spray
guns,  and  other  application equipment.  For these
purposes, product specifications  are not usually of
significance.
Thus, used paint thinners can be reclaimed readily by
gravity settling, filtering, distillation,  or other  means.
Reclaimed  paint thinner  is  usually  satisfactory  for
cleaning  equipment, but  is not  recommended  for
thinning paints.
Options for Reuse and  Recycling

Consideration of options  for  reuse  and recycling of
solvents  should  include  segregation  practices,
substitutes  and  downgrading,  equipment
requirements, costs, and  environmental  regulations.
These concerns are discussed below.
Increasing Reuse and Recyclability

Segregation

Segregation of solvents is one of the most important
management  practices  affecting   reuse  and
recyclability. Past practices  often  have  neglected
segregation  and changes  sometimes are  difficult to
implement. What  to segregate depends upon which
downstream operations  will be used.  Generally,
solvents  need  to * be segregated strictly  by  each
individual type. Mixing solvents often makes in-house
recycling  impossible.  Proper labeling  and/or  color
coding and adequate containers for collection of used
solvents enhances segregation.
                                                 83

-------
Substitutes

Replacement of one solvent for another is often easier
said than done, but it needs to be considered and can
lead to easier recycling. Several  examples follow.

If chlorinated solvents are used  for cleaning electrical
parts and  hydrocarbon  solvents for machine parts,
using hydrocarbon solvent for both  may  simplify
recycling. While hydrocarbons often are used for both,
some users may  prefer not to use  these  solvents
because  they  evaporate  more  slowly and  are
flammable.

Ethyl acetate is sometimes   used for  cleaning
purposes.  Replacement with a  hydrocarbon  solvent
often can  provide similar  results  and  simplifies
reclamation.

Proprietary hydrocarbon  solvents  often  contain
emulsifiers,  lanolin, colorants, odorants,  etc.,  which
may or may not be essential to  the cleaning process.
Recycling  this  type  of  mixture reclaims  only the
hydrocarbon fraction. Thus, the  recovered material  is
not the same as the proprietary solvent. Reformulation
of the solvent can  be done by  a knowledgeable
person, if desired.


Emulsifiers
Emulsifiers are used to  aid  in solvent penetration  of
water-wet  oil,  grease,  or dirt.  The emulsifiers also
enable the solvent to be washed  off with water.  If
these properties  are not essential, emulsifiers are not
needed.


Lanolin
Lanolin is added to provide residual oil, thus reducing
skin irritation and dryness caused by contact with the
solvent. This ingredient is not essential to the cleaning
process and solvent users should wear gloves or use
a hand cream after contact.


Colorants and Odorants
Colorants,  odorants  and some  other  ingredients are
added for  product  identification and  customer
acceptance. While these  factors can be of  some
importance, they  are  not  essential for  cleaning
purposes.


Aqueous Emulsion Systems
Aqueous emulsion systems have, been  offered  as
substitutes for cleaning solvents  and are claimed to be
effective  for  cleaning engine and  electrical  parts.
These systems may  be satisfactory for a number  of
applications. However, there  are two major concerns.
One is that water-based systems may require  drying
to eliminate residues. A second problem is disposal  of
the dirty water. If significant quantities of oil, grease,
or other organic materials are carried off in  the water,
some treatment may be required prior to discharge.


Downgrading

In-plant reuse by  downgrading is  a common  practice
where  a  number  of  cleaning  operations   are
conducted. Following are two examples:

•   Cleaning  of bearings often requires use of  high
    purity,  virgin  solvent.  Since  these  bearings  are
    relatively clean to start with, the used solvent from
    this operation can readily be downgraded for  use
    in cleaning dirtier engine components.

•   Calibrating fluid used  for fuel system components
    is often a special  grade  of mineral spirits. After
    initial usage, this material can be  downgraded for
    other solvent purposes.
Economics

The  economics of solvent  recycling  is  dependent
upon the following costs:

*   Solvent.

•   Percent of recoverable solvent.

•   Collection and segregation.

•   Equipment and installation.

•   Operations.

•   Quality assurance/quality control.

•   Disposal.

A generalized  cost estimate  for solvent recovery and
payback of equipment costs is given in Figure 10-1 for
solvents costing from $1  to  $11/gallon.  As observed,
both solvent  costs and  volume  have  a significant
impact on payback periods. More detailed cost studies
are needed for specific cost/benefit analysis.


Processes and Equipment  Used

A  number  of processes  utilize  equipment  for
separating  and  recycling   used  solvents.  Most
operations  for  in-plant use  are simple, but a wide
range  of  options are available,  where  appropriate.
These  methods are  discussed  briefly in this section
and  another  paper  covers  this  subject in greater
detail.


Gravity Separation

Simple settling  of solids and  water is often  practiced
for reuse  of solvents. Paint  thinners may be reused
many  times  if solids are  allowed to  settle.  The
supernatant liquid  can  be  removed  for  cleaning
                                                  84

-------
    Figure 10-1. Plots of solvent volumes vs. payback period (years) for solvents of different costs.
                                    Plots of Solvent Volumes vs Payback Period Years
                                            for Solvents ofDifferent Costs
                                             $1/gal (i.e.. Heptane)
                                             $1.5/gal(i.e., P-D-680)
                                             $2/gal (Non-halogenated)
                                             $3/gal (Halogenated)
                                             $4/gal (i.e., MeCI, TCE, TCA)
                                             $11/gal (Freon 113) - Equipment
                                             costs higher than for above
                                                 456

                                              Years to Payoff Investment
purposes.  Centrifuges  are also  used  to  accelerate
gravity separation.


Batch Stills
This type of equipment may be described  as a flash,
pot,  or single-plate batch still. The  used solvent is
heated, vaporized, and the vapors condensed into a
separate vessel. Solids of high-boiling  liquids  remain
in the pot or distillation vessel as a  residue.  Liquids
boiling up to about 400 °F can be recovered. If mixed
liquids are used they will  not  be separated unless the
final boiling point  of one  solvent is about 50 to 60° F
below the initial boiling point of the other solvent.

Batch stills are supplied by numerous vendors. Major
design variations include the following:

•  Size - from 5 to 500 gallon capacity

•  Heating

    -   Electrical
    -   Steam jacket
    -   Direct steam injection
    -   Heat transfer fluids

•  With or without vacuum attachment
    Materials of construction
    Clean out

    -   Bottom
    -   Side
    -   Top
    -   Lift-out trays
    -   Plastic bag liners

    Controls
Costs range from $2,000 to $3,000 for  5-gallon units
to well over $100,000 for the largest stills. These units
are capable of reclaiming solvents to purity standards
meeting or exceeding new product specifications.
Fractionation Units
For separation of solvent mixtures, fractionation units
may be required. These  are  generally  custom-made
and  can be  provided to meet almost any separation
requirement.  Size,  efficiency,  and  design  can  be
varied to suit the user's needs. Costs generally range
from $30,000 and up.
                                                     85

-------
Thin-Film Evaporators

This type of unit is a variation of flash stills in which a
thin  film  of  the used material  is  deposited  on  a
rotating, hot metal surface. The solvent is flashed off,
vaporized, and  either condensed or passed  on to a
fractionating  unit for separation  of specific  solvents.
These units are very versatile and specially suited  for
viscous liquids.  Costs range from about $30,000 and
up.

Vapor Degreasers With/Without Recycle
For  continuous cleaning  operations,  and  those
desiring  excellent  solvent  penetration,  vapor
degreasers  are  often preferred.  Only  the vapors
contact the parts and condensate  is  returned  to a
sump. Some  designs  have condensers around  the
sides of the vessel and others at the top. Fresh, clean
solvent is continuously vaporized to clean  parts.  In
systems  without  internal  recycle  the  solvent can
become contaminated with components that vaporize
with  the solvent to reduce cleaning effectiveness.  To
avoid this, the  dirty solvent may  be  recycled in a
separate  unit where the contaminants  are removed.
Generally, vapor  degreasers  are  fairly  large  units
containing from about 50 to several hundred gallons of
solvent. Costs are also proportionately  large, ranging
from $100,000 and upwards.

Toll Recyclers
A variation of in-plant recycling can be accomplished
by toll recyclers. While the solvent is not recycled on-
site, the  solvent  is  replaced  on-site.  Solvent  wash
stations  are often  serviced by  companies in this
business. Service charges may vary from 50  to  90
percent of new solvent costs.

Hazardous Waste Reduction Practices
and Examples

Audit
Any  waste  reduction program  should  start  with  an
audit. This can be  a do-it-yourself  activity  or  larger
facilities may wish to hire an outside consultant. The
basic components of a  waste audit are  outlined in
Table  10-2  and a format for  actual  use is given in
Table 10-3. Audits should be conducted by personnel
familiar with the solvents  used;  process  operations;
and  handling,  treatment, and  disposal  options.
Illustrative examples include:

•  At a  large shop, a decision was made  to  use a
    proprietary  solvent  when  a  less  expensive
    nonproprietary  solvent would have  saved money
    and been easier to recycle.

•  A  salesman  recommended  replacement  of a
    chlorinated solvent by an odorless paint thinner  for
    engine  parts  cleaning. The user  did  not realize
    that  common mineral spirits would  have done a
    better job and cost about 50 percent less.
Table 10-2.   Waste Audit Outline
Sfep 1 - Collect Information
    Tabulate existing data
    Mass balance assessment
    Check completeness of data
Sfep 2 - Evaluate Waste Handling
    Raw materials
    Housekeeping
    Costs
    Sources
    Practices of personnel involved
Sfep 3 - Management Alternatives
    Approach for each waste
    Employee requirements and training
    Housekeeping improvements
    Segregation of waste
    Capital investments
    Reformulation
    Reuse
    Technical, economic, and liability assessments
Sfep 4 - Review and Update
    Assess progress
    Track and assess changes in
    - Raw materials
    - Processes
    - Products
    - Technology
    - Regulations
Table 10-3.   Standard Waste Audit Format - Automotive
            Repairs

 •  Name and location of shop or business
 •  Name of audit personnel
 •  Date of audit
 •  Type of shop
    -  Automotive repair
    -  New car dealer
    -  Diesel repair
    -  Transmission repair
    -  Brake/muffler shop
    -  Radiator service
    -  Alignment
    -  Suspension/chassis
    -  Scheduled maintenance
    -  Quick lube changes
    -  Body/painting
 •  Size of shop
    -  Vehicles serviced per week
    -  Number of service bays available
 •  Services provided
 •  Number of employees
 •  Raw materials used
 •  Raw material storage (complete for each item)
    -  Raw material (brand name/common name)
    -  Item number
    -  Volume in inventory
    -  Describe usage
    -  Describe disposal practice
    -  Describe storage facilities
       (i.e.) 55-gal drum                       (Continued)
                                                     86

-------
Table 10-3.  (Continued)
          Containers (volume)
          Above or underground tank,
          Covered/open
          Indoor/outdoor
          Secured
    -  Delivery system
      (i.e.) Gravity
          Funnel
          Pump
    -  Material control practices
      (i.e.) Stockroom attendant
          Access (limited/unlimited)
          Signout sheet
    Material usage (describe for each type)
    -  Sink (size/description/location)
    -  Dip tank (size/description/location)               ,
    -  Jet spray (size/description/location)
    -  Spray hood (size/description/location)
    Waste material management
    -  Segregation practiced (if yes, describe)
    -  If no segregation, describe practice
    -  Options available for segregation
    -  Storage facilities (describe)
    -  Disposal practices
    -  (i.e.) On-site recycling
    -  Serviced by equipment leasee/maintenance contractor
    -  Picked up by contractor
    -  Disposed in municipal solid waste
    -  Disposed to municipal sewer
    -  Disposal costs
      (i.e.) Oils
          Solvents
          Residues/sludges
          Anti-freeze
          Aqueous  materials
          Other
    Material losses
    Provide a schematic for waste management practices
    Prioritized sites of significant waste generation
    Waste management options
    Source reduction options
    -  Material substitutions
    -  Process changes
    -  Housekeeping
    Regulatory compliance evaluation and needs
    Recommendations for improved management
Selection of the Best Option
After completion  of  an  environmental  audit  and
consideration  of viable  options,  economics,  and
applicable  regulations,  selection of the  best option
should  be  relatively easy.  The major  management
practices which  need to  be selected are  discussed
below.


Segregation
Uncontrolled mixing of used solvents  yields  waste
slops with little or no economic value and little chance
of recycling. In addition, because waste mixtures are
often designated as hazardous wastes, their disposal
is  becoming   more  costly.  A  summary  of
recommended  options for a number of solvents  is
given in Table 10-4. Segregation by  each  individual
solvent  is generally the  best means of optimizing
recovery and minimizing costs. Alternate options are
usually less desirable and not as cost effective.


Example
We  have  all seen or  heard  of  locations  with  vast
numbers  of  drums of mixed solvents and  other
materials.  These were accumulated  because  plant
operators were  not concerned  about disposal  or were
not willing  to pay disposal costs.  My  experience  has
been that many plant managers believed these drums
contained valuable materials which should have been
marketable, but realistically, were not.

Many Superfund  sites were  created  because  of
improper management and  disposal. With a minimum
of segregation, many of these waste drum fields could
have been disposed to cement kiln operators that had
capabilities for burning  a variety of mixtures.


Collection

Adequately marked containers  must  be  provided to
encourage  and  ensure  proper collection  and
segregation.  Good practice includes color  coding,
visible and  legible labels,  and a manifest system.
Color coding  can simplify identification and is easy to
implement.  Labels can be  hung on walls, placed  on
top of a container, or  stenciled on collection drums.
Labels stenciled on  both  sides of a container work
well; those only on top can  be  obliterated  by a spill. A
manifest should  be used even for internal  recycling.
The generator should fill out a  manifest form, attach it
to the container, and have a copy  sent to the recipient
and to a central control person.
Recycling

Recycling  or reclamation  of used solvents, can  be
accomplished with  in-house equipment and facilities
for almost  all pure solvents, but is generally  not
practical for  some  mixed solvents.  This  discussion
covers solvents segregated and collected after use as
well as solvents recovered in vapor recovery units.


Recyclable and Nonrecyclable Solvents
Solvents which can be recycled  readily are listed in
Table 10-4. These materials can generally be recycled
to meet original solvent specifications.

In addition to those noted above, paint thinners  can
also be  recycled. Since  most thinners are  mixtures
and lose volatile  solvents  in use, the recycled solvent
is not the same  as virgin  material. Thus,  reclaimed
thinner should not be used as a paint thinner, but can
be used to clean paint equipment.

Typical nonrecyclable solvents are noted below, along
with brief comments.
                                                     87

-------
   Table 10-4.  Summary of Segregation Recommendations for Reclamation and Disposal of Solvents

            Solvent                                           Segregation Guidelines
                                     Preferred Option
                                                  Alternate Options
   Hydrocarbons Group A
     Calibrating Fluid
     Coal Tar Naphtha
     Dry Cleaning Solvent
      -100SF Min. Flash Point
      -140°F Min. Flash Point
     Naphtha, Aromatic
Segregate and reclaim for original use
Mix and reclaim as a general cleaner or wash solvent.
Can mix with chlorinated and oxygenated solvents for
disposal to selected cement kiln operators.
   Hydrocarbons Group B
     Thinner, Paint
     Xytene
     Agitene
     Naphtha, Aliphatic
     Toluene
   Halogenated
     Methylene Chloride
     Tetrachtoroethane
     1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
     1,1,2-Trichloro-
        1,1,2 tritluoroethane

   Oxygenated
       Acetone
       Ethyl Acetate
       Ethyl Alcohol
       Isopropyl Alcohol
       Methyl Alcohol
       Methyl Ethyl Ketone
       Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Segregate and reclaim for original use
Segregate and reclaim for original use
Segregate and reclaim for original use
DO NOT MIX WITH GROUP A
Can mix with chlorinated and oxygenated solvents for
disposal to selected cement kiln operators.
Mix and reclaim as a general cleaner or wash solvent.
All chlorinated, hydrocarbon and oxygenated solvents can be
mixed and disposed to selected cement kiln operators
Can mix with all chlorinated and hydrocarbon solvents for
disposal to selected cement kiln operators.
Carbon Removers and Paint Strippers.These mixtures
are generally quite toxic since  many contain phenolic
compounds  and  thus  in-house  recycling  is  not
recommended.

Proprietary  Solvents. Many  proprietary  cleaning
solvents contain additives  (as noted above) which are
not recovered in distillation.  Therefore, the  recycled
material is not the same as the  original solvent,

The  major  processes  and  equipment  used  are
discussed briefly below:


    Gravity Separation.  Gravity  separation  is used
    mainly for paint thinners.

    Batch Stills. Many companies  manufacture,  sell
    and service  batch stills  for in-house recycling of
    solvents.  A list of the major suppliers is given in
    Table  10-5  along with some general data  on the
    types,  ranges,  feature's,  and  costs  of  this
    equipment.

    These units will not separate solvents and must
    be used for only one solvent at a time. They can
    be used  for a variety of  solvents with  cleaning
    between batches.
                                  Examples

                                  Navy

                                  At  the Naval  Shipyard  in  Portsmouth,  VA,  a 15-
                                  gal/day  batch still has been successfully used to
                                  recover mineral spirits and paint thinners. Savings
                                  amount  to about  $15,000  per  year  and  the
                                  equipment was paid off  in less than six months*.

                                •Air Force

                                  Bobbins AFB has a number  of  different  units for
                                  recycling over 50,000 gallons per year of various
                                  solvents. Total  savings  are reported to  be  over
                                  $600,000 per  year.

                                  Industries

                                  Many  industries  have  successfully  recovered
                                  solvents with in-house  units,  thereby  saving
                               This information was obtained from an article dated 11/5/85 that
                               appeared in. the Virginia Pilot (a local Portsmouth, .VA, newspaper).
                                                       88

-------
Table 10-5.  Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for On-Site Reclamation - Single-Plate Packaged Stills
I Supplier
Alternative Resource Management
7134S. Yate (Suite 400)
Tulsa, OK 741 36
918-495-0535
Baron Blakeslee
2001 N. Janice Ave.
MelrosePark, IL60160
312-450-3900
Branson Cleaning Equip. Corp.
P.O. Box 768
Shelton, CT 06484
203-796-0400
BR Instrument Corp.
P.O. Box 7
Pasadena, MD 21122
301-647-2894
DC I International
1229 Country Club Rd.
Indianapolis, IN 46234
317-271-4001
Detrex Chemical Ind. Inc.
P.O. Box 501
Detroit, Ml 48232
313-358-5800
Disti Inc.
131 Prince St.
New York, NY 100 12
212-505-0611
Finnish Eng. Co. (Extratec)
921 Greengarden Rd.
Erie, PA 16501-1591
814-455-4478
Finishing Equip. Inc.
3640 Kenneber Dr.
St. Paul, MN 55722
612-452-1860
Giant Distillation & Recovery Co.
3156 BellevueRd.
Toledo, OH 43606
Hoyt Corp.
Forge Rd.
Westport, MA 02990
617-636-8811
Lenape Equipment Co.
P.O. Box 285
Manasquan, NJ 08736
201-681-2442
National Ultrasonic
Chicago, IL 60626
312-465-6780


Throughput1
(gal/hr)
1.5-100
10-120
12-60
1-2
250
30-180
2-70
15-380
No
Available
Data
1.5-10
4-8
4-45-
No
Available
Data


Solvent
Capacity
(gals)
5-100
8-95
10-60
3-6
250
50-200
10-50
5-50
No
Available
Data
5-60
25-50
5-30
No
Available
Data


Heating
Options
Electric/
Steam
Electric/
Steam
Electric/
Steam
Electric
Dir.
Steam
Injection
Electric/
Steam
Steam/
Hot Oil
Electric/
Steam
Electric/
Steam
Electric/
Oil
Oil
Electric
No
Available
Data

89
Cooling
Options
Refrig/
Water
Refrig/
Water
Refrig/
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Water
Refrig/
Water
No
Available
Data


Explosion
Proof
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Available
Data


Cost $K
2.5-
100 +
5-8
4-10
9-12
No
Available
Data
5-10
8-54
5-80
No
Available
Data
5-100
No
Available
Data
3-20
No
Available
Data


Solvent
Types
Designed
for
All
Halogen-
ated
Halogen-
ated
All
All
Halogen-
ated
All
All
Halogen-
ated
All
Halogen-
ated
Halogen-
ated
Halogen-
ated


Comments
Atmospheric
& Vacuum
Models
Available


For Lab
Operations
For Removal
of Solvents
from Oils


Make a Wide
Range of
ATM. &
VAC. Models

Atmospheric
& Vacuum
Models
Available
Also Make
Vapor
Recovery
Units


(Continued)


-------
Table 10-5.  (Continued)
           Supplier
                                                      Solvent
           Solvent                    Explo-             Types
Throughput1  Capacity  Heating   Cooling    sion             Designed
  (gal/hr)	(gals)    Options   Options   Proof   Cost $K	for	Comments
 Phillips Mfg. Co.
 7334 No. Clark St
 Chicago, IL 60626
 312-338-6200

 Progressive Recovery Inc.
 1976 Congressional Dr.
 SI. Louis. MO 63146
 314-567-7963

 Ramco Equipment
 32 Montgomery St.
 Hillside, NJ 07205
 201-687-6700

 Rocyclene
 1910 Trade Zone Blvd.
 San Jose, CA95131
 408-945-8600

 Vaco Sdv Co.
 P.O. BOX 26147
 Cincinnati, OH 45226
 513-321-9178

 Westinghouse Electric Co.
 Box 300
 Sytesvilte, MD 21784
 301-795-2800
  5-125     15-125   Electric/   Water    No
                    Steam
7-15     Halogen-
          ated
   5-35       5-25    Hot Oil    Water    Yes     8-30       All
  25-200    30-135   Electric/   Water    No      7-20
                    Steam
   2-20      15-35    Electric/   Water    Yes     4-21
                    Heated
                      Oil
  1.6-10     5-60    Electric     Air      Yes     10-3
        Halogen-
          ated
          All
Also Make
 Custom
 Designs
                                                        All      No Cooling
                                                                 Needed
  15-30     18-50    Electric    Refrig/    No      7-10    Halogen-
                             Water                     ated
 For the lowest volatility solvent.

 valuable resources, and  eliminating or drastically
 reducing disposal requirements.

 Fractionation  Units.  Custom-made fractionation
 units can  be obtained from companies  such as
 those noted in Figure 10-6.

 Thin-Film Evaporators. To recover solvents from
 high viscosity fluids, thin film evaporators  or wiped
 surface evaporators are  generally recommended.
 In some cases,  these units may  be followed by
 fractional distillation units for better separation  of
 solvents. Suppliers of this equipment are  noted in
 Figure 10-7.

 Example

 Navy

 The Navy  has been recovering  Freon 113 at the
 Naval Shipyard in Portsmouth, VA, for many years
 and saving $20,000 to 30,000 per year.

 Vapor Degreasers with  and without  Recycle.
 Vapor degreasers are usually large units which
 generally have a freeboard area  for condensing
 vapors  above the vapor cleaning section. Some
 units contain internal  solvent  recycle systems,.
                            thereby minimizing the  need  for  cleanout.  Most
                            vapor degreasers utilize halogenated solvents.

                        Disposal

                        Disposal of sludge bottoms from most distillation units
                        is  still  necessary. Experience has  shown that  for
                        solvents used in  precision cleaning,  only a small
                        volume of fine solids is  obtained. These solids  can
                        often be disposed as a non-hazardous solid waste. At
                        the other  extreme are sludges from paint thinners.
                        These residues can be taken to dryness and disposed
                        as a hazardous waste.

                        Interesting exceptions are  still bottoms from  mineral
                        spirits used for  engine  cleaning.  The  residues are
                        mainly oils and can often be blended with  waste oils
                        for disposal.

                        In almost all cases where solvents are recycled, some
                        residues  remain which  have to be disposed  as
                        hazardous  wastes.  Options  include  land  filling,
                        incineration, encapsulation, blending with asphalt,  and
                        others.

                        Conclusions

                        ln-plant  recycle  and  reuse  of  solvents can  be
                        achieved for most solvents. The major concerns are:
                                                  90

-------
          Table 10-6.   Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for On-Site Reclamation -
                        Custom Builders of Fractional Distillation Units

                                                            Type of Equipment Available
Throughput1 Solvent Capacity
Supplier (gal/hr) (gals)
Advanced Process Systems ' 5-100 5-100
1 0400 Linn Station Rd., Suite 31 0
Louisville, KY 40223
Artisan Ind. Inc. 10-50 10-50
73 Pond Rd.
Waltham, MA 02154 617-893-6800
Chem-Pro Equip. Co. 5-50 10-50
27 Daniel Rd.
Fairfield, NJ 07006 201-575-1924
Distillation Eng. Co. 5-50 10-50
1 05 Dorsa Ave.
Livingston, NJ 07039 201-992-9620
Ferguson Ind. Inc. N/A2 N/A
1 900 W. Northwest Hwy.
Dallas, TX 75220 214-556-0010
Finish Eng. Co. 5-50 10-50
921 Greengardens Blvd.
Erie, PA 16501 814-455-4478
Progressive Recovery Inc. 3-30 10-50
1 976 Congressional Dr.
St Louis, MO 63146 314-567-7963
Explosion
Proof Price $K
Yes 20-50 +


Yes 20-30 +


Yes 20-30 +


Yes 20-30 +


Yes 20-30 +


Yes 20-30 +


Yes 20-40 -t-


           ' For the lowest volatility solvent.
           2 N/A = No data available.
Table 10-7.   Suppliers of Solvent Recycling Equipment Suitable for On-Site Reclamation - Thin-Film Evaporation
            Supplier
Throughpuf  Solvent Capacity
  (gal/hr)         (gals)  	Heating Options
                  Price Range
Cooling  Options	$K
Alpha Laval Inc.
2115 Lin wood Ave.
Ft. Lee, NJ 07024
201-592-7800
 Artisan Ind. Inc.
73 Pond Rd.
Waltham, MA 02154
617-893-6800
Brighton Crop.
11861  Mosteller Rd.
Cincinnati, OH 45241
513-771-2300
Luwa Crop.
P.O. Box 16348
Charlotte,  NC28216
704-394-8341
Progressive Recov. ,lnc.
 1976 Congressional Dr.
St. Louis,  MO 63146
314-567-7963
   5-50
                 5-50
  7.5-200        5-200
  50-1200        Cont.
   15-300        15-300
                                                                  Hot oil
                                  Steam/Oil
                                Steam/Hot oil
                                Steam/Hot oil
                                Steam/Hot oil
                                                     Refrig/Water         50 +
  Refrig/Water      50-130 +
                                                        Water
                                                        Water
                                                        Water
                                                                         18-43
                                                                       25-50 +
                                                                        40-120
 "For the lowest volatility solvent
                                                       91

-------
•   Quality and quantity of used solvents.
•   Segregation and handling practices.
•   Selection of recycling equipment.
•   Management practices.
•   Costs for operation and maintenance.
After completion of an environmental audit and review
of the above,  experience has shown that  in-house
recycling is often  the  most  cost-effective  and
environmentally-preferred option.
                                                 92

-------
                                            Chapter 11
                         Commercial (Off-Site) Solvent Reclamation

                                          Brian R. Dawson
                                   Solvent Resource Recovery, Inc.
                                      West Carrollton, OH 45449
Introduction
Solvents  are an  important part of  most  industrial
operations. Almost all plants use solvents,  usually for
cleaning,  degreasing,  painting, paint  stripping, or
extraction  purposes.  Therefore,  proper management
of solvent  wastes is of widespread concern. There are
several disposal methods available to solvent users,
but in  many cases the most environmentally sound
and economical choice is not to dispose of the solvent
at all, but to recycle it.

If we briefly review the generally accepted  priority list
of hazardous waste management, we see that first, it
is' incumbent upon generators of waste to institute a
program to  reduce the  amount  of waste  generated.
Second,  after the amount of waste generated  has
been minimized, recycling is considered the next most
appropriate  alternative.  Third on most  lists  is
incineration,  and  fourth is chemical  or  biological
treatment  to render the waste nonhazardous. Landfills,
deep-well  injection, and other  methods  fall further
down the  list.

Recycling is ranked  very  high  on  the  priority  list of
alternatives for  hazardous waste management. This is
because  it accomplishes two  very  important
objectives: one, it further minimizes the  quantity of
waste to  be handled; and two,  it conserves precious
natural   resources.  Waste  minimization  is
accomplished  because  the   reclaimed  solvent
becomes  a usable product, no longer a waste. Natural
resource  conservation  is accomplished  because the
petrochemical  building  blocks  necessary  for virgin
manufacture  are  not required,  and  the  utility
requirements (such  as electricity  and  steam)  to
reclaim are a  fraction  of the requirement for  virgin
manufacture.

There  are many types of solvents that are commonly
recycled.  Most prevalent  are  paint solvents. Almost
any industrial  process  involves  painting, and requires
solvent for application, cleaning of paint masks,  spray
equipment, and line flushing. Even the manufacture of
paint  requires  solvents  for  cleaning  of mixing
equipment and transfer  lines. The solvents generally
used  for these purposes  are  various mixtures  of
ketones (such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and
methyl isobutyl ketone),  esters (such as ethyl acetate,
n-butyl acetate, and isopropyl acetate),  alcohols (such
as ethanol, isopropanol,  and n-butanol), and aromatic
hydrocarbons (such as toluene and xylene).

In the  metal working industry, lubricating oils,  cutting
oils, and greases are used in the processes, and must
be removed prior to further work,  such as plating or
painting.  The  solvents used for  this type of cleaning
include chlorinated hydrocarbons  and  petroleum
distillates such as various mineral spirits* toluene, and
xylene.

In the printing industry, solvents are used  as  ink
additives, and  also for cleaning of rollers and presses.
Commonly used  are alcohols,  esters, and aromatic
hydrocarbons, as well as various mixtures thereof.

The  electronics  industry  uses  many solvents  for
cleaning, stripping,  defluxing, and even as a photo-
resist developer for printed circuit boards. Chlorinated
and fluorinated hydrocarbons are generally used.

There are  also thousands of small commercial
establishments,  such as  auto  repair  garages,  auto
body shops, and dry cleaners using solvents such as
petroleum  hydrocarbons, paint  thinners,  and
perchloroethylene.

Virtually  all  solvent-use applications are  physical in
nature, not  chemical. In  other  words, the chemical
structure of the  solvent is not altered.  It is  merely
contaminated, so the purpose of solvent reclamation
is to  remove the  impurities,  making the   solvent
available for  reuse.  The  reclamation  process also
does not chemically alter the solvents, therefore, there
is no  limit to  the number of times a solvent may be
recycled or reused.

On-site reclamation, where practical, is generally
preferred to off-site reclamation to avoid the  risk and
liability of transportation. If on-site reclamation is not
                                                  93

-------
practical because  of  economic or quality limitations,
off-site reclamation should be considered as the next
alternative.

Types of Recycling

Two basic types  of  off-site or commercial solvent
recycling are available: custom toll recycling and open
market  recycling. In custom  toll  recycling,  the
generator's spent solvents are kept segregated, batch
processed  separately  to the generator's specification,
and  then returned for reuse. While the requirements
vary among different  processes, the  minimum  batch
size is  generally 1,000 to 2,000 gal,  so  this option
usually is limited to larger generators of waste.

The batch  size limitations are caused by  processing
equipment  size,  economies  of scale,  and  sometimes
transportation  costs.  The processing  equipment is
engineered to handle large volumes of waste,  and
small batches will not "wet" the system, causing  a
very low percentage  of recovery.  If  the distillation
system  is  designed to circulate  500 gal through  the
heat exchanger, a  1,000-gal batch of waste processed
can  yield  a  maximum  of 50  percent  recovery.
However,  a 2,000-gal batch can  yield 75  percent
recovery,  a 3,000 gal  batch  can yield 83  percent
recovery, a 4,000-gal  batch can yield 80 percent,  and
so on.

Economies of scale realized from  larger batch sizes
come from the charge or fill time, heat up time,  still
bottoms pumping  time, and cleanout time.  Each of
these steps is necessary for all batches, and requires
approximately the  same  amount of  time  whether
processing  1,000 gal or 4,000 gal.

Transportation costs  are  often  identical,  whether
shipping full truckloads or  partial truckloads, so  the
larger quantity' shipped translates to a lower cost  per
gallon.

If the above limitations can  be overcome, significant
benefits can  be  realized.  The  generator can  be
assured that the  reclaimed solvent  returned  is  not
contaminated with  any solvent foreign to his system,
since the  waste  is  kept segregated through  all
processing  steps,  thereby  simplifying  quality
assurance  and quality control. The generator is also
dealing with a known  entity,  i.e.,  the  solvent returned
is  coming  from  solvent  waste already used  in  his
operations.  This can simplify SARA  Title  III  and
Worker Right-to-Know concerns.'

Economics of custom toll recycling are governed by
four key  factors.  The first  is processing costs.
Processing costs not  only entail the usual items such
as labor, utilities, and  equipment investment, but also
the administrative  costs  associated with maintaining
environmental  compliance. Processing costs are also
affected by specifications required.  The narrower or
tighter the specification for the reclaimed  solvent, the
higher the  cost,  especially  if drying  is  required.
Second  is  the disposal  cost of the  still  bottom
residues,  or otherwise unrecovered  portions of the
waste  stream.  Third  is  transportation  cost.  Last,
though probably  most important,  is  the  percent
recovery,  or yield. The higher the  yield the  lower the
unit processing  cost, disposal cost,  and  unit
transportation cost.

Generally,  after  all  costs  are  considered,  the
reclaimed solvent  is returned  to  the generator at a
price similar to or  slightly lower  than  virgin  solvent
purchase.  While this  may  not  seem  to be  very
motivating,  we must  not  forget to consider the
alternative  - if the  spent solvent  is  not  recycled, it
must be disposed,  and disposal costs are  very high
these days. Therefore, recycling avoids the disposal
alternative, and  makes  the natural resource available
for reuse.

The second form of commercial reclamation is known
as open market recycling,  where  the spent solvents
are co-mingled with like or similar wastes from many
generators,  and processed to specification for resale
and  reuse in the marketplace as refined solvent. This
option  is available to  virtually  all generators of spent
solvents, so long as  the recycling facility offers the
service (some  companies  specialize  in only  custom
toll recycling),  and  there is a  resale market  for the
refined product. One other potential limitation involves
waste  segregation - if a  generator is  using  several
different  solvents in different  parts of his operation,
and  co-mingles the.waste, there is a strong likelihood
that  the refined solvent from the  waste may not  be
suitable  for  resale,  leaving  disposal  as  the  only
alternative.

Though there  are  exceptions, most solvent waste
streams are suitable for recovery.  Since the recycler
will  be deriving revenue  from   the  resale  of the
product, the benefit to the  generator  can be a lower
disposal cost. Also,  the generator can  be assured that
his waste  is being managed  in  an  environmentally
acceptable manner, with the corresponding  benefit of
natural resource conservation.
The  charges assessed for the  management of spent
solvents through open market recycling vary  with the
relative  resale value  of  the  refined  solvent. The
general  rule of thumb in  the industry is that refined
solvents  selling  for less  than  $0.20 per pound are
marketed  at 80 percent  of  virgin  price, and those
selling for more then $0.20 per pound are marketed at
90 percent of virgin price. Since the costs associated
with  recycling  have no relationship to market price, a
recycler  must assess disposal  charges to  make  a
profit on  low-priced  reclaimed solvent. While the
charges  will  vary  depending  on  quantity and
transportation, the disposal price is in the  range of
                                                  94

-------
$50  to  $100 per  drum  for  most  nonchlorinated
solvents.

Most chlorinated solvents have a higher resale value,
and  under certain  circumstances, some  generators
are even paid  for  their chlorinated  waste.  More
frequently, though,  the  charges  range from  zero  to
$50 per drum.

The  three  key  factors  affecting  the disposal  cost
(other  than  chlorinated  vs. nonchlorinated) are
quantity,  transportation,  and  character  of the
impurities. It takes exactly the same amount of time to
process the paperwork  and perform  the analyses for
one drum   as  for 40,  so  the  more  drums
shipped/received, the lower the unit  processing cost.
Transportation costs are affected in a similar  manner.
The key  factor, though,  is  the  character of the
impurities.  If water  is  present in  the waste,  it too
becomes a  waste  that must be properly managed at
high cost.  Solid or  nonpumpable  impurities  are not
recoverable,  and must  be  properly disposed at high
cost. Last, foreign objects, such as rags, gloves, nuts,
bolts, filter  cartridges,  pop cans, paper  cups, etc.
present in the waste must be  separated and  properly
disposed  as waste,  usually  by incineration.  When
waste minimization techniques are being considered,
care should  be taken  to avoid  these impurities,  as
they add significantly to  the processing cost of solvent
waste.
 Reclamation Technology

 Technologies  exist today  to assure  high  quality
 reusable solvent. The prevailing method of processing
 is  distillation  or  vaporization. All  recyclers use the
 same basic systems and technology, but they  apply
 those systems in a highly individualized manner.

 Many solvents can be processed into a reusable state
 by simple vaporization. This is usually done in  a pot
 still or thin-film evaporator.

 In  the pot still, the  spent solvent  is charged  to the
 system, then heated to boiling by steam or hot  oil heat
 exchangers.  The heat  exchangers can  be  either
 internal or external.  Once boiling, the  solvent vapors
 exit the system to a  water-cooled heat exchanger, and
 are  then cooled to  a clean  solvent liquid.  The
 nonvolatile residues, or still bottoms, are then pumped
 to storage awaiting final disposal. With strict  land
 disposal  regulations in effect, the  usual, most cost-
 efficient disposal  method is through a waste  derived
 fuel  program.  This  is accomplished by blending the
 still  bottoms  to  a prearranged  specification  for
 consumption  as  a  fuel in   a cement  or  lightweight
 aggregate kiln.  This  disposal  method  has the
 advantage  of  assuring  destruction ratio efficiencies
 comparable  to  those  of  an incinerator,  but  at
 significantly  lower  cost.  Also,  there  is  sufficient
capacity available in the market for this disposal, while
commercial incineration capacity is limited.

Similar to  pot stills in reclamation  technology are thin-
film or wipe-film evaporators. The difference is that in
a pot still  the spent solvents are cooked, while in the
thin-film evaporator the waste is pumped into the top
of the unit, where it is then spread in  a thin layer on
the internal surface by  rotating  wiper blades. The
internal surface is heated by a steam or hot oil jacket.
By exposing the solvent waste to this heat in  a thin
layer, the  organic solvents  are flash evaporated, once
again to a heat exchanger, to be  condensed as clean
solvent liquid.  In  these  systems, the  nonvolatile
residues  continuously exit  the  bottom  of  the
evaporator, to be handled in the same manner as  pot
still bottoms. The advantage of the thin-film evaporator
over the pot still is that the batch  size is not limited by
the size of the  pot, since  the system is fed from an
external  storage tank,  and operated  continuously.
Also,  some  nonvolatile   residues  are  subject  to
chemical  breakdown when cooked, which  can cause
odor  or color  problems in the reclaimed  solvent.  If
thermal breakdown is not a concern, the pot still has
the advantage of giving higher recovery yields.

Both  pot still  and thin-film  evaporators  are  often
operated  under vacuum, to reduce the boiling point of
the  solvent,  thus  reducing the   amount  of  energy
required,  and also enabling the recovery of some high
boiling solvents.

The disadvantage of both  these  systems is that they
have  no  separation  capability,  other than  volatile
organics from nonvolatile organics. In  other words, all
the volatile organic solvents entering the systems will
exit as product. So  long  as the solvent  waste  has
been kept properly segregated,  and the recoverable
solvent portion is pure,  this  is  acceptable.  But  if
volatile organic impurities  are present in  the  waste,
they  will be present in the reclaimed solvent. This may
cause quality problems; to  address the situation, some
recyclers have installed fractionating columns.

 Fractional  distillation  is an  extremely complex
technology, with  several  different types of columns
 and  a vast variety of  sizes  and configurations. The
 most common types  of columns are packed columns
 (usually the  porcelain saddles), bubble cap columns,
 sieve plate columns,  and valve tray columns.  The
 taller the column  design, the more  trays,  enabling
 more separation  or  clarification capability.  As  the
 diameter  of the columns  increases, more throughput
 capacity  is obtained.

 The  underlying principle of operation of all fractioning
 columns  is the same. The volatile organics are heated
 by steam or hot oil by  means of internal or external
 heat exchangers.  As the  solvent wastes  reach the
 boiling point, the vapors enter the column. The lower
 boiling components migrate to the top of the column,
                                                   95

-------
 with  the  column  design  promoting  internal
 condensation  of higher boiling  components, with
 subsequent migration to the lower part of the column.
 As the lower boiling vapors exit the top of the column,
 they are condensed to  a liquid. During the initial start
 up operations of a batch run, all the condensed liquid
 (clean  solvent)  is pumped  back  into the top  of the
 column  as  reflux,  further  promoting  internal
 condensation and migration.  When  equilibrium  is
 reached in the system, part of the reflux condensate
 is  pumped to product storage,  'with  the  remainder
 continuing back to the  column. The amount returned
 to the column compared with the amount  pumped  as
 product is known as the reflux ratio.

 When  separating solvents  with  a narrow spread
 between their boiling points, the  reflux ratio may  be
 very high - as much as  5:1.  This means that for every
 6 gal boiled out of the system, 5 gal go back, with 1
 gal of product produced.

 The reflux system enables a high  purity portion  of the
 lower boiling solvent to be  reclaimed.  As the  lowest
 boiling  component  is  removed   to clean  product
 storage, the  next highest boiling  component will
 migrate  to  the  top of  the column.  No  fractional
 distillation is  100 percent efficient, so there  will be a
 small intermediate cut  of  the mixture of  the two
 components, taken to separate storage. This may  be
 fed back to subsequent batches.

 After the intermediate  cut,  the next component  is
 removed  in  the same  manner   as  the first  cut,
 maintaining adequate reflux to assure separation from
 even higher boiling  solvents. The  batch is thus
 continued until all sought-after solvent components
 are  reclaimed.  The  unrecovered   residues are then
 handled in  the same manner as those  from  pot stills
 or thin-film evaporators.

 Theoretically, any  solvent mixture  can  be separated
 by  fractional  distillation  if the equipment design  is
 adequate.  Practical  considerations  of  operating
 economics and  equipment  investment,  however,
 generally limit efficient separation to solvents  having a
 boiling point spread,of 20°  to 30°C. Even this  is an
 improvement over" capabilities   available in  the
 recycling industry 20 years  ago.  By varying solvent
 waste feed points, reflux ratios, and use of vacuum,  a
 great deal  of flexibility  is created to  process   many
 different solvents previously considered  either
 uneconomical or impractical.' Quality refined products
 are being produced that can be  used  in  almost all
 phases  of  industry,   including  pharmaceutical
 applications to manufacture drugs.

 Subsequent  processing may  involve extraction,
 filtering, restabilization,  or drying,  depending on the
 refined solvent specification  requirements.  The  most
 common problem  associated  with refined  solvent
quality is  excessive  moisture,  or  water.  Moisture
 contamination  may create  corrosion  problems,  or
 coating  problems  with  paint solvents,  or  hydrolytic
 breakdown  problems  with chlorinated  solvents.
 Several  techniques are  available  to  address these
 problems.

 Since water forms an azeotropic, or constant boiling
 mixture,  with  many  solvents,  those  recyclers  with
 fractionating capability may use distillation techniques
 for  moisture removal. Depending  on  the azeotropic
 mixture and the quantity of water to be removed, this
 method  can be  very  effective, though  usually quite
 costly.
 Another option  available is  physical  or  mechanical
 removal.  This involves  filtering the  refined solvent
 through an absorbing or adsorbing  dessicant.

 Anhydrous  calcium  chloride  is  sometimes used  for
 this technique, and can  be very effective for removal
 of  trace  water  contamination. For  refined solvents
 containing   less   than  0.5  percent  moisture
 contamination, calcium chloride can dry them down to
 200 ppm. Disadvantages are that when  spent, the
 calcium chloride cannot be  regenerated,  creating  a
 potential disposal problem, and there is the possibility
 of free halogen  contamination of the refined solvent,
 causing a potential corrosion problem.

 Another  method  effective  for   trace  water
 contamination removal  is ion exchange  resin.  This
 method  uses adsorption, with the water molecules
 attaching to the  resin, and the subsequent dry solvent
 passing through. It has  repeatedly demonstrated the
 ability  to reduce moisture levels from  0.2  percent to
 0.3 percent down to less than 100 ppm,  and has the
 advantage  of   being  able  to regenerate.  A
 disadvantage, though,  is that this method  is  not
 effective on  refined  solvents with  more than  0.5
 percent moisture contamination.

 Probably  the  best available  technology  today for
 moisture  removal is the  molecular  sieve  bed. It
 functions by  actually trapping the water molecules in
 the interstices of the molecular sieve, allowing the dry
 solvent to  pass through.  This  method  has  the
 advantage of being able  to handle gross amounts of
 water contamination (drying from five percent down to
 less than one percent), as well as  the  trace moisture
 contaminated solvents (drying from 0.5 percent down
to less than 200 ppm). It also can  be regenerated for
continued use.

 From a technical point of view,  any solvent can be
reclaimed to a point where it can be reused. The only
limiting  factor  is  economics, and with  disposal  costs
escalating  so rapidly,  recycling  is  becoming the
method of choice  for a  wider range  of  solvents.  In
some cases,  the cost for disposal  is higher than the
original cost of the virgin product, and once a material
                                                 96

-------
is disposed, it is gone forever,  with a corresponding
loss of precious natural resources.
Quality Control

Let's look at what happens to a solvent  during the
recycling process to assure quality. First, the waste is
collected, in either drums or bulk tank truck transport,
and sent to  the recycling facility. There, the waste is
analyzed to verify  that the contents agree  with the
waste manifest.  Then the waste  is pumped to  bulk
storage.  When  enough  material  has  been
accumulated  for an  economical  run,  the  waste  is
processed  through  the  distillation   system.  The
resulting refined product is then analyzed  again  to
determine  conformance with  established  specifi-
cations. If further steps are required, such as  drying  or
restabilization, the  product  is checked  again prior  to
pumping to final storage.  From  there, the refined
solvent is packaged to customer order in either drums
or bulk  tanker, with yet another quality  control check
before  shipment. The still bottoms are also thoroughly
analyzed to measure conformance with fuel blending
specifications.

A typical recycling facility  lab is equipped  with gas
chromatographs (GCs),  Karl-Fischer  titrimeters,
calorimeters,  and  atomic  absorption  spectro-
photometers, as well as other  ancillary  equipment
such as pH meters, color testers, and specific gravity
measurement equipment.

The gas chromatograph is  the key analytical tool for
quality control  in  the  recycling   lab.  Various
instruments are available, but a well-equipped lab will
have  multiple  capability  - a  unit  with  a  thermal
conductivity detector for macro  analysis  of solvent
components, a flame ionization detector for analysis of
micro (or components in the 100 ppm  to  1,000  ppm
range),  and  an electron capture detector  for even
greater sensitivity  (to  check for  trace  PCF
contamination, for  instance). The GCs can  also  be
equipped  with  automatic  integrators and automatic
injection, and controlled by computer to  increase
analytical reproducibility and reliability.

The Karl-Fischer titrimeter  is used to measure water
content. Depending  on  analytical  technique, the
instrument  may be sensitive  down to  less than  50
ppm.

Color testers and  pH  meters are used for obvious
purposes, since color is occasionally a quality problem
for customers, and pH can affect corrosion properties
of the refined solvent.

The calorimeter is used  to measure BTU content of
the  still bottoms,  with  subsequent wet  chemistry
testing  for halogen content. Both of these  parameters
are  key  specifications for  waste-derived  fuel
programs.

Another key parameter for still  bottoms blending  into
waste derived fuels is heavy metal content, such as
lead, zinc, chrome, etc. Typically, the recycler will  use
atomic  absorption  spectrophotometry to  measure
heavy metals.

If refined chlorinated solvents are intended for reuse
in vapor degreasing, stabilizer content is an important
quality  control  parameter.  While some  individual
stabilizers can be measured.by  gas chromatograph, a
better method for checking  total stabilizer  content  is
through wet chemistry titration of acid acceptance.

If the recycler carefully follows all the quality control
steps,  industry  is  assured  of  receiving  a  quality
product, appropriate for almost any use.  In  my
experience,  there  are very  few applications where
refined  solvents cannot  be  used. While  there  are
perceptions in the market that refined solvent is not as
good as virgin solvent, this is very seldom true. Even
some of the  obvious  differences between the two,
such as  purity, color, and odor very  seldom actually
affect the performance of the solvent during reuse.
Recycling Capacity

By dealing with a recycler equipped to service even
the small generator,  the economic and environmental
advantages  of recycling can be realized. The solvent
recycling market is  relatively  mature and  well-
established, though in  a state  of change  today. While
some companies have  been in business for as long as
50 years, and many for as long as 20 years, there are
very few new  entrants to  the field.  Dramatically
increased regulatory  and  permitting requirements
make  it  very difficult  to stay  in business,  let alone
make a new entry. Five years ago, market  estimates
indicated  about  150 recyclers in  business in the
United States.  Today,  that number is  less than 100,
and by  1992 is projected to  be less than  50. The
trend in the market is towards consolidation, as larger
companies,  with greater assets and  resources, absorb
smaller  companies  unable   to  comply  with  the
regulations.

There  should  still  be plenty   of capacity available,
though,  as   no recycler  of  which I  am  aware  is
operating at more than about 60 percent utilization.
Also, most of the decrease from 100 recyclers to 50
will be via  consolidation,  i.e.,  they  will  be  acquired,
and continue to operate,  rather than cease to  exist.
Therefore, plenty of available  opportunity should exist
for generators  to take advantage of off-site recycling
within  their  economic transportation  service  area,
generally considered to be 300 to 400 miles.
                                                   97

-------
Selecting a Recycling Facility

We  have looked at both custom toll  recycling and
open market recycling:  the criteria for  selecting  the
proper method  varies with individual needs. A more
important consideration,  though,  is selection  of  the
proper company to service your requirements. Several
key factors should be examined. Since the hazardous
waste generator forever retains ultimate liability for the
waste, and many more of us are now subject to  the
regulations,  this has  far  reaching  implications and
should weigh heavily in deciding where  to have
solvent waste recycled.

The  refined  solvent  resold  in  the  marketplace  is
considered a product, and is no longer  subject to  the
provisions of RCRA. Since no  solvent waste  is 100
percent recoverable, residues still must be managed
properly to minimize risk and potential liability.

In the past, many industrial and governmental waste
generators selected  their TSD  facility  based  upon
impressive  oral  and   written  assurances and
representations of proper procedures; however, these
assurances were no protection against  liability. Then,
most firms  began  requiring  copies of  appropriate
permits from those facilities being used  or considered
for use. Alas, this has proven no more effective, as
most Superfund priority  sites appear to have been
properly  permitted  during  the  course  of  their
operation. Once again, no protection from liability.

How, then,  since you as generators  retain ultimate
liability for the management of your hazardous  waste,
can  you  minimize  the  risks  of damage  to the
environment, or  to your  company's  assets  and
reputation? By the way,  it is my considered opinion
that  those of you who may be categorized  as small
generators need to assign as much or more attention
to this decision  than do  General Motors, IBM,  Xerox,
and  other corporate  giants. As  an illustration,  at the
Berlin and Farro site in  Michigan, cleanup  costs of
S14  million  were paid by 87  generators.  General
Motors' share was  $8.4  million,  Dow  Coming's was
$1.2 million, NL Industries was $129,000, Ford Motor
Company's was $212,000,  Grand Trunk Railroad's
was  $144,000, and Monsanto's was $100,000.  These
costs,  which were published in  the newspaper, are
embarrassing to  the companies involved, as well as
damaging  to profitability. Beyond that, however, there
will be no discernible adverse effect. Each considers it
an expensive lesson learned,  and  business life
continues  as  normal. How would your company react
to such a penalty or to  one of $5,000 $10,000, or
$50,000?  In some  cases, I dare  say that your
business...your whole  life  would  suffer severe
consequences.

As a beginning to your  decision making process,  I
strongly urge you to inspect  those facilities you are
using or considering for use, at least once each year.
No responsibly  operated  TSD site  of  which  I  am
aware  would refuse such a  visit. Any that would
should be eliminated from consideration.


When inspecting the site, five critical areas should be
addressed:

•   Owners/Operators of the Site

    -  The financial status and capabilities should be
       examined.  General  Motors would  not  have
       had to pay  $8.4 million to clean up Berlin &
       Farro, if Berlin & Farro had not gone bankrupt.

    -  Are  the transporters and other TSD facilities
       used by the  site in  question  capable,
       reputable, and reliable?

    Does the  facility  have  adequate  insurance
    coverage?  Environmental  Impairment Liability
    insurance is very difficult to obtain today, and is
    very  costly. Without adequate financial  capability,
    it is the only protection you have from CERCLA
    costs.
    •  Site Personnel

    -  Is the staff qualified and experienced?

    -  Do training  programs  exist  to  assure
       continuance of qualified people operating the
       site?

    How  are  documents and  records  managed?
    Poorly maintained records may indicate a poorly-
    run facility.
   Site Situation

   -   Is  the facility located  in  a residential  area,
       subject to the inherent risks and complaints?

   -   Is the site located where  potential spills  may
       endanger  nearby well  water?  What types of
       wastes are  handled  that  may  pose ultimate
       risk?  Your liabilities do not  end/begin at the
       point in  time  at  which you commence
       business.  The  liabilities are  potentially all-
       inclusive.
   Regulatory Compliance Status

   -   Are the necessary permits held?  Any doubts
       can be resolved by the appropriate regulatory
       agencies.  Copies  of the  permits  should  be
       examined.

   -   What  is the compliance history of the site? A
       consent order or other sign of difficulty does
       not necessarily rule  out  consideration,  since
                                                  98

-------
       any site more  than  eight years  old probably
       has past problems to correct, but compliance
       monitoring in such cases should be examined.

•  Operations

   -   Do  health  and safety  practices  appear
       adequate?
   -   Is equipment properly maintained?
   -   Is  there secondary,  and preferably  tertiary,
       containment of  solvent storage and  handling
       areas? Is there a spill control plan?
   -   Is there a contingency plan?
   -   Are there  adequate  warning  and  security
       signs?
   -   Are there internal inspection procedures? Are
       they documented? All of these are required of
       a properly-run facility.
   -   Finally, how are the unrecoverable  residues
       handled?  Some residues  are  suitable  for
       chemical-based fuels  programs, such  as
       cement kilns.  But   what happens to those
       residues  not sent  for fuel?  Those materials
       should be  sent to  an  approved, permitted,
       commercial incinerator.
In  addition, every recycler is  burdened with  a water
disposal problem. Most  incoming  wastes have
associated water contamination to be removed. Also,
water is the most commonly-used medium to clean
out  process  equipment  to  prevent  cross-
contamination. We send  these  waters to  DuPont in
New Jersey for biological  and chemical  treatment,
with  the  resulting  effluent  being   not only
nonhazardous, but meeting  drinking water  standards.
These  practices assure that the portion of  waste that
is  not recovered  as quality product is destroyed, so it
will not come back to haunt us or our customers.
If  these  five critical areas  of  concern  have been
adequately addressed, you may rest assured that you
have done your job  properly, and selected  ac-
cordingly.
While recycling can  be shown  to be  an economical
alternative to disposal, our options  have  deeper
significance.  We  should also view recycling as  a
viable  means  to  conserve  increasingly  finite
resources, and to preserve our environment  for our
children  and future  generations.  We  consider
ourselves part of the  solution, not part of the problem.
                                                  99

-------

-------
                                             Chapter 12
                          Making the Most of Bottoms and Residuals

                                     Steven F. Miller, Ph.D., P.E.
                                           Dames & Moore
                                       San Francisco, CA 94105
Historically, most oil rerefining  and solvent  recovery
processes have focused on recovery of supernatants
and  distillates  and consigned  the  bottoms  and
residuals to disposal.  That  approach  often  left  the
most  valuable molecules  in  the  discarded  fraction,
which typically went to landfill.  The land bans which
began taking effect  in November 1986 were expected
to increase solvent  recycling. Instead, they appear to
have had the opposite effect.  This is because solvent
recyclers that had generally discarded their bottoms to
landfill have  now  discovered  better economics  in
sending unrecovered solvents to RCRA fuel  blending
programs (e.g., to cement kilns and industrial boilers)
compared with recovering distillates and destroying
the resulting bottoms in commercial incinerators. The
exceptions  would  include those  few recyclers  that
have captive incineration capacity.

Actually, halogenated solvents continue to be recycled
because they cannot be consumed directly in RCRA
fuels programs since the halogen levels are too high.
Disposal of the  bottoms from these halogenated
solvent  distillations via RCRA fuels programs requires
the use of diluents to meet maximum chloride, solids,
and  viscosity  requirements.  Unrecovered
nonhalogenated  waste solvents are being  used  as
those diluents. Thus, recovery of the nonhalogenated
solvents has been the most drastically curtailed.

One  oil and  solvent  recycling  company's very
successful  waste  minimization program focused  on
the reuse of waste  streams,  making  possible virtually
total  recycle of an increasing variety  of hazardous
wastes. The  benefit of total  recycle was, of course,
reduced cost and liability. The key to the program was
to persistently look for ways to  utilize the  parts of
process streams  which  would  otherwise  become
disposal problems. Of particular interest here were the
distillation bottoms  and residuals. What  we will  be
discussing  is  not restricted  technology,  and  similar
approaches can be taken by  other facilities  if  they
choose.

The company we  will be  discussing was originally a
marketer of lubricating oils, which decided to  produce
its own base stocks for those lubricants. In the 1950s,
it began collecting and rerefining used  lubricating oils
and reselling the resulting oils. It elected to rerefine its
oil by the acid-clay process which was popular at the
time because it produced a  very high quality finished
product.  Automotive lubrication  requirements were
relatively simple in the 1950s, and the used motor oils
contained few additives. Thus, the acid process was
relatively easy to operate. During the  1960s, 1970s,
and  1980s,  lube  oil  additive requirements increased
significantly,  which  made  the acid process more
difficult to operate and increased the  quantity of waste
produced.
The acid  process,  as  depicted  in  Figure  12-1,
consisted of dehydration or heating of the waste oil to
remove water and a light fuel fraction and to crack the
dispersant  part of the additive packages in the oil.
Then the oil was cooled and treated with strong acid,
typically  98 percent  H2SO4  (sulfuric  acid), which
sulfated  and precipitated most components which
weren't  stable lube  oil  molecules. Fifteen to 20
percent of  the liquid was drawn off the bottom as  a
heavy, tarry  "acid  sludge" waste.  This obnoxious
waste, which was high in lead and  sulfuric acid, was
neutralized with  limestone (CaCOa) prior  to landfill
disposal. Many plants in  the U.S. simply disposed of
the  acid sludge  in  landfills  without neutralization.
Growing  environmental pressures in reaction  to these
and other disposal practices caused many oil refining
plants  which did  not neutralize this acid  sludge to
close down.
Following  this acid treatment step,  the supernatant
lube oil fraction was  again  heated,  this time in the
presence  of  activated clay  to  remove  color bodies.
The spent clay was then separated by filtration  and
disposed of in landfills.

The water removed from the process was  treated by
addition of lime and alum in a reactor/clarifier, with the
treated  water sent to the  POTW,  and the resulting
lime/alum  sludge sent to landfill.
                                                  101

-------
    Figure 12-1.  Acid-clay process.
                                                          Flare
                                                                        POTW
                                                                          >  Landfill
                                         H2SO4
                                           I
                  •>  Light Oil
                                                 Clay
                                                                                   30 Weight Oil
                                                                               Spent Clay Landfill
                                             Acid Sludge
                                                                               Landfill
                                               CaCO
All three landfilled materials  presented potential long-
term  environmental liabilities.  At this point, the
company was purchased and I  came on board with an
agreement that  I would  be allowed  to  modify the
process to eliminate waste generation.

A few attempts were made to recycle the acid sludge
by burning it at a sulfuric acid  production plant which
normally produced   H2SC>4  by  burning sulfur and
supplemental  fuels.  The   acid  sludge was
approximately  30 percent sulfate  and  70  percent
burnable organic compounds, making it very attractive
to the company which owned the acid  plant. This was
technologically  feasible,  and  the company  I am
employed by today has actually made arrangements
to recycle  very old acid sludge pits  by  this means.
However, in  the  case we are  now  discussing, the
recycle  approach involved shipping  the  acid sludge
about  750  miles via bulk  truck,  which  became
prohibitively expensive.

By January 1982, the facility  was modified to operate
a distillation/ clay  process, depicted  in  Figure  12-2,
which had  been developed to eliminate production of
the acid sludge  waste.  Variations  of the  distillation
process  have become the most common waste oil
rerefining processes today. In place of the acid sludge
waste, a viscous, high flash (typically  550°F)  bottoms
                                                  102

-------
Figure 12-2.  Distillation clay process.
                                                           Flare
                                                                          Truck Diesel
       Used Oil
 O
oo  oo
       Polymeric Waste
                         Roofing
                       Asphalt Flux
                                                 Clay
                                                                                     Lube Oil
                                                                       Spent Clay
                                                                         Kiln
                                                                                        Lightweight Block
                                               Water
                                          Polymer
                           Oil/Polymer Recycle
                                                                     POTW
product can  be  produced  which  is useful as an
asphalt oil cut-back  or  asphalt viscosity reducing
agent.  At first, the bottoms product, which was called
asphalt flux, went to Phillips Petroleum to be used for
cutting back' road asphalt at  about the price of the
road asphalt itself. Shortly thereafter, concern over the
legal definition of "putting  bottoms  on  the ground"
resulted in selling all the asphalt flux to refineries to
cut back roofing asphalt  prior to the air blowing  steps
in  which the final roofing asphalt product qualities are
achieved.

Here we should note that the "impurities" present in
the used  motor oils, such  as the  polymer  additives
used  to provide multigrade viscosity (e.g., 10W30,
15W40) contributed to final roofing product quality and
that the metals  present  from  additives  and from  use
(e.g., zinc and lead) catalyzed  the air-blowing process,
thus increasing refinery throughput. Arrangement with
its  main new  refinery customer became a profitable
gallon-for-gallon  trade of one gallon of asphalt flux for
one gallon of virgin lubricating  oil  also  produced by
that same customer.

The lime/alum waste water process was replaced by
polymer addition. Combinations of polymer types  were
                                           used. The material  recovered  was  recycled  to the
                                           asphalt flux tower along with the incoming used oil.

                                           That left only the spent clay waste, containing  oil and
                                           color  bodies but  no significant metals,  going  as  a
                                           nonhazardous  industrial waste  to  landfill.  The
                                           company considered  hydrotreating the  oil  as  a
                                           substitute for  the clay finishing step,  as this  would
                                           have eliminated  potential future  landfill liability,  but the
                                           capital cost  was too high. It therefore contracted with
                                           a  plant  which  burned coal  and   shale  to  make
                                           lightweight aggregate  for lightweight concrete  block
                                           (e.g.,  cinder block).  The plant burned the spent, clay
                                           (which was approximately 30  percent  lube oil and
                                           carbon) in place of coal. The 70 percent clay ash was
                                           incorporated in the cinder block product. This  proved
                                           beneficial to both  parties and thus the  last landfill
                                           stream was eliminated.

                                           As the  company examined  what  was  achieved via
                                           waste  minimization  other  observations were  made.
                                           Along with  waste oil  it had  been  receiving  caustic
                                           cleaning wastes from the local drum reconditioners
                                           and processing  those wastes along with the ordinary
                                           used  oil. This  stream was  rich  in paint polymer
                                           stripped from  the  drum outsides  by  the  caustic
                                                   103

-------
cleaning process.  Bench  tests  indicated  that  this
waste stream had  only positive  effects  on both the
asphalt flux product, which  was  itself  already rich in
polymers and on the final roofing product's ductility.
Therefore,  other  drum conditioners were sought out
as suppliers. These  drum  reconditioners were
delighted to have an alternative to local landfills.  The
search  was  expanded  for  other polymeric-bearing
feedstocks which could be made compatible with the
asphalt flux.

At this  point,  the company's  RCRA history  is worth
mentioning. It had originally received Part A status as
a generator and treater of acid sludge, a characteristic
waste.  Because used oil  is typically  potentially
contaminated  by a variety of listed  solvents,  the
company expanded  its  Part  A  status  to include
receiving and processing  of such  oil, just in case.
Later it further expanded Part A to include permission
to receive  listed  solvents for recycle  or  burning for
energy  recovery  in its  industrial  process heaters.  It
also received  approval for caustic and acidic wastes
which it  used in the processes.  It was then granted
Part B status on the basis of all Part A activities.

Originally,  the company had taken  measures to
minimize solvents in  its feedstocks  recognizing  that
the contaminated distillates would  make less desirable
fuels. Later, with  the oil distillation process  operating
well,  the company became interested  in solvent
recycling per se, and thus  began to examine individual
solvent  waste streams for their compatibility with the
new  process.  Solvent  wastes typically  contain
concentrated dissolved  and  suspended  components
and  contaminants accumulated in the  solvent during
formulation and  use,  including  a  range of polymers,
resins,  dirts, oils,  and  greases,  etc.  The  following
approach became apparent:

A polymer or oil-bearing solvent waste could be added
to previously  conditioned  asphalt flux (550 °F flash
point,  prestripped  of all light volatile  matter) as
depicted in Figure 12-3, the solvent stripped  overhead
through a distillation system, and the polymer retained
and recovered in the flux. The  extreme temperatures
assured  no significantly measurable  solvent would
remain in the bottoms  product which was then equal
or superior to the original flux product.

Not all solvent wastes are  compatible with the flux, so
bench testing of the candidate stream was the key to
success. Initially, it was  hard to  model the  high
temperature operation  at  the  bench and so  at  first
many streams were rejected, a number of which were
later made compatible.

Recycling waste printing inks became a major activity
at the facility. Most oil-based  printing inks recycled
directly  as  if  they were used motor oil. The solvent-
based  and solvent-contaminated  ink  systems were
more difficult, but the  majority  were compatible with
 Figure 12-3.  Solvent recycling.
                                     Recovered
                                     Solvent
                                Solvent
                                Purification
   Solvent Waste
          oo  oo
                          Flux Tower
                  Roofing Asphalt
the asphalt flux  product. Certain methylene chloride-
stripped paint wastes and a surprising variety of other
waste streams were discovered to be flux compatible.
Degreasing solvents containing oil and grease (and a
relatively  small  quantity  of dirt)  were also  flux
compatible.

To  review,  I  have described  the  evolution  of  a
company which began as a lube oil marketer, decided
to use waste oil as raw material, and thus became a
waste generator.  That  company  undertook  an
ambitious  waste  minimization  program through
utilization  of  bottoms  and  residuals, expanded  its
RCRA licensing, and thus  was able to expand its oil
and  solvent  utilization. It was always careful in
selecting suitable wastes as feedstocks. Bench and
pilot tests were employed to check compatibility of
residuals  with  the bottoms  product,   to  maintain
bottoms  product   quality,  and   to   avoid
coking/decomposition  in process  units. Unsuitable
waste streams were always rejected.

I  believe that the  examples  of utilization of  bottoms
and residuals given here indicate  a general direction
which should be  further explored  in the  recovery of
bottoms in valued  product  streams. If you have such
streams in your  plant  or  are  a  recycling facility,  I
encourage you  to  persist in finding a home for your
liabilities in a saleable product stream.
                                                  104

-------
                                            Chapter 13
                               Treatment: Solvent Wastestreams

                                         Robert H. Salvesen
                                   Robert H. Salvesen Associates
                                        Red Bank, NJ 07701
Treatment of used solvents is an option often selected
as  a  means of  waste  minimization  or source
reduction. While  the preferred treatment  is recycling
for  the original use,  other technologies are available
which enable solvents to be used  for other purposes.
General  types of  solvents  (excluding halogenated
materials)  utilized  by industry  and commercially
available treatment technologies are discussed  in this
chapter.
Introduction  ,

Solvents are used in  many industries, mainly  for
cleaning and as reaction media.  Due to'their generally
high initial  cost and recent  mandates  to  minimize
waste  generation  and  disposal,  it is prudent to
consider how to maximize their recycle and reuse. A
separate paper on recycle and reuse is included in
this proceedings document. -

Solvent treatment  technologies  (excluding  recycle),
which can provide  reuse and  disposal options, will be
discussed in this  chapter. The major topics  to be
covered are:

•   Description of solvents used by various industries.

    -   Metal cleaning
    -   Paints, coatings, inks
    -   Process
    -   Adhesives

•   Commercially available treatment technologies.

    -   Downgrading/waste exchange
    -   Fuel use in boilers and cement & asphalt kilns
    -   Stripping
    -   Incineration
    -   Biodegradation
    -   Oxidation
    -   Encapsulation          .:

Examples of the above will also be provided.
Description of Solvents Used by Various
Industries

This section  will cover  the major solvents  used in
industry, but  is not intended  as an  all-inclusive
discussion.


Metal Cleaning
Hydrocarbons,  halogenated  solvents,  oxygenated
solvents, and mixtures of these  solvents are  used, for
cleaning of metals containing carbon, oils, grease, dirt,
etc.,  and  for  paint  stripping.  Except  for  the
halogenated  materials,  these solvents are described
briefly below:


Hydrocarbons
Mineral spirits, naphthas, toluene, and xylene are the
most common types.


Oxygenated
Ketones (MEK,  MIBK), esters (ethyl or butyl  acetate),
alcohols (methyl,  ethyl,  isopropyl),  glycol ethers
(ethylene gylcol), phenols, and cresols  are the major
types used.


Mixtures
Mixtures of the  above materials  as  well  as chlorinated
solvents are used mainly for tough cleaning and paint
stripping. Proprietary solvents often  contain special
additives such  as emulsifiers,  lanolin, colorants, and
odorants.


Paint, Coatings, and Ink
Paint,  coating,  and ink industries  mainly  utilize
hydrocarbons  and  oxygenated  solvents as  vehicles
and solvents. The  latter are  also widely  used  for
cleanup operations.
                                                  105

-------
 Process

 A wide variety of processes utilize a broad  range  of
 solvents  as reaction  media, for finishing,  and for
 cleanup operations. Several examples are:

 •   Chemical reactions are  often carried  out  in the
     presence of solvents  such  as  toluene, xylene,
     MEK, etc. These solvents are also  used to clean
     up equipment. Many  processes  already include
     solvent recycle.
 •   In  the  manufacture  of Pharmaceuticals,  for
     example,  drugs  encapsulated in  gelatin often
     require  a finishing step  such as  washing with  a
     high-purity hydrocarbon solvent.
 •   Decaffination  of  coffee  includes an  extraction
     using  high-purity hexane or heptane. These
     solvents are recycled.


 Adhesives

 For  the manufacture  and  application of adhesives,
 solvents  are  essential. Hydrocarbons as  well as
 oxygenated solvents are used. Generally low boiling,
 volatile solvents are desired.
 Commercially Available Treatment
 Technologies

 Downgrading/Waste Exchange
 Downgrading is the  term applied when a contaminated
 solvent is utilized for another  purpose within a plant.
 Waste  exchange is the  term used when  a used
 solvent is  sold  or  exchanged for  credit  or another
 material in  another plant or  industry.  There are  a
 number of  community, industry,  environmental, and
 government agencies operating waste exchanges.

 Both  activities  involve used solvent which  can be
 employed  in  another operation  with  little  or no
 treatment. Several examples follow:

 •   Precision bearings need very high-purity solvents
    for  cleaning. The solvents  acquire  very  little
    contaminant in usage and  can be downgraded  or
    exchanged  for  other  less demanding  cleaning
    operations.

 •   A special grade  of mineral  spirits is often used as
    a calibrating fluid for pumps, fuel nozzles, meters,
    etc. This material can readily be downgraded  or
    exchanged for cleaning purposes. The military and
    other industries  utilize large volumes of this  type
    of calibrating fluid.

 Fuel Use
 Boilers in industry, operating on any type of fuel, can
be adapted  to burn waste solvents,  provided certain
 requirements are satisfied.  Generally,  boiler  fuels
 requite a minimum flash point of about 135°F. Thus,
 only a few solvents  such as  high flash mineral spirits
 (minimum flash point of 140°F) are suitable. The only
 treatment required is to blend the  used solvent with
 whatever existing liquid fuel is  employed. If  gas or
 solid fuels  are  normally  burned, a  separate fuel
 handling system and appropriate burners would  be
 required.


 Cement Kilns

 Cement  kilns consume a lot of fuel  and operate at
 sufficiently   high   temperatures   (about
 2,100°C/3,844°F)  to  decompose  most  organic
 compounds  including halogenated  solvents.  Studies
 by EPA  have  indicated that  wet  kiln operators
 throughout the U.S.  and Canada have  successfully
 burned  many types  of  organic  wastes. Costs for
 disposal  by  this  method may  range from $0.10  to
 0.50/gal, but this is  usually much less than  alternate
 treatment or disposal options.


 Asphalt  Kilns

 Almost any low-cost liquid material  can  be burned in
 asphalt  kilns  as fuel. However, since the ingredients
 are  not  alkaline  like cement,  these kilns  are not
 capable of handling halogenated solvents.


 Stripping

 Mixtures  of organic solvents  and oils can be treated
 by stripping the solvent to recover  both  fractions for
 use  as  fuels or  other  purposes.  Several  examples
 follow:

 •   Hydraulic  systems  are often cleaned out  with
    solvents such as chlorinated or freon  solvents. By
    steam,  stripping  the solvent from  the  oil, the
    solvent can be reclaimed  and the oil  burned  as a
    fuel.

 •   Used  anti-freeze  is  stripped  of water and the
    remaining ethylene glycol  burned as a fuel.

 •   Soils and other solids contaminated  with  volatile
    solvents can often be stripped by passage of .air
    through  these  media.  Depending  upon  the
    concentrations of  solvents in the air,  the exhaust
    stream  may be  vented,  incinerated, or passed
    through an absorbent such as activated carbon.
    The solvent can be regenerated  from  the latter by
    steam stripping.


Incineration

Treatment and  disposal of  used solvents  by
incineration is often  a last resort for low flash  and
mixed solvents. Except for incineration by cement or
asphalt kilns as noted above,  this method is generally
quite  costly  due  to   high  operating  and emission
                                                  106

-------
control costs. The major types of incinerators (along
with brief comments on each) are described below.

Vortex - This is a relatively simple unit and occupies
little area for the throughput achieved. A high-velocity
air jet atomizes the feed and  causes a spiral-flame
effect. This flame insures a long residence time which
generally assures fairly  high  combustion  efficiency.
Most  operating  problems are  caused by  refractory
failure due  to inadequate temperature control.  This is
caused  by  variations  in  feed quality  or  slagging.
Erosion through  impingement  of materials o'n  the
internals  is also a  major problem.  Incineration  of
halogenated materials requires efficient gas treatment.

Rotary Hearth  - This  unit  is  a slowly  rotating,
refractory-lined  chamber.  The design is  similar  to  a
vortex incinerator except that it  is  horizontal  and
rotates. The advantage over  a vortex incinerator is
that the rotary hearth can handle solids. Problems with
linings similar  to  those  of vortex incinerators can
occur.

Rotary Kiln  - This unit can handle a wide variety of
liquid and solid wastes.  Many units  have an
afterburner  if the outlet  temperature from • the  main
chamber is expected to fall below 800°C.  Refractory
linings and  mechanical stresses  are  the major
operating problems.

Multiple Hearth - This is a  vertical unit with grates
through which  the wastes move  from top  to  bottom
and burn in successive stages. Liquid and semi-solid
wastes may be burned. Rotating  arms or tines move
the waste  around.  In the upper stages,  rising  hot
combustion gases dry the incoming materials. Lining
materials  and  mechanical stresses  are  the major
problems in operation.

Fluidized Bed - In this unit, wastes to be burned may
be liquid,  semi-solid, or  solid.  The material is mixed
into a fluidized granular  bed of special  sand  (1  to  3
mm   diameter)  which  is  heated  to  combustion
temperature's. This  method assures  good  mixing of
the  wastes and  hot gases to  provide  complete
combustion.  Compressed,  preheated  air  is  the
fluidizing agent. The fluidizing bed may contain special
absorbents, i.e.,  limestone,  to  react with combustion
gases such as HCI,  SO2, etc., to  reduce or eliminate
effluent treatment requirements.  Generally, cyclones
are required to remove entrained solids from  the off-
gases. This type of unit is very flexible, but does have
problems  with  linings and  slagging  in the  fluidizer,
depending upon the  design and materials combusted.

Circulating Bed - This unit is an alternate to fluid bed
combustors and  reportedly: operates  at  higher
velocities with fine sorbents to obtain a more compact
unit that is easier to feed. Such units operate at high
combustion efficiencies and produce  lower  emissions
using less sorbent  materials.  Generally,  no off-gas
scrubber  is  required  and  heat recovery  can  be
achieved to produce steam, electricity, hot water,  or
hot air.  This unit  is  very flexible  and can burn
gaseous,  liquid,  slurry,  and  solid wastes,  but has
problems  similar to those noted  above for fluid bed
combusters.

Fume - These systems are used to burn off  vapors
prior to emission to the atmosphere where recovery is
not desired.  Incineration facilities work  best  on air
streams which contain solvents at 25  percent of their
lower explosive limit (LEL). The minimum acceptable
concentration  is 15  percent of LEL.  (For a  typical
solvent stream with a one percent LEL, this amounts
to a 1,500 to 2,500 ppm concentration.) At 25 percent
LEL,  such equipment  can  provide  a high calorific
credit for the solvent  burned.  Incinerators are  not
efficient  at low  concentration effluents  from,  for
example,  a spray  booth. Facilities such as paint or
coating   bake  ovens,  where  solvent   vapor
concentrations are high,  could profitably utilize fume
incinerators.


Biodegradation
Biodegradation  of  organic materials is a  natural
process that  has been  practiced on a broad range of
substances.  Bacteria  and  microorganisms  to
decompose almost  anything can  be  found in  nature.
Most  organisms are ubiquitous,  but  for  commercial
use in treatment and disposal of used wastes such as
solvents,  the rates of  decomposition of the  specific
wastes and how to maximize their rate of degradation
in  the  desired  environment  must be defined.
Extensive studies on petroleum products have shown
both  land-based and water-borne  organisms can
biodegrade these materials  in as little as one  to six
months. The decomposition  products are humic acids
which generally are beneficial to most soils.

This treatment method has potential for  the following
solvents:
    Aliphatic hydrocarbons
    Ethers
    Alcohols
    Glycols/Epoxides
    Esters
    Benzene
    Phenols
 Biodegradation is not a  panacea for all  types of
 solvents or other wastes. However, the potential for
 this method has not  been fully utilized  and  needs
 extensive testing to define acceptable  conditions for
 various substances.


 Oxidation
 Oxidation  by  organisms,  air,  ozone,  and  other
 oxidizing  agents  is commonly  used for treatment of
                                                   107

-------
many substances.  In recent years, claims  have been
made for accelerating biodegradation of organics such
as solvents by addition of peroxides, or other oxidizing
agents.


Encapsu/atfo/7
An optional means of land disposal of wastes such as
paint sludges containing  paint thinners  is by means of
encapsulation. Agents such  as  fly ash,  silica  gel,
epoxy  resins, glass, and  other vitreous materials can
be  used for encapsulation.  While  these  treatment
methods are mainly used for  sludges, some  such
materials can contain solvents.  Caution  should  be
used  in encapsulating   these  materials  since the
solvents may become mobile over a period  of time.

Conclusions

Used solvents from most industrial operations  can be
treated for  recycle,  reuse, or  disposal. Recycle
normally involves practices such as segregation and
redistillation to produce solvents meeting new product
specifications. Other  treatment  methods such  as
blending  for  fuels,   stripping,   incineration,
biodegradation, oxidation, and encapsulation are viable
options for handling various  types of used solvent.
Commercial  experience  has  proven  the benefits of
these treatment technologies.
                                                 108

-------
                                            Chapter 14
        Treatment of Spent Solvent Wastewaters: Focus on Changing Economics
                                           David Pepson
                                            Versar, Inc.
                                       Springfield, VA 22151
Introduction
Treatment technologies that are commonly used  to
treat spent solvent wastewaters are steam stripping,
carbon adsorption, and  biological  treatment.  These
technologies have also been  determined  by  EPA  to
represent  Best Demonstrated  Available  Technology
(BOAT)  for  wastewaters  containing any  of  the 25
spent solvents that are defined under  the hazardous
waste listings  of  F001 through  F005. All of these
technologies are  demonstrated and a considerable
amount  of  information  exists  on the   waste
characteristics that affect performance. Therefore, it
needs to be evaluated regarding technology selection
and use. One area of treatment design that  has not
been  examined to any  great  extent, however,  is
whether past cost optimization studies are  still valid in
view of changes in treatment requirements associated
with  the  land  disposal regulations  (LDR)  and other
regulations under the Hazardous  and Solid  Waste
Amendments (HSWA) of 1984.

The  principal purposes of this paper are  to examine
some of the new cost elements associated with  each
of the technologies  mentioned previously  and  to
provide  some "food  for  thought"  in  designing
new/modifying existing treatment systems.  This paper,
while providing some information on the operation and
applications of these technologies,  will focus  on the
changing  economics of  wastewater  treatment and
associated changes "in the  selection  and sizing  of
these technologies. Following a discussion of each of
these technologies, I have performed an optimization
analysis which shows the impact of the land  disposal
restrictions rule on treatment economics.

Steam  Stripping

Description
Because  the  term "steam stripping"  is  often  used
interchangeably with batch  distillation, an important
first step in describing the operation and application of
this  technology  is the  definition  of  terms.  Steam
stripping,  as used here, and described  in EPA's spent
solvent final rule of November 1986, refers to a type
of distillation  technology  that is used  to  treat
wastewaters that contain low concentrations of volatile
organic  compounds.  It is  distinguished  in  two
significant  ways from the  technology  of batch
distillation  which uses steam  to  strip  volatile
compounds. First, steam stripping is  used  for low
concentration wastestreams,  with roughly  less  tha,n
one percent spent solvent content, compared to batch
distillation  which generally is  used  for  waste§
containing 50 to 90 percent  spent solvents. Secqnd,
the primary purpose of steam stripping is  to comply
with  wastewater treatment  standards.  The organics
removed can be recovered, however, and  somewhat
offset treatment  costs. For  batch distillation, the
primary  purpose is  economic  recovery  of spent
solvents.

Application
A stream stripping unit consists of a boiler,  a stripping
section,  a  condenser,  and  a collection tank.  The
number of  equilibrium  stages needed  (either in the
form  of  trays  or packing)  in  the  stripping  sectipn
depends on the particular waste to be treated.

In practice, steam stripping is used by a number, of
manufacturing  facilities  including  those  that
manufacture   agricultural  intermediates  or
Pharmaceuticals, where solvents are used as carrier
solvents. Some commercial solvent recovery facilities
use  steam  stripping  where  wastes have  significant
concentrations  of water. Facilities also use steam
stripping to treat residuals  from solvent  extraction
recovery processes.

Steam stripping can be  used to treat most of the  FQ01
to F005 spent solvent compounds.  EPA based BOAT
on  steam  stripping  for only  12 of  the  25  spent
solvents; however, the  rulemaking record makes clear
that for many of the compounds, treatment data were
not available for  steam stripping. Regardless, steam
stripping can  be  used,  provided  the  required
standards can  be achieved.  Waste parameters that
affect the  selection of steam stripping are  filterable.
                                                 109

-------
solids, oil and grease, total organic carbon, and other
hazardous constituents that are minimally volatile.
rather, to the appropriate  federal,  state,  and  local
regulations.
Selection and Optimization Considerations
For facilities  that plan to use, or are using,  steam
stripping  as  a  treatment  technology,  a  number  of
design and operating factors should be re-examined in
light of the LDR and other regulations under HSWA.

First, and foremost, facilities need  to examine the size
of the steam stripper. Prior to the land disposal  rule,
many facilities would  size steam strippers for 90 to 95
percent removal, and then  use carbon  as  a polishing
step.  Under  EPA's  "derived from"  rules, the spent
carbon is also a hazardous waste that will now require
treatment prior to land disposal. As a consequence of
the treatment costs associated with the spent carbon,
it may now be more  cost effective  to increase the size
of the steam stripper and  either eliminate  the carbon
system or significantly reduce the  pollutant loading on
the carbon  system  so  that  disposal   costs  are
significantly reduced.

Another aspect to consider in the  design of  steam
strippers  is the  type of trays. Some  trays provide
better  contact and,  therefore,  increased  efficiency.
They may be more difficult to clean, however, and as
a consequence, generate larger quantities  of material
to dispose. Again, under EPA's "derived from"  rule,
the cleaning waste is also hazardous. Along this same
line, facilities may also want to consider pretreatment
with polishing filters to reduce fouling and  associated
cleaning costs.

EPA also  has proposed regulations  which  govern air
emissions  from steam  strippers (as part  of  the
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984,
Section 3004). As a consequence, facilities still in the
planning   stages   should investigate various
optimization  scenarios for the stripper condenser.
Examples  include comparing the costs of chilled water
versus the use of carbon adsorption downstream from
the  condenser.  Another  possibility is  a   larger
condenser instead of  add-on carbon  adsorption  to
remove hazardous organic  compounds. It  would  also
be  prudent to consider how  you could  modify the
system if regulations were to become more stringent.
Given  the  fact  that  many  areas  of  the country are
looking to further reduce VOC air  emissions, facilities
may want to build  systems that  can  easily  be
modified.  For example, you may want to pipe the
system so that a second  condenser could be easily
retrofitted.

A final point  regarding the use of steam stripping is
that many of  the facilities that use this technology will
discharge  the streams to  POTWs or surface  waters
covered by  an  NPDES  permit.  These  discharges
would not be subject to land disposal restrictions, but
Carbon Adsorption

Description

Carbon adsorption can be used to treat spent solvent
wastewaters by  adsorbing the organic compounds
onto specially prepared  carbon granules. Activated
carbon is derived  from  virtually  any carbonaceous
material  including wood,  coal,  coke,  and petroleum
residues. The treatment system itself is quite simple,
consisting of  a packed column  in  which  the
wastewater generally  enters from the  top  and
discharges after the  distribution  plate.  This  plate
serves to minimize the potential for channeling in the
carbon bed.

Carbon can be  purchased with a  range of properties
depending on the particular needs. These properties
include  surface  area,  pore  size,  particle  size,
hardness,  and   iodine  numbers.  The   latter
characteristic  refers to a  bench-scale  test where the
amount of iodine adsorbed is measured and  used as
an  indicator of  adsorption for low molecular  weight
organics.


Application

Carbon adsorption  can be used for a wide range of
F001  to  F005  spent-solvent wastewaters.  EPA
determined  that  carbon  adsorption,  alone  or in
combination with other technologies, represents BOAT
for  eight of the 25 F001  to  F005 compounds.  The
waste  parameters  that  should  be  considered in
selecting this technology are  type and concentration
of organic compounds, filterable solids content, oil and
grease,  and the type  and concentration  of  various
metals present in the waste.


Selection and Optimization Considerations
An  important  consideration regarding whether to use
carbon adsorption is the regeneration and/or disposal
of the carbon. As noted  earlier, the spent carbon is
considered a  hazardous waste under EPA's  "derived
from" rule and facilities  would therefore need to
comply with RCRA provisions and incur  associated
costs for  storing,  transporting, and disposing of this
material.

As  a result, an  important  new  consideration in
optimizing the size of the  beds is the number of times
that the spent carbon  has to  be transported. It might
be advantageous to increase  the size  of the beds to
minimize the  number  of times that the spent carbon
has  to be transported as a  hazardous waste.  Of
course, these costs would need to be compared with
other offsetting costs  including higher pumping costs
                                                  110

-------
associated with the greater pressure drop across the
larger bed.

Another factor  that plays an important role  in cost
optimization is the type of carbon selected. It  may "be
possible  to  use a  carbon that is  more expensive
initially,  but can be used for longer periods  of time
before regeneration.

Biological Treatment

Description
Biological treatment involves the  use  of naturally-
occurring, acclimated,  or genetically-altered  micro-
organisms to  degrade organic  contaminants  in the
wastewater.  Aerobic treatment is the most common,
wherein  organic  constituents are  converted  by
microorganisms  to  carbon dioxide,  water, and  cell
protein.  In  the  absence  of  oxygen  (known  as
anaerobic  treatment),   wastes  are converted  to
methane and carbon monoxide.


Application

Biological treatment can be used for most of the F001
to F005 spent solvents. EPA has determined that this
technology, alone  or in  combination  with  steam
stripping or  biological  treatment,  represents best
demonstrated available technology for nine of the 25
F001  to  F005  spent solvents. Waste parameters that
affect the selection of this technology include filterable
solids, oil and grease, the presence of toxic metals,
surfactants,  and the presence of refractory  organic
compounds.

Selection and Optimization Considerations

Biological treatment can  result  in the generation  of
solid  residuals that would be classified as hazardous
under EPA's  "derived   from"  rule.  Accordingly,
facilities  that plan  to  use this  technology need  to
evaluate costs associated with storage, transport, and
disposal  of these hazardous residuals. Facilities  may
also want to take a closer look at technologies that
have  been developed more recently, such as wet  air
oxidation to replace or enhance biological treatment.
Wet  air oxidation would likely  be  more  energy
intensive than  biological  treatment, for  example,  but
the fact  that less  residual material  is generated  may
result in an overall savings.  Additionally, biological
treatment of certain  compounds can  result in  air
emissions which the EPA is studying with respect to
the need for regulation. A final  point with regard to the
use of biological treatment is that it may  be  possible
to delist the treated residuals. If this is the case,  then
the economics would not change significantly.
                           '
Cost Optimization Example

Below is a cost optimization example that compares
treatment  costs for two  systems prior  to and after
implementation  of the land disposal requirements.
While this  example  uses  a  number of simplifying
assumptions, it  provides  a good  illustration of the
potential impact that the land disposal rules can have
on treatment costs. The particular wastestream  being
evaluated is one that contains 500 mg/L  of methylene
chloride and trace amounts  of other  constituents.,
including filterable solids  and oil  and  grease.  The
technologies being compared are steam  stripping (10-
tray  column) in combination  with  carbon adsorption
and  steam  stripping  alone, but with 50 equilbrium
stages.  The  cost analysis has  been simplified and
includes only capital costs for the various technologies
and annual costs associated with disposal of the  spent
carbon.  An actual cost analysis would be much more
complex, including such annual costs as regeneration
of carbon prior to the need for disposal (remember
also,  that  any  wastewater  generated  as  part  of
regenerating the carbon is also  hazardous),  disposal
costs for non-reuseable material from steam stripping;
and  costs  for  air emission controls  on the  steam
stripper. Many  of these  annual costs have  been
considered in past optimization studies.

In this  example, the  facility  needs to  reduce the
concentration of methylene chloride  from 500 mg/L to
0.5 mg/L to comply with federal wastewater treatment
requirements. It is assumed that a 10-tray column can
reduce  the methylene chloride content by 99 percent
to 5 ppm, and that addition of the carbon system will
achieve the 0.5 mg/L standard. It is also assumed a
50-tray  steam stripper can achieve a reduction of 99.9
percent and,  therefore, achieve the  treatment
standard   alone  without the need  for  carbon
adsorption. Prior to the LDR,  one could  assume min-
imal costs for  land   disposal; however, today the
treater must include treatment costs for incineration at
an approved incinerator prior to land disposal  of the
spent carbon. The analysis assumes that the carbon
is regenerated once  every seven days,  and  after the
fifth regeneration cycle it is no longer useful and must
be disposed as  a hazardous waste. Disposal costs are
$300/drum and  transportation costs are $500  per trip.

As  shown  in Table  14-1, the inclusion of treatment
costs  due  to  the  LDRs reverses  the treatment
selection  picture.   Without  these  costs,  the
combination system  (i.e.,  steam stripper plus carbon
adsorption)  is $76,000 less than  the 50-tray  steam
stripper; with these increased  treatment and disposal
costs converted to capital dollars,  the steam stripper
is $212,000 less expensive  than  the   combination
system  based on a present-worth analysis.
                                                  111

-------
      Tablo 14-1.  Cost Optimization Summary
      	Method	Case I"  Case II *
      Steam stripping (10 trays)   $224,000  $512,000
      and carbon adsorption
      Steam stripping (50 trays)   $300,000  $300,000

      "  Assumes minimal cost for disposal of spent
        carbon.
      * Includes cost for incineration of spent carbon prior
        to land disposal.
Conclusions

Effective treatment of spent solvent wastewaters can
be  accomplished  with  a  variety  of  individual
technologies  or  technology  trains.  With  the
promulgation of the land disposal restriction rules and
other  regulations  being  developed  under  the
Hazardous and  Solid Waste  Amendments of 1986,
facilities may want to re-examine the economics of the
wastewater treatment technologies either planned  or
now being used.

One important aspect of these recent regulations  may
well be that  past practices of including polishing  or
back-up  systems  as part  of  treatment trains is no
longer cost  effective.  Under  today's requirements,
facilities  may find improved control  systems to be a
better alternative. One  possibility is  continuous
monitoring  of  the wastestream  and automatic
diversion to holding tanks when  the waste does not
comply with regulatory requirements.
 • U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE* 993 -750 -002/ 60117
                                                   112

-------

-------
=..s
Is
 me

  'g i  3.
   D ^' (D


  ^ |S
     (D  0)
     5  »
     Si  w

     T)
     O
     5>
     n

     5'

   Ol    O

   i    3
   CO    o>
        3
        s

        3D
        (D
        01

        O
        =r
T3
m
    o
    en
9   mrn
CO   ">
on   -n

-------